Full text of "Selections from Herodotus"

See other formats

s\n

IBAA mH.
6B 290 51}

THE LIBRARY
OF
THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA

IN MEMORY OF

PROFESSOR WILLIAM MERRILL
AND
MRS. IMOGENE MERRILL

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

https://archive.org/details/selectionsfromheOOherorich

Eflarendon Press Services

SELECTIONS

FROM

Poe.) D.O T US

WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES, AND A MAP

W. WALTER MERRY, D.D.

Rector of Lincoln College

Orford
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

M DCCC XCII

Bondon
HENRY FROWDE

OxFrorp UNIversity Press WAREHOUSE
AMEN Corner, E.C.

;

: )

1
{]]]]]] ιν. 1

Ἐ28
I

ge
\

(|
᾿

(

UWew York

MACMILLAN: AND CoO.
112 FourtTH AVENUE :

ΑΓ

THESE stories from Herodotus have been reprinted
from the larger Fourth Greek Reader to meet a request
for a small volume more suitable for general use in
Schools. The text has been revised, and a few ad-
ditional notes inserted, with an Introduction. τὸ

W. W. M.

Oxrorp, Fes. 1880.

_ MG21180

CONTENTS.

Introduction
Story of Solon and Croesus .
» Fall of Croesus
Ga Cyrus
Cambyses in Egypt .
Polycrates
,» opyrus .
Darius in Scythia
the Peisistratidae .
the Battle of Marathon
Thermopylae .
Notes .

INTRODUCTION.

Heropotus was born in 484 B.C., six years after the

battle of Marathon, and four years before the battles of
Thermopylae, Artemisium, and Salamis. In his childhood
began the period of Athenian ascendancy, and Pericles
commenced his career as a statesman while Herodotus
was still a boy. A native of the Dorian colony of
Halicarnassus, and inheriting, we may believe, from his |
uncle Panyasis a taste for Epic poetry and an enthusi-
astic love for the heroic legends.of the past, he transferred
his home to Samos, and there perfected himself in the use
of the Ionic dialect, the most appropriate, vehicle for
the History, which, at a very early time of his life, he had
determined to compose.
* In the half century which preceded his birth, Prose
Composition had begun its first essays in Greece; and
the chroniclers (λογογράφοι), such as Cadmus, Dionysius,
and Hecataeus of Miletus, Hellanicus of Lesbos, and
Scylax of Caryanda, had written, in a simple, inartistic
form, various annals of contemporary events, genealogies,
and descriptions of places they had visited.

The genius of Herodotus found a way of investing
such annals and such descriptions with all the charm of ᾿
poetry, and all the living interest of romance.

It is for this reason that he has been styled the ‘ Father
of History.’

Vili INTRODUCTION.

But ‘ History,’ in the sense in which Herodotus uses the
word, signifies ‘researches’ (ἱστορίαι) ; for he intends it to
be the collected results of his extensive travels.

Before he reached middle life, Herodotus had explored
Egypt as far as Elephantiné, Libya, Phenicia, Babylon,
and Persia. He had penetrated northward as far as the
mouths of the Dniester and Dnieper; he had coasted
along the southern shores of the Euxine, and the sea-
board and islands of the Aegean; and finally had visited
the colonies of Magna Graecia, having made a home for
himself in Thurii.

But instead of contenting himself with merely reporting
the results of his travels, he weaves them into his history,
as part of a distinct plan. He proposes to narrate the
varying fortunes of the struggle between Asia and Europe
—the ultimate triumph of Greece over the barbarian
power.

To this central thought everything is made subservient;
or, everything is so arranged as to show a connection
with it. It is because Croesus is known to have com-
mitted acts of hostility -against the Greeks that his history
and that of the kingdom of Lydia is so fully recorded.
The history of Cambyses introduces the description of
Egypt; the expedition of Darius against the Scythians
gives a propriety to a description of Northern Europe;
and the spread of the kingdom of Persia to Cyrene makes
an opening for the account of that country and of Libya.
Meanwhile the revolt of the Ionians has brought the
quarrel between Persia and Greece to a head, and, after a
notice of the rise of Athens, and a digression upon the
government of Sparta, the many parallel streams of this
history unite in one broac channel, that marks the course
of the so-called Persian War. Herodotus carries his

INTRODUCTION. . ΙΧ

’

account of this war up to the taking of Sestos by the
Greeks, and there his work abruptly closes.

But while this even flow of narrative may justly be
called Epic in its character, there is another point of view
in which the work may be more strictly styled Dramatic.

It is no mere description of a struggle between two or
more nations: it is a picture of human action subject to
the controlling influence of a moral law. It is intended
to be the constant exhibition of the truth that ‘ pride goeth
before a fall.” The fates of Croesus, of Cyrus, of Poly-
crates, of Xerxes, are only so many representations of the
insolence engendered by prosperity bringing down upon
itself the jealous wrath of heaven—as a Greek would say,
the picture of ὕβρις followed by ἄτη. The stories given in
this book will afford sufficient illustration of this.

DIALECT OF HERODOTUS.

It has been already noticed that Herodotus, though by
birth a Dorian, adopted the Ionic dialect, as more suitable
than Doric to the easy and flowing style of narration.
In this he did but follow the lead of the older logogra-
phers.

Pherecydes, Hecataeus, Hippocrates, and Democritus,
are probably the representatives of the purest Ionic prose;
but we do not possess a sufficient amount of their writings
to decide the question with anything like certainty. The
Iambics and Elegiacs of Archilochus, Simonides of
_Amorgos, and Hipponax, are reckoned as the purest
specimens of Ionic in poetry (ἄκρατος Ἰάς). The dialect
of Herodotus is described as ποικίλη, the ‘ variegated tex-
ture’ of it being seen in the interweaving of many Epic

ie - INTRODUCTION.

words and phrases, with some Attic, and a few Doric
forms. Yet, after making allowance for this admixture,
the Greek of Herodotus will serve as the best representa-
tive of Ionic. It is not without reason that he is called
by Dionysius of Halicarnassus, ‘the best model of Ionic,’
(τῆς ᾿Ιάδος ἄριστος κανών), as Thucydides was of Attic prose.
Analogous to the Greek of Homer, the dialect of Hero-
dotus is a literary product that grew up with the growth
of prose writing, and is doubtless different from any of
the spoken varieties of Ionic.

In softness and harmoniousness Ionic stands pre-emi-
nent, forming a marked contrast to the roughness and
concentrated strength of the Doric; and thus it shows
itself as furthest removed from the original character of
the Greek language. The strongest evidence of this
tendency to softness ‘is the almost uniform substitution of
q for a, which must have been an early change in the
language; but we have not the means of deciding whether
the Ionians brought this usage with them from their home
in Greece or whether they picked it up from their Asiatic
neighbours. In the Ionic dialect, as we find it-in the
writings of poets and prose authors, there is a general
dislike of spirants, the Digamma has fallen out of use, and
the rough breathing is frequently toned down to the
smooth. The older Ionic, in spite of its tendency to
diaeresis, still retained many diphthongs which the younger
Ionic not unfrequently replaces by the long vowel only.
The concurrence of vowels is a constant feature in the
dialect, while contraction is but sparely used, though there
are instances of a distinct Ionic contraction as in ὀγδώκοντα,
ἔβωσε, etc. The freedom of usage respecting the aug-
ment may come from the great influence of Epic poetry
upon lonic prose.

INTRODUCTION. Xl

PRINCIPAL PECULIARITIES OF THE IONIC DIA-
LECT AS COMPARED WITH THE ATTIC.

δι, The Consonants.

(z) Dropping of the aspirate, as ἀπικνέεσθαι, ἐπορᾶν,
¢ , ΄ A > a 3.4 Φ 2 ς , >
ὑπιστάναι, κατάπερ, κατὰ for καθ᾽ a, ἐπ’ ᾧ, οὐκ ὑπέρ, αὖτις,
δέκομαι, οὐκί,

(ὁ) Interchange of aspirates, as ἐνθαῦτα, κιθών, βάθρακι.ς
for ἐνταῦθα, χιτών, βάτραχος.

§ 2. The Vowels.

(a) Substitution of ἡ for a, AS πρήσσω, τρηχύς, διήκονος,
νεηνίης, καθαρή, τοιήδε.
(6) Substitution of ε for a, as τέσσερες, ἔρσην, κέρεος, and
the converse as μέγαθος, τάμνω, τράπω. :

(d) ‘Substitution of n for a, as odpnyis, πολλαπλήσιος.

§ 3. The Diphthongs.

(a) Substitution of a for a, as αἰεί, aierds.

(2) » ὦ for av, aS θῶμα, τρῶμα.

(4). Ἔ ε for εἰ, as μέζων, ἔωθα, ἐπιτήδεος,
βαθέα, ἔδεξα, ἐωθώς.

(2) ᾿ ov for ο, aS μοῦνος, νοῦσος, οὖρος,

’
οὔνομα, γούνατος.

(/) ” w for ov, aS ὧν, τοιγαρῶν.

ΧΙ INTRODUCTION.

§ 4. Contraction, Diaeresis, Crasis, and Elision.

(2) Contraction of on to w, as ὀγδώκοντα, βωθήσας, ἐννώσας.
ἔκ εο tO ev, aS πλεῦνες.
(2) Diaeresis of εἰ to ni, as βασιληίη, μνημήιον, οἰκήιος.
[Nort —Proparoxytén nouns in e& as μεγαλοπρέπεια βασίλειἄ
(queen), ἀλήθεια retain et, ]
(c) Elision of prepositions, etc., as ἐπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, dx’ ἀνθρώπων,
ἅμ᾽ peppy, ἔχοιμ᾽ ἄν.
(4) Crasis, on the Attic system, as τἄλλα, ταὐτά, τἀληθές.
» on the Ionic system, as ὡνήρ, τἄτερα, τὠπό.
(6) Crasis of ἕο αὐτοῦ to ἑωυτοῦ, ἐμέο αὐτοῦ to ἐμεωυτοῦ,
σέο αὐτοῦ tO σεωυτοῦ, 6 αὐτός tO ὡυτός.
(7) Special contracted forms, ὁρτή for ἑορτή, ἱρόν for

ἱερόν, οἰκὸς for ἐοικός,

§ 5. The Declensions.

First DEcLENSION.

(2) Feminine nouns terminating in @ change the ἃ to
«ἡ except in accusative plural, as ἡμέρη, χώρην, ἱστορίῃ.
Nouns terminating in ἅ keep the & in nominative and
accusative εὔνοια, εὐνοίης, edvvoin, εὔνοιαν.
(ὁ) Nouns masculine in as as νεανίας, ᾿Αμύντας, take the
termination ns, as νεηνίης. ‘The genitive is formed by «a,
as δεσπότεω, venview, and the accusative in nv as well as ea.
(c) The genitive plural ends in ewy, as γλωσσέων. The
genitive plural of feminine adjectives and participles also
ends in εων, but only when in Attic the accent would be
perispomenon, as for πασῶν, πασέων : λεχθεισῶν, λεχθεισέων.
(4) The dative plural ends in you, as riot, δεσπότῃσι,

τιμῃσι.

INTRODUCTION. ΧΕ

SECOND DECLENSION.

(6) The dative plural is in οὐσι, as λόγοισι.

(/) The so-called ‘Attic’ 2nd declension is used by
Herodotus only in proper names, as Mevédews, ᾿Αμφιάρεως.
For λεώς, νεώς, κάλως, λαγώς he gives the Ionic forms ληός,
νηός, κάλος, Aayds, and for πλέως, ἵλεως, ἀξιόχρεως the forms
πλέος, etc.

Tuirp DECLENSION.

(¢) Neuters in os, substantives and adjectives in ns, vs,
or υ leave all cases uncontracted. Neuters in as (except
γῆρας) decline with ¢ instead of a, as κέρεος. κέρεϊ.

(2) Words in evs decline as follows—
Baotkevs—A€os—Aei—Aea—Aed .. . λέες----λέων----λεῦσι----λέας.

In ts mostly as follows—

mTOAts—tos—t— tv— . . . Les [το |—teo»—tor—tas [ts].
Cp. Σάρδις ace. plur. Atticé Σάρδεις. The nom. is variously
Σάρδις and Σάρδιες.
The word νηῦς (rads) declines thus—

”~ , ΄ ’ὔ , n ’ e
νηυς, νεὸς, VL, νέα, νέες, νεῶν, νηυσί, νέας,

δ 6. Pronouns.

(a2) Personal. Besides ἐμέο, σέο, ἕο, we have ἐμεῦ, σεῦ,
et. For αὐτῷ or αὐτῇ we have oi, for αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτύ,
frequently μιν ; for αὐτοῖς or αὐταῖς, σφι, and for ἑαυτοῖς or
ἑαυταῖς, σφίσι. The form ode serves as the accusative of all
genders and numbers, and there is a special neuter plural
form σφέα.

(δὴ) The nominatives ἡμεῖς, ὑμεῖς, σφεῖς are always con-
tracted, but in the oblique cases we have ἡμέων, ὑμέων,
σφέων : ἡμέας, ὑμέας, σφέας.

X1V INTRODUCTION.

(c) The relative pronoun is declined, és, 7, rs—ot, αἵ, ra,
all oblique cases have the initial τ, but this rule does not
apply to the declension of ὅστις. For the Attic ὅτου, ὅτῳ,
ὅτοισι, ἅτινα, Herodotus uses ὅτευ, ὅτεῳ, ὁτέοισι, ἅσσα.

(4) In the declension of τίς, for τίνος, τίνι, τίνων, τίσι,
Herodotus uses τέο [red], τέῳ, τέων, τέοισι.

CONJUGATION.

§ 7. Augment.

(a) The use of the syllabic and temporal augment
in Herodotus, though not constant as in Attic, is more
governed by rule than in the Homeric poems. It is
regularly absent from certain words of poetical or of
distinct Ionic form, nor is it used with verbs beginning
with a, av, εἰ, ev, οἱ, nor with the iterative tenses in oko,

σκομῆν.

§ 8. Terminations.

(a) The. third person plural in aTrat, ato for νταῖ, VTO
is found, (1) in Perfects and Pluperfects of the » con-
jugation, as τετύφαται, ἀπίκατο, BeBdéara (with shortening
of ἡ to ε), ὡρμέατο. (2) In Optative, as βουλοίατο, ἀπικοίατο.
(3) In Pres. and Imperf. Pass. of verbs in μι, as παρετιθέατο.
δυνέαται.

(4) Uncontracted form of Pluperfect Active, as ἐώθεα---
€as——€e, 3rd Pers. Plur. --εσαν. |

(c) Uncontracted form of 2nd Pers. Sing. Indic.
Passive and Middle, as οἴχεαι, ἔσεαι, ἀπίκεο, éyéveo, ἐδέξαο,
ὑπεθήκαο, πείθεο [Imperat. ].

[Nore.—The second person of all these forms is contracted in the
Conjunctive. ]

INTRODUCTION, XV

ες (4) In Aor. I. IL. Passive Conjunctive, and Aor. II.
Conjunct. of verbs in μι the contracted vowel ὦ is opened
intO ew, as αἱρεθέω, ἐξαναστέωμεν.

δ. Contracted Verbs.

(a) In verbs in ew, Herodotus leaves open many of the
forms contracted by Attic rule, e.g. καλεόμενος, καλέῃ,
ἐκάλεον, φιλοσοφέων. In a few verbs in ew, the vowels eo
and eov contract into ev, to avoid the concurrence of three
or more vowels, aS πο-ι-ε-τοστμενος, becomes ποιεύμενος,
The impersonal δεῖ is contracted, but the form of the
Imperfect is ἔδεε. )

(ὁ) ‘The same rules apply to the contracted future of
verbs, as for μενέουσι, καταπλουτιέειν, χαριέεσθαι. But a
similar contraction into ev (see above) takes place with.
some ‘ Attic’ futures, as κομιεύμεθα, ἀνταγωνιεύμενος.

(c) In verbs in dw, the Attic contraction into ὦ is
generally left open, but instead of the diaeresis appearing
aS aw, ao, aov, it mostly follows the analogy of verbs in ea,
and appears aS ew, €0, €ov, AS ὁρέω, ὁρέομεν, ὥρεον, ὁρέωμεν,
etc. But the Attic contraction ᾳ or ἃ remains undisturbed,
AS ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾶσθαι. Xpdw and χράομαι however do not con-
tract into n but a. :

(4) Verbs in ow generally follow the Attic rules of con-
traction, but in verbs in which a vowel precedes the letters
liable to contraction, oo and oov are mostly contracted to

> / 5 “
εὖ, AS ἐδικαί-ευν, ἀξιεῦνται.

δ 10. Verbs in μι.

(a2) The 2nd and 3rd Pers. Sing. and 3rd Pers. Plur. of
τίθημι, ἵστημι, and δίδωμι follow the forms of the @ con-
jugation as τιθεῖς, τιθεῖ, τιθεῖσι ; ἱστᾷς, iota, ἱστᾶσι ; διδοῖς,
διδοῖ, διδοῦσι. The imperf. of τίθημι is ἐτίθεα, ἐτίθεες, ἐτίθεε.
Particip. Perf. of ἵστημι, ἑστεώς.

XVI INTRODUCTION.

(ὁ) Dialectical forms of εἰμί (sum) are—For ἐσμέν, εἰμέν ;
for εἶεν, εἴησαν ; for dv and οὖσα, ἐών and ἐοῦσα, etc.; for ἦν,
ἔσκον, Or Sometimes ἔα, gas, ξατε.

(4) Forms of εἶμι (220) Imperf. ἤια----ἤιε----ἤισαν.

(e) δείκνυμι and ζεύγνυμι follow partly the conjugation in
μι and partly that in ὦ,

SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

[The small figures and letters refer to the table of
Dialectical forms, page xi foll.]

THE STORY OF SOLON AND CROESUS.

(B. i. chaps. 29-31; 84-87.

The history of Herodotus is an account of the great feud
between Asia and Europe. There were many stories told on
either side about the various acts of violence that led to the
quarrel, such as the rape of Io, of Europa, and of Helen:
a woman, as usual, figuring in them, as the causa teterrima
belli. Herodotus evidently considers the blame lay with the
Asiatics; and he proceeds to tell the story of Croesus, king
of Lydia, the first historical aggressor (τὸν πρῶτον ὑπάρξαντα
ἀδίκων ἔργων és τοὺς “Ἑλληνας). Croesus, son of Alyattes,
made himself master of most of the countries west of the
river Halys. Like Solomon, in wealth if not in wisdom,
he lived in magnificent state, and his court was visited by
great men from all parts, to partake of his splendid hospitality
and gaze on his priceless treasures. Among the most famous
of his guests was.Solon, the Athenian.

I. INTERVIEW OF CROESUS AND SOLON.

Ie S41,
᾿Απικνέονται 1» 88 ἐς Sdpdis®® ἀκμαζούσας πλούτῳ
ἄλλοι τε of πάντες ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος σοφισταὶ, οἷ τοῦ-
τον τὸν χρόνον ἐτύγχανον ἐόντες 1», ὡς ἕκαστος αὐτῶν
ἀπικνέοιτο 39" καὶ δὴ καὶ Σόλων, ἀνὴρ ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς
Β
43

σι

2 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

? vA
Αθηναίοισι νόμους κελεύσασι ποιήσας, ἀπεδήμησε
Υ̓͂

ἔτεα Β δέκα, κατὰ θεωρίης ™ πρόφασιν ἐκπλώσας, ἵνα
Ν ’ “ , 9 = a“ ”_ θ6

δὴ μή τινα τῶν νόμων ἀναγκασθῇ λῦσαι τῶν ὅ ἔθετο.
αὐτοὶ γὰρ οὐκ οἷοί τε ἦσαν αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι ᾿Αθηναῖοι"
¢€ / 5e ἣς i , ἷφ 4 4
ὁρκίοισι 5. γὰρ μεγάλοισι κατείχοντο, δέκα ἔτεα χρή-
σεσθαι νόμοισι τοὺς ὁ ἄν σφι ὃ Σόλων θῆται. Αὐτῶν

8 χρύτων καὶ τῆς θεωρίης ἐκδημήσας 6 Σόλων

δὴ ὧν
εἵνεκεν, ἐς Αἴγυπτον ἀπίκετο παρὰ “Apaow, καὶ δὴ καὶ
ἐς Σάρδις ὅΒ παρὰ Κροῖσον. ἀπικόμενος δὲ, ἐξεινίζετο
4b

ἐν τοῖσι βασιληίοισι *” ὑπὸ τοῦ Κροίσου.

(B. i. 29, 30.)
After Solon had been taken round the royal treasure-
houses, Croesus asked him who was the happiest man he had

ever known, and Solon, to the surprise of his host, answered,
* Tellos, the Athenian.”

I § 2.

Mera δὲ, ἡμέρῃ δ τρίτῃ ἢ τετάρτῃ, κελεύσαντος Kpot-
σου; τὸν Σόλωνα θεράποντες περιῆγον κατὰ τοὺς θησαυ-
ροὺς, καὶ ἐπεδείκνυσαν πάντα ἐόντα Ὁ μεγάλα τε καὶ
ὄλβια. θηησάμενον δέ μιν τὰ πάντα καὶ σκεψάμενον
ὥς of κατὰ καιρὸν. ἦν, εἴρετο ὁ Κροῖσος τάδε"
“5 εῖνςε 35 ᾿Αθηναῖε, παρ᾽ ἡμέας ὃ γὰρ περὶ σέο δ᾽ λόγος
ἀπῖκται πολλὸς, καὶ σοφίης «ἵνεκεν τῆς σῆς καὶ πλάνης,
ὡς φιλοσοφέων * γῆν πολλὴν θεωρίης εἵνεκεν *° ἐπελή-
λυθας. νῦν ὧν ἵμερος ἐπείρεσθαί μοι ἐπῆλθε, εἴ τινα
ἤδη πάντων εἶδες ὀλβιώτατον ;” ὋὉ μὲν, ἐλπίζων εἶναι
ἀνθρώπων ὀλβιώτατος, ταῦτα ἐπειρώτα. Σόλων δὲ,
οὐδὲν ὑποθωπεύσας, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐόντι Ὁ χρησάμενος,
λέγει: “ὮὮ βασιλεῦ, Τέλλον ᾿Αθηναῖον"" ᾿Αποθωμά-
σας Ὁ δὲ Κροῖσος τὸ λεχθὲν, εἴρετο ἐπιστρεφέως"

15 “ Κοίῃ ἴ5 δὴ κρίνεις Τέλλον εἶναι ὀλβιώτατον; Ὃὧ δὲ

SOLON AND CROESUS. 1. 3. 3
εἶπε' ““Τέλλῳ τοῦτο μὲν, THs πόλιος ὅ" εὖ HKOvons,
παῖδες ἦσαν καλοί τε κἀγαθοὶ, καί σφι εἶδε ἅπασι
τέκνα ἐκγενόμενα, καὶ πάντα παραμείναντα' τοῦτο δὲ,
an 7 4 ῳΦὉ « Ν bie Sa \ “ /
τοῦ βίου εὖ NKOVTL, ὡς τὰ παρ ἡμῖν, τελευτὴ τοῦ βίου
λαμπροτάτη ἐπεγένετο. γενομένης γὰρ ᾿Αθηναίοισι
al 4
μάχης πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας ἐν ᾿Ἐλευσῖνι, βωθή-
48 \ \ ,ὕ n / eee
σας ἢ, καὶ τροπὴν ποιήσας τῶν πολεμίων, ἀπέθανε
κάλλιστα. καί μιν Αθηναῖοι δημοσίῃ τε ἔθαψαν αὐτοῦ
a 6c x ΚΎΩΝ ; 32
τῇπερ °° ἔπεσε, καὶ ἐτίμησαν μεγάλως.
(B. i. 30.)

Croesus, hoping he should at least come second on the list,
asks Solon whom he considered next happiest. Solon gives
that place to Cleobis and Bito of Argos, and tells their story.

I. § 3.

‘Qs δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Τέλλον προετρέψατο ὃ Σόλων τὸν

Κροῖσον, εἴπας πολλά τε καὶ ὄλβια, ἐπειρώτα τίνα
δεύτερον μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἴδοι, δοκέων" δ πάγχυ δευτερήια Ὁ
yov** οἴσεσθαι. ὃ δὲ εἶπε' “Κλέοβίν τε καὶ Βίτωνα.
τούτοισι γὰρ, ἐοῦσι γένος ᾿Αργείοισι, βίος τε ἀρκέων 35
ὑπῆν, καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ, ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε" ἀεθλο-
φόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ὁμοίως ἦσαν, καὶ δὴ καὶ λέγεται ὅδε
0 λόγος. ἐούσης dprns* τῇ Ἥρῃ τοῖσι ᾿Αργείοισι, ἔδεε 35
πάντως τὴν μητέρα αὐτῶν ζεύγεϊ κομισθῆναι ἐς τὸ ipdv**
ot δέ σφι βόες ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ οὐ παρεγίνοντο ἐν ὥρῃ"
ἐκκληιόμενοι “ἢ δὲ τῇ ὥρῃ οἱ νεηνίαι, ὑποδύντες αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ
τὴν ζεύγλην, εἷλκον τὴν ἅμαξαν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης δέ σφι
ὀχέετο ἣ μήτηρ. σταδίους δὲ πέντε καὶ τεσσεράκοντα
διακομίσαντες, ἀπίκοντο ἐς τὸ ἱρόν" ταῦτα δέ σφι ποιή-
σασι, καὶ ὀφθεῖσι ὑπὸ τῆς πανηγύριος δ", τελευτὴ τοῦ
βίου ἀρίστη ἐπεγένετο. διέδεξέϑα τε ἐν τούτοισι ὃ θεὸς,
ὡς ἄμεινον εἴη ἀνθρώπῳ τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζώειν.
B 2 5

σι

4 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

> a Q ; aA ,
Αργεῖοι μὲν yap περιστάντες ἐμακάριζον τῶν νεηνιέων ὃ“
Ν ες» a n

τὴν ῥώμην" at δὲ ᾿Αργεῖαι, τὴν μητέρα αὐτῶν, οἵων
΄ U4 ε Ν X > at [οὶ

τέκνων ἐκύρησε. ἣ δὲ μήτηρ περιχαρὴς ἐοῦσα τῷ TE

Y “ ’ ζω “ /
ἔργῳ καὶ τῇ φήμῃ, στᾶσα ἀντίον τοῦ ἀγάλματος, εὔχετο,
f a a

Κλέοβί τε καὶ Βίτωνι, τοῖσι Ewutns*® τέκνοισι, οἵ μιν

ἐτίμησαν μεγάλως, δοῦναι τὴν θεὸν TO” ἀνθρώπῳ τυχεῖν

BA , 3 Ν ’ὔ XN Ν > Ν Ld ἔθ ἀ

ἄριστόν ἐστι. μετὰ ταύτην δὲ τὴν εὐχὴν, ὡς ἔθυσάν τε
εἶ 3 7 , 2 ἀτενῶς ΤΩΝ ς

καὶ εὐωχήθησαν, κατακοιμηθέντες ἐν αὑτῷ τῷ ἵρῳ οἱ

/ : 48 >) / 3 2 ia2 / Pry 4 of

νεηνίαι, OVKETL ἀνέστησαν, GAA ἐν TEAEL τούτῳ ἔσχοντο.

3 n

Αργεῖοι δέ σφεων» εἰκόνας ποιησάμενοι, ἀνέθεσαν ἐς

Ἂ n
Δελφοὺς, ὡς ἀνδρῶν ἀρίστων γενομένων.
(B. 1, 4219

Croesus is vexed that he is thus passed over, but Solon tells
him that no one can.be called happy till he has ended his days
happily, and that great prosperity is jealously watched by
heaven: the higher a man’s estate, the more liable it is to
a sudden fall. ‘Then Croesus dismisses Solon for a fool.

53 ἃ;

Σόλων μὲν δὴ εὐδαιμονίης δευτερήια " ἔνεμε τούτοισι.
Κροῖσος δὲ σπερχθεὶς, etme’ ““Ὦ, ξεῖνε ᾿Αθηναῖε, ἡ δὲ
ἡμετέρη εὐδαιμονίη οὕτω τοι ἀπέρριπται ἐς τὸ μηδὲν,
ὥστε οὐδὲ ἰδιωτέων °° ἀνδρῶν ἀξίους ἡμέας 5" ἐποίησας ;”
ὋὉ δὲ εἶπε “QO Κροῖσε, ἐπιστάμενόν με τὸ θεῖον πᾶν
ἐὸν φθονερόν τε καὶ ταραχῶδες, ἐπειρωτᾷς ἀνθρωπηίων Ὁ
πρηγμάτων" πέρι; ἐν γὰρ τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ πολλὰ μέν
ἐστι ἰδέειν τὰ μή τις ἐθέλει, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παθέειν" ἐμοὶ
8c, καὶ βασιλεὺς
le

δὲ σὺ καὶ πλουτέειν μὲν μέγα φαίνεαι
εἶναι πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων" ἐκεῖνο δὲ τὸ εἴρεόϑ᾽ με, οὔκω
σε ἐγὼ λέγω, πρὶν ἂν τελευτήσαντα καλῶς τὸν αἰῶνα
πύθωμαι. οὐ γάρ τοι ὃ μέγα πλούσιος μᾶλλον τοῦ ἐπ᾽
ἡμέρην ἔχοντος ὀλβιώτερός ἐστι, εἰ μή οἱ τύχη ἐπί-

SOLON AND CROESUS. 1.3 4. . 5

σποιτο, πάντα καλὰ ἔχοντα τελευτῆσαι εὖ τὸν βίον.
πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ ζάπλουτοι ἀνθρώπων, ἀνόλβιοί εἰσι:
πολλοὶ δὲ μετρίως ἔχοντες βίου, εὐτυχέες 8, ὃ μὲν δὴ
μέγα πλούσιος, ἀνόλβιος δὲ, δυοῖσι προέχει τοῦ εὐτυ-
χέος "8 μούνοισιϑϑ" οὗτος δὲ, τοῦ πλουσίου καὶ ἀνολβίου
πολλοῖσι. ὃ μὲν, ἐπιθυμίην ἐκτελέσαι, καὶ ἄτην μεγάλην
προσπεσοῦσαν ἐνεῖκαι δυνατώτερος" 6 δὲ, τοισίδε προ-
έχει ἐκείνου" ἄτην μὲν καὶ ἐπιθυμίην οὐκ ὁμοίως δυνατὸς
ἐκείνῳ ἐνεῖκαι, ταῦτα δὲ ἡ εὐτυχίη οἱ ἀπερύκει: ἄπηρος
δὲ ἐστὶ, ἄνουσος 83, ἀπαθὴς κακῶν, εὔπαις, εὐειδής" εἰ δὲ
πρὸς τούτοισι ἔτι τελευτήσει τὸν βίον εὖ, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος,
τὸν ὁ σὺ ζητεῖς, ὄλβιος κεκλῆσθαι ἄξιός ἐστι. πρὶν
δ᾽ ἂν τελευτήσῃ, ἐπισχέειν, μηδὲ καλέειν κω ὄλβιον,
ἀλλ᾽ εὐτυχέαδβ, τὰ πάντα μέν νυν ταῦτα συλλαβεῖν
ἄνθρωπον ἐόντα ἀδύνατόν ἐστι, ὥσπερ χώρη δ᾽ οὐδεμία
καταρκέει πάντα ἑωυτῇ “ παρέχουσα, ἀλλὰ ἄλλο μὲν
ἔχει, ἑτέρου δὲ ἐπιδέεται" ἣ δὲ ἂν τὰ πλεῖστα ἔχῃ,
ἀρίστη αὕτη. ὡς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπου σῶμα ν οὐδὲν αὔταρ-
κές ἐστι" τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔχει, ἄλλου δὲ ἐνδεές ἐστι. ὃς
δ᾽ ἂν αὐτῶν πλεῖστα ἔχων διατελέῃ “5, καὶ ἔπειτα τελευ-
τήσῃ εὐχαρίστως τὸν βίον, οὗτος παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ τὸ οὔνομα
τοῦτο, ὦ βασιλεῦ, δίκαιός ἐστι φέρεσθαι. σκοπέειν δὲ
Χρὴ παντὸς χρήματος τὴν τελευτὴν κῆ 5 ἀποβήσεται.
πολλοῖσι γὰρ δὴ ὑποδέξας 4 ὄλβον ὃ θεὸς, mpapptcous
᾿ἀνέτρεψε.᾽ Tatra λέγων τῷ Legg ov κως οὔτε
ἐχαρίζετο, οὔτε λόγου μιν sl be ape οὐδενὸς ἀπο-

πέμπεται" κόρ δόξας ἀμαθέα εἶναι, ὃς τὰ παρεόντα 40

ἀγαθὰ μετεὶς 2, τὴν τελευτὴν παντὸς χρήματος dpav*
ἐκέλευς.
(B. i. 32, 33.)

σι

δ SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

II. THE FALL OF CROESUS.

Solon’s warning was soon to come true. Croesus first loses,
by an untoward accident, the son whose life he had guarded
as the apple of his eye: then, deceived by the ambiguous
answer of the Delphic oracle, he resolves to attack Cyrus, for
he was uneasy at the growing power of Persia. But he has
to fall back upon Sardis, his capital city, and after an obstinate
battle the aggressor finds himself besieged.

Sardis was deemed impregnable; but a skilful climber found
his way up to.the citadel by an undefended path. The troops
of Cyrus followed him, and the city was stormed.

i 6h.

/
Σάρδιες δ δὲ ἥλωσαν ὧδε. ἐπειδὴ τεσσερεσκαιδεκάτη
- ἘΦ ΈΝ κα ε / 7 08 , nan n
ἐγένετο ἡμέρη πολιορκεομένῳ 5 Κροίσῳ, Κῦρος τῇ στρα-
no mo nw VA n nm
TiN TH ἑωυτοῦ, διαπέμψας ἱππέας, προεῖπε, τῷ πρώτῳ
a a a
ἐπιβάντι τοῦ τείχεος δῶρα δώσειν. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο,
/ a lal n
πειρησαμένης τῆς στρατιῆς, ὡς ov προεχώρεε, ἐνθαῦτα"
n + nC
TOV ἄλλων πεπαυμένων, ἀνὴρ Mdpdos ἐπειρᾶτο προσ-
, an oY» Be 95. ¢ , Ν a rn 39
βαίνων, τῷ ovvopa”®. ἦν ὙὙροιάδης, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκρο-
a ;
πόλιος τῇ οὐδεὶς ἐτέτακτο φύλακος" οὐ γὰρ ἣν δεινὸν,
ἐξ τ ain ee "1ο a) ey ἢ pi las ,
κατὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἁλῷ κοτέ, ἀπότομός τε γάρ ἐστι ταύτῃ
ἡ ἀκρόπολις, καὶ ἄμαχος" ὋὉ av** δὴ Ὑροιάδης οὗτος 6
Μάρδος, ἰδὼν τῇ προτεραίῃ δ τῶν τινα Λυδῶν κατὰ τοῦτο
τῆς ἀκροπόλιος καταβάντα ἐπὶ κυνέην ἄνωθεν κατακυλι-
σθεῖσαν, καὶ ἀνελόμενον, ἐφράσθη καὶ ἐς θυμὸν ἐβάλετο.
τότε δὲ δὴ αὐτός τὲ ἀνεβεβήκεεδ", καὶ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ἄλλοι
Περσέων. ἀνέβαινον. προσβάντων δὲ συχνῶν, οὕτω
δὴ Σάρδιές τε ἡλώκεσαν, καὶ πᾶν τὸ ἄστυ ἐπορθέετο.
(B. i. 84.)

The son of Croesus, who was dumb, seeing his father on
the point of being slain, regained his speech in the agony of
the moment.

FALL OF CROESUS. 1. § 2. 4

Il. § 2.
n , n
Kar’ αὐτὸν δὲ Κροῖσον τάδε ἐγένετο. ἢν οἱ παῖς, τὰ
μὲν ἄλλα ἐπιεικὴς, ἄφωνος δέ. ἐν τῇ ὧν 5 παρελθούσῃ
εὐεστοῖ ὁ Κροῖσος τὸ πᾶν ἐς αὐτὸν ἐπεποιήκεεδ, ἄλλα
τε ἐπιφραζόμενος, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐς Δελφοὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ
ἐπεπόμφεεϑ" χρησομένους. ἣ δὲ Πυθίη οἱ εἶπε τάδε'
Λυδὲ γένος, πολλῶν βασιλεῦ, μέγα νήπιε Κροῖσε,
‘ 4 48, ’ > ιν \ 8 ’ > > 4
μὴ Bovdev*® πολύευκτον inv ava δώματ᾽ ἀκούειν
παιδὸς φθεγγομένου. τόδε σοι πολὺ λώιον ἀμφὶς
ἔμμεναι. αὐδήσει γὰρ ἐν ἤματι πρῶτον ἀνόλβῳ.
ἢ / Ν a , Me Fas «ὦ n ,
ἱσκομένου δὲ τοῦ τείχεος, ἤιε“ yap τῶν τις Περσέων
ἀλλογνώσας Κροῖσον ὡς ἀποκτενέων"", Κροῖσος μέν νυν
ὁρέων"95 ἐπιόντα, ὑπὸ τῆς παρεούσης συμφορῆς παρη-
μελήκεεϑ", οὐδέ τι οἱ διέφερε πληγέντι ἀποθανέειν" 6 δὲ
ca e ς ε 9 2 , Ν ’ ἄκοντος
παῖς οὗτος 6 ἄφωνος, ὡς εἶδε ἐπιόντα τὸν Πέρσην, ὕπο
δέους τε καὶ κακοῦ ἔρρηξε φωνὴν, εἶπε δέ" ““Ὥνθρωτπε,
μὴ κτεῖνε Κροῖσον." Οὗτος μὲν δὴ τοῦτο πρῶτον ἐφθέγ-
; Ἔ Ν (ς a » 2 , 9a Ν / , an
ξατο" μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ἤδη Ehodvec** τὸν πάντα χρόνον τῆς
’ .
ζόης. (Β. 1. 85.)
Croesus was taken prisoner. His conqueror cast him in
chains upon a pile of wood to be burned alive. Then Croesus,
in the bitterness of his soul, remembered the warning words
of Solon, and called three times aloud upon his name. When
Cyrus learned the meaning of the cry, and heard the story,

touched with pity and fear he ordered the fire to be quenched.
But the fire was too fierce, and had the mastery.

Οἱ δὲ Πέρσαι τάς τε δὴ Sdpdis® ἔσχον, καὶ αὐτὸν
Κροῖσον ἐζώγρησαν, ἄρξαντα ἔτεα τεσσερεσκαίδεκα, καὶ
τεσσερεσκαίδεκα ἡμέρας πολιορκηθέντα, κατὰ τὸ χρηστή-

, n
ριόν τε καταπαύσαντα τὴν ἑωυτοῦ μεγάλην ἀρχήν'

λαβόντες δὲ αὐτὸν of Πέρσαι ἤγαγον παρὰ Κῦοον. 65

ae SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

Ν , > 4
δὲ, συννῆσας πυρὴν μεγάλην, ἀνεβίβασε ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν τὸν
Κροῖσόν τε ἐν πέδῃσι δεδεμένον, καὶ δὶς ἑπτὰ Λυδῶν
παρ᾽ αὐτὸν παῖδας. Τῷ δὲ Κροίσῳ, ἑστεῶτι 9 ἐπὶ τῆς
“ἢ

πυρῆς, ἐσελθεῖν, καί περ ἐν κακῷ ἐόντι τοσούτῳ, τὸ τοῦ
, n /
10 Σόλωνος, ὥς οἱ εἴη σὺν θεῷ εἰρημένον, τὸ “Μηδένα
i n 33 nr
εἶναι TOV ζωόντων ὄλβιον. ὡς δὲ Apa μιν προστῆναι
τοῦτο, ἀνενεικάμενόν τε καὶ ἀναστενάξαντα ἐκ πολλῆς
ες , n
ἡσυχίης, és τρὶς ὀνομάσαι Σόλωνα. καὶ τὸν Κῦρον ἀκού-
σαντα, κελεῦσαι τοὺς ἑρμηνέας ὅ" ἐπείρεσθαι τὸν Κροῖσον,
/ “ b) / ἃ \ Ν , 3
15 τίνα τοῦτον ἐπικαλέοιτο" Kal τοὺς προσελθόντας ἐπει-
n nr X / Ν. Ν 93 5 , 9G.
ρωτᾶν. Κροῖσον δὲ Tews μὲν σιγὴν ἔχειν ἐρωτεώμενον
μετὰ δὲ, ὡς ἠναγκάζετο, εἰπεῖν". “Τὸν 6 ἂν ἐγὼ πᾶσι
iA
τυράννοισι προετίμησα μεγάλων χρημάτων ἐς λόγους
ἐλθεῖν. ‘Os δέ σφι ἄσημα ἔφραζε, πάλιν ἐπειρώτεον
Ν ’ ip ‘ a gs erg
20 τὰ λεγόμενα. λιπαρεόντων δὲ αὑτῶν, Kal ὄχλον παρε-
χόντων, ἔλεγε δὴ, Os ἦλθε ἀρχὴν 6 Σόλων, ἐὼν ᾿Αθη-
ναῖος, καὶ θηησάμενος πάντα τὸν ἑωυτοῦ ὄλβον ἀπο-
ΓῚ a / [4
φλαυρίσειε οἷα δὴ εἴπας, ὥς τε αὐτῷ πάντα ἀποβεβήκοι
an 5 a 9 5. ἢ vad 2 ε Ν f as
τῇπερ ἐκεῖνος εἶπε, οὐδέν TL μᾶλλον ἐς ἑωυτὸν λέγων, ἢ
25 ἐς ἅπαν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς παρὰ σφίσι
αὐτοῖσι δοκέοντας ὀλβίους εἶναι. Τὸν μὲν Κροῖσον
a b) / 5 a Ν a a € /
ταῦτα ἀπηγέεσθαι' τῆς δὲ πυρῆς ἤδη ἁμμένης, καίεσθαι
τὰ περιέσχατα. καὶ τὸν Κῦρον ἀκούσαντα τῶν ἑρμηνέων
xX “ a , Mes Ὁ - 4a 7% \
τὰ εἶπε Κροῖσος μεταγνόντα Te, καὶ ἐννώσαντα “5 ὅτι καὶ
30 αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐὼν, ἄλλον ἄνθρωπον, γενόμενον ἑωυτοῦ
93 P / > oy /f , Ν ee 4
εὐδαιμονίῃ οὐκ ἐλάσσω, ζώοντα πυρὶ διδοίη" πρός τε
’ὔ / ς ’ Ae / ε SOX
τούτοισι, δείσαντα τὴν τίσιν, καὶ ἐπιλεξάμενον ὡς οὐδὲν
n ’ 5, f
εἴη τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ἀσφαλέως ἔχον, κελεύειν σβεν-
νύναι τὴν ταχίστην τὸ καιόμενον πῦρ, καὶ καταβιβάζειν
a Ν “
35 Κροῖσόν τε καὶ τοὺς μετὰ Κροίσου" καὶ τοὺς πειρωμένους
οὐ δύνασθαι ἔτι τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπικρατῆσαι.
(B. i, 86.)

FALL OF CROESUS. 1]. § 4. 9

Then Croesus prayed to Apollo, and suddenly the clouds
gathered in the clear blue sky, and the flames were extinguished
by a torrent of rain.

i kk
Ἢ a lb / a A δῶ Κ a 66 Ν
νθαῦτα"" λέγεται ὑπὸ Λυδῶν, Κροῖσον μαθόντα τὴν
"ὁ
Κύρου μετάγνωσιν, ὡς ὥρα. πάντα μὲν ἄνδρα σβεννύντα
τὸ πῦρ, δυναμένους δὲ οὐκέτι καταλαβεῖν, ἐπιβώσασθαι3,
τὸν ᾿Απόλλωνα ἐπικαλεόμενον, εἴ τί of κεχαρισμένον ἐξ
αὐτοῦ ἐδωρήθη, παραστῆναι, καὶ ῥύσασθαί μιν ἐκ τοῦ
a. t /
παρεόντος κακοῦ. τὸν μὲν, δακρύοντα ἐπικαλέεσθαι τὸν
θεόν" ἐκ δὲ αἰθρίης τε καὶ νηνεμίης συνδραμέειν ἐξα-
7 an n
πίνης νέφεα, καὶ χειμῶνά τε καταρραγῆναι, Kat boat
iA a ,
ὕδατι λαβροτάτῳ, κατασβεσθῆναί τε τὴν πυρήν. οὕτω
NX n a Ἂς
δὴ μαθόντα τὸν Κῦρον, ὡς εἴη ὃ Κροῖσος καὶ θεοφιλὴς
1, Sean ἦν, ἐκ | \ a n n
καὶ ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς, καταβιβάσαντα αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πυρῆς,
εἴρεσθαι τάδε" ““ Κροῖσε, τίς σε ἀνθρώπων ἀνέγνωσε, ἐπὶ
ee Ν ΜΝ τῆς ’ 4 Ν / 5 \
γὴν THY ἐμὴν στρατευσάμενον, πολέμιον avTL φίλου ἐμοὶ
καταστῆναι ;" Ὃὧ δὲ εἶπε. ““ὯΩ βασιλεῦ, ἐγὼ ταῦτα
ἔπρηξα 5 τῇ on μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακο-
P1 Hon PR cai ΤΠ ΕΜ
Ν
δαιμονίῃ, αἴτιος δὲ τούτων ἐγένετο ὃ Ἑλλήνων θεὸς,
,
ἐπαείρας ἐμὲ στρατεύεσθαι. οὐδεὶς γὰρ οὕτω ἀνόητός
2 Lg , ; ~*~ > Lay Ν ἥν ἣν Ν Ν
ἐστι, ὅς τις πόλεμον πρὸ εἰρήνης αἱρέεται. ἐν μὲν γὰρ
τῇ; οἱ παῖδες τοὺς πατέρας θάπτουσι" ἐν δὲ τῷ, οἱ πα-
/ a n >
Tépes τοὺς παῖδας. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα δαίμοσί κουΐ φίλον ἦν
οὕτω γενέσθαι." (B. i. 87.)

Cyrus not only pardoned his royal prisoner, but took him
for his friend and adviser, And when Croesus sent to
reproach the Delphic god for having brought ruin upon him,
he learned how in his case the sins of the fathers had been
visited upon the children; how his own interpretation of the
oracle had drawn him to his doom, and, lastly, how the god
had done the best he could for his worshipper; but there is
a power stronger than the gods themselves—the power of Fate.

»"

10 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

III. THE STORY OF CYRUS.

The last king of the Medes was Astyiges, son of Cyaxires.
He had given his daughter Mandane in marriage to a Persian
named Cambyses, “a peaceable man, of good family” (οἰκίης
μὲν ἐόντα ἀγαθῆς, τρόπου δὲ ἡσυχίου, Ὁ. i. 107). But Astyadges
dreamed that a vine grew from the body of his daughter and
overshadowed the whole of Asia, so, as the dream seemed to
threaten his sovereignty, he ordered the child that was born
of her to be put to death. His vizier, Harpagus, was to carry
out the order, but not having the heart to kill the child,
he passed it on to Mitradates, one of the royal herdsmen,
bidding him expose it upon the mountains,

Ι
fit, ΦὙ
ὋὉ μὲν “Aprayos αὐτίκα ἄγγελον ἔπεμπε ἐπὶ τῶν βου-
’ n 3 ἢ “ A 5 / / 3

κόλων τῶν Aotvayeos τὸν ἠπίστατο νομάς τε ἐπιτηδεω-

ἢ δὰ... ey 3e , ee
TaTas** νέμοντα, Kal οὔρεα θηριωδέστατα, τῷ οὔνομα
ἣν Μιτραδάτης, συνοίκεε δὲ τῇ ἑωυτοῦ συνδούλῳ" οὔνομα

Ν Ἂ \ 9% Na / Ἂς Ν Ν « /

8 δὲ τῇ γυναικὶ ἦν TH συνοίκεε, Κυνὼ, κατὰ τὴν Ελλήνων
γλῶσσαν" κατὰ δὲ τὴν Μηδικὴν, Σπακώ" τὴν γὰρ κύνα
καλέουσι σπάκα Μῆδοι. -

᾿Επεὶ ὧν ὁ βουκόλος σπουδῇ πολλῇ καλεόμενος ἀπί-
“ 3
κετο, ἔλεγε ὁ ἽΔρπαγος τάδε' “Κελεύει σε ᾿Αστυάγης
᾿ / cal , a 5) \ 3 , a
το TO παιδίον τοῦτο λαβόντα, θεῖναι és TO ἐρημότατον τῶν
οὐρέων, ὅκως ὁ ἂν τάχιστα διαφθαρείη. καὶ τάδε τοι
a “Ὁ. /
ἐκέλευσε εἰπεῖν, ἢν μὴ ἀποκτείνῃς αὐτὸ, ἀλλά τεῳ 4
7 n

τρόπῳ περιποιήσῃς, ὀλέθρῳ τῷ κακίστῳ σε διαχρή-

σεσθαι" ἐπορᾶν 5 δὲ ἐκκείμενον διατέταγμαι ἐγώ."

(B. i. 110.)
Now the herdsman’s wife had just had a child still-born,
and when she saw the babe brought in, clothed in royal ap-
parel, she could not bear to think that it should die; so she

put the dead child on the mountain instead of the living, and
reared the little changeling at home.

STORY OF CYRUS, 1. § 2. 11

Ill. 8 2.

Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὃ βουκόλος, καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὸ παιδίον
4 10
ἤιε
Ν “ 3 \ a ew Ce Ν, ’ ἯΝ
ἔπαυλιν. τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα καὶ αὐτῷ ἣ γυνὴ; τότε κως κατὰ

ἃ τὴν αὐτὴν ὀπίσω ὁδὸν, καὶ ἀπικνέεται ἐς τὴν

δαίμονα τίκτει, οἰχομένου τοῦ βουκόλου ἐς πόλιν. ἦσαν
δὲ ἐν φροντίδι ἀμφότεροι ἀλλήλων πέρι' ὃ μὲν, τοῦ
τόκου τῆς γυναικὸς ἀρρωδέων' ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, ὅ τι οὐκ
ἐωθὼς 4 ὁ ἽΑρπαγος μεταπέμψαιτο αὐτῆς τὸν ἄνδρα.
ἐπεί τε δὲ ἀπονοστήσας ἐπέστη, οἷα ἐξ ἀέλπτου ἰδοῦσα
ἡ γυνὴ, εἴρετο προτέρη, ὅ τι μιν οὕτω προθύμως ἽΑρπα-
γος μεταπέμψαιτο. 6 δὲ εἶπε' ““Ὦ, γύναι, εἶδόν τε ἐς
πόλιν ἐλθὼν καὶ ἤκουσα TO μήτε ἰδεῖν ὄφελον; μήτε
κοτὲ γενέσθαι ἐς δεσπότας τοὺς ἡμετέρους. οἶκος μὲν
πᾶς ᾿Αρπάγου κλαυθμῷ κατείχετο᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκπλαγεὶς,
qua ἔσω. ὡς δὲ τάχιστα ἐσῆλθον, δρέωϑ᾽ παιδίον προ-
κείμενον, ἀσπαῖρόν τε καὶ κραυγανόμενον, κεκοσμημένον
χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἐσθῆτι ποικίλῃ. ἽΑρπαγος δὲ ὡς εἶδέ με,
ἐκέλευε τὴν ταχίστην ἀναλαβόντα τὸ παιδίον, οἴχεσθαι
φέροντα, καὶ θεῖναι ἔνθα θηριωδέστατον εἴη τῶν οὐρέωνϑ",
φὰς ᾿Αστυάγεα εἷναι τὸν ταῦτα ἐπιθέμενόν μοι, πολλὰ
ἀπειλήσας εἰ μή opea™ ποιήσαιμι. καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναλαβὼν
ἔφερον, δοκέων τῶν τινος οἰκετέων εἶναι" οὐ γὰρ ἄν κοτε
κατέδοξα ἔνθεν γε ἦν. ἐθάμβεον δὲ ὁρέων χρυσῷ τε καὶ
εἵμασι κεκοσμημένον" πρὸς δὲ, καὶ κλαυθμὸν κατεστε-
ὥτα 5 ἐμφανέα ἐν “Αρπάγου' καὶ πρόκα τε δὴ Kar
ὁδὸν πυνθάνομαι τὸν πάντα λόγον θεράποντος, ὃς ἐμὲ
προπέμπων ἔξω πόλιος, ἐνεχείρισε τὸ βρέφος, ὡς ἄρα
Μανδάνης τε εἴη παῖς τῆς ᾿Αστυάγεω θυγατρὸς, καὶ
Καμβύσεω τοῦ Κύρου, καί μιν ᾿Αστυάγης ἐντέλλεται
ἀποκτεῖναι. νῦν τε ὅδε ἐστί. ἽὝΑμα δὲ ταῦτα ἔλεγε ὃ

σι

μι

, ῃ
βουκόλος, καὶ ἐκκαλύψας ἀπεδείκνυε. 1 δὲ, ὡς εἶδε τὸ 30

rf /
παιδίον μέγα Te καὶ εὐειδὲς ἐὸν, δακρύσασα, καὶ AaBo-

12 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

°° rob ἀνδρὸς, ἔχρῃζε μηδεμιῇ τέχνῃ

RRR “
ἐκθεῖναί μιν. ὃ δὲ οὐκ ἔφῃ οἷός τε εἶναι ἄλλως αὐτὰ

, las
μένη τῶν γουνάτων

ey a ,
ποιέειν" ἐπιφοιτήσειν γὰρ κατασκόπους ἐξ ᾿Αρπάγου ἐπο-
Ἵ SR ir / /9b “Ὁ / 7
35 Ψομένους" ἀπολέεσθαί" τε κάκιστα, ἢν μή σφεα ποιήσῃ.
ε Ἂς 3 ε
ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἔπειθε ἄρα τὸν ἄνδρα, δεύτερα λέγει ἡ γυνὴ
/ 3 al
τάδε" “Emel τοίνυν οὐ δύναμαί σε πείθειν μὴ ἐκθεῖναι,
A 6 δ nr a
σὺ δὲ ὧδε ποίησον, εἰ δὴ πᾶσά ye ἀνάγκη ὀφθῆναι ἐκ-
’ n
κείμενον" τέτοκα γὰρ Kal ἐγὼ, τέτοκα δὲ τεθνεός" τοῦτο
/ a : a
40 μὲν φέρων πρόθες, τὸν δὲ τῆς ᾿Αστυάγεος θυγατρὸς παῖδα
ε /
as ἐξ ἡμέων Ὁ ἐόντα τρέφωμεν' καὶ οὕτω οὔτε σὺ ἁλώ-
σεαιδὸ ἀδικέων τοὺς δεσπότας, οὔτε ἡμῖν κακῶς βεβου-
/ an
λευμένα ἔσται. ὅ τε yap τεθνεὼς βασιληίης ἡ ταφῆς
/ /
κυρήσει, Kal ὃ περιεὼν οὐκ ἀπολέει THY ψυχήν. Kapra
“ ε
45 τε ἔδοξε τῷ βουκόλῳ πρὸς τὰ παρεόντα εὖ λέγειν ἡ
Ν \ i eae 2 , “ \ Ν BA τῷ
γυνὴ, καὶ αὐτίκα ἐποίεε ταῦτα. τὸν μὲν ἔφερε θανατώ-
σων παῖδα, τοῦτον μὲν παραδιδοῖ 5 τῇ ἑωυτοῦ γυναικί:
τὸν δὲ ἑωυτοῦ, ἐόντα νεκρὸν, λαβὼν ἔθηκε ἐς τὸ ἄγγος
ἐν τῷ ἔφερε τὸν ἕτερον" κοσμήσας δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ
50 τοῦ ἑτέρου παιδὸς, φέρων ἐς τὸ ἐρημότατον τῶν οὐρέων
“10a ε Ν 7 eA ὁ a 4 p) ’ res
τιθεῖ “ἢ, ws δὲ τρίτη ἡμέρη τῷ παιδίῳ ἐκκειμένῳ ἐγέ-
5, oJ , ε ’ n Ν ,
veTo, ἤιε ἐς πόλιν ὃ βουκόλος, τῶν τινὰ προβόσκων
φύλακον αὐτοῦ καταλιπών. ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐς τοῦ ᾿Αρπάγου,
5» 4 Υ ς tal ων “ 7 rs" /
ἀποδεικνύναι ἔφη ἑτοῖμος εἶναι τοῦ παιδίου τὸν νέκυν,
55 πέμψας δὲ 6 Ἅρπαγος τῶν ἑωυτοῦ δορυφόρων τοὺς
πιστοτάτους, εἶδέ τε διὰ τούτων, καὶ ἔθαψε τοῦ βου-
κόλου τὸ παιδίον. καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐτέθαπτο' τὸν δὲ ὕστερον
“ ’ “
τούτων Κῦρον ὀνομασθέντα παραλαβοῦσα ἔτρεφε ἡ γυνὴ
a “
τοῦ βουκόλου, οὔνομα ἄλλο κού τι καὶ οὐ Κῦρον θεμένη.
(B. i. 112, 113.)
The young Cyrus is so imperious towards his play-fellows,

that the father of a child whom he had beaten makes a com-
plaint, and Cyrus is brought before Astyages,

STORY OF CYRUS. Ill. § 3. 13

Ill. §3
- na 4
Καὶ ὅτε δὴ ἦν δεκαέτης 6 παῖς, mphypa™* ἐς αὐτὸν
/ ~
τοιόνδε γενόμενον ἐξέφηνέ μιν. ἔπαιζε ἐν τῇ κώμῃ
7 3 ἘΝ 3 ε 7 Ὁ 4 Ν
ταύτῃ ἐν τῇ ἦσαν καὶ αἱ βουκολίαι αὗται, ἔπαιζε δὲ
per ἄλλων ἡλίκων ἐν ὁδῷ" καὶ οἱ παῖδες παίζοντες
εἵλοντο ἑωυτῶν βασιλέα εἶναι τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τοῦ βου-
κόλου ἐπίκλησιν παῖδα. ὃ δὲ αὐτῶν διέταξε τοὺς μὲν
2.7 ἢ eee \ ‘ , ee ee ,
οἰκίας οἰκοδομέειν" τοὺς δὲ δορυφόρους εἶναι" τὸν δέ κου
τινὰ αὐτῶν, ὀφθαλμὸν βασιλέος εἶναι" τῷ δέ τινι, τὰς
ἀγγελίας ἐσφέρειν ἐδίδου γέρας" ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προσ-
/ Ν , n 7 / 2%
τάσσων. εἷς δὴ τούτων τῶν παιδίων συμπαίζων, ἐὼν
4 a
᾿Αρτεμβάρεος παῖς, ἀνδρὸς δοκίμου ἐν Μήδοισι, ov yap
δὴ ἐποίησε τὸ προσταχθὲν ἐκ τοῦ Κύρου, ἐκέλευε αὐτὸν
τοὺς ἄλλους παῖδας διαλαβεῖν. πειθομένων δὲ τῶν
7 ε “ Ν ca ’ , “
παίδων, 0 Κῦρος τὸν παῖδα τρηχέως κάρτα περιέσπε
μαστιγέων"5" 6 δὲ, ἐπεί τε μετείθη 12 τάχιστα, ὥς γε δὴ
/ a ras
ἀνάξια ἑωυτοῦ παθὼν, μᾶλλόν τι περιημέκτεε' κατελθὼν
s 9 , x \ ! > / A. CON Ὑ2.2
δὲ és πόλιν, πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἀποικτίζετο τῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου
ἤντησε, λέγων δὲ οὐ Κύρου, (οὐ γάρ κω ἦν τοῦτο τοὔς-
νομα,}) ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῦ βουκόλου Tod ᾿Αστυάγεος παιδός.
Ὁ δὲ ᾿Αρτεμβάρης ὀργῇ ὡς εἶχε ἐλθὼν παρὰ τὸν ᾿Αστυά-
γεα, καὶ ἅμα ἀγόμενος τὸν παῖδα, ἀνάρσια πρήγματα ἔφη
πεπονθέναι, λέγων" ““Ὦ βασιλεῦ, ὑπὸ τοῦ σοῦ δούλου,
βουκόλου δὲ παιδὸς, ὧδε περιυβρίσμεθα,᾽ (δεικνὺς τοῦ
᾿ παιδὸς τοὺς ὥμους.) ᾿Ακούσας δὲ καὶ ἰδὼν 6 ᾿Αστυάγης,
n a 4 a a 5.
θέλων τιμωρῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ τιμῆς τῆς ᾿Αρτεμβάρεος
εἵνεκα, μετεπέμπετο τόν τε βουκόλον καὶ τὸν παῖδα.
ἐπεί τε δὲ παρῆσαν ἀμφότεροι, βλέψας πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον
ὁ ᾿Αστυάγης, ἔφη" “Σὺ δὴ, ἐὼν τοῦδε τοιούτου ἐόντος
παῖς, ἐτόλμησας τὸν τοῦδε παῖδα, ἐόντος πρώτου παρ᾽
4 2 , a nan 9 ¢ 2 δος
ἐμοὶ, ἀεικείῃ τοιῇδε περισπεῖν ;” Ὃ δὲ ἀμείβετο ὧδε
/ a an
““Ὦ, δέσποτα, ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα σὺν δίκῃ.

[Ὁ]

3°

as: ae SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

ol γάρ pe ἐκ Ths κώμης παῖδες, τῶν Kal ὅδε ἦν, παί-
Covres, σφέων αὐτῶν ἐστήσαντο βασιλέα. ἐδόκεον γάρ
σφι εἶναι ἐς τοῦτο ἐπιτηδεώτατος 5. οἱ μέν νῦν ἄλλοι
παῖδες τὰ ἐπιτασσόμενα ἐπετέλεον᾽ οὗτος δὲ ἀνηκού-
στεέ τε, καὶ λόγον εἶχε οὐδένα, ἐς ὃ ἔλαβε τὴν δίκην.
θᾶ

> n n ΟΣ
εἰ ὧν δὴ τοῦδε εἵνεκα ἄξιός τευ κακοῦ εἰμὶ, ὧδέ τοι

πάρειμι." |
(B. i. 114, 115.)

Astyiges recognises Cyrus, and having extorted a confession
from the herdsman, charges Harpagus with disobedience; but
he makes no show of anger, only he bids Harpagus to dinner
with him.

{

ἢ ἃ 4:

Ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ παιδὸς, τὸν ᾿Αστυάγεα ἐσήιε ἀνά-
γνωσις αὐτοῦ" καί ot ὅ τε χαρακτὴρ τοῦ προσώπου
προσφέρεσθαι ἐδόκεε ἐς ἑωυτὸν, καὶ ἡ ὑπόκρισις ἐλευ-
θερωτέρη eivar ὅ τε χρόνος "τῆς ἐκθέσιος τῇ ἡλικίῃ
τοῦ παιδὸς ἐδόκεε συμβαίνειν. ἐκπλαγεὶς δὲ τούτοισι,
ἐπὶ χρόνον ἄφθογγος ἡν. μόγις δὲ δή κοτε ἀνενειχθεὶς,
εἶπε, θέλων ἐκπέμψαι τὸν ᾿Αρτεμβάρεα, ἵνα τὸν βουκόλον
μοῦνον λαβὼν βασανίσῃ" ““᾿Αρτέμβαρες, ἐγὼ ταῦτα
ποιήσω, ὥστε σὲ καὶ τὸν παῖδα τὸν σὸν μηδὲν ἐπιμέμ.-
φεσθαι. Τὸν μὲν δὴ ᾿Αρτεμβάρεα πέμπει: τὸν δὲ
Κῦρον ἦγον ἔσω οἱ θεράποντες, κελεύσαντος τοῦ ᾿Αστυά-
γεος. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑπελέλειπτο ὃ βουκόλος μοῦνος, μουνω-
θέντα τάδε αὐτὸν εἴρετο ὁ ᾿Αστυάγης, κόθεν λάβοι τὸν
παῖδα, καὶ τίς εἴη 6 mapadods; ὃ δὲ ἐξ ἑωυτοῦ τε ἔφη
γεγονέναι, καὶ τὴν τεκοῦσαν αὐτὸν ἔτι εἶναι παρ᾽ ἑωυτῷ.
᾿Αστυάγης δέ μιν οὐκ εὖ βουλεύεσθαι ἔφη, ἐπιθυμέοντα
ἐς ἀνάγκας μεγάλας ἀπικνέεσθαι" ἅμα τε λέγων ταῦτα,
ἐσήμαινε τοῖσι δορυφόροισι λαμβάνειν αὐτόν. 6 δὲ, ἀγό-
μενος ἐς τὰς ἀνάγκας, οὕτω δὴ ἔφαινε τὸν ἐόντα λόγον.

STORY OF CYRUS. Iil. § 4. 15

5. 5 as / “Ν᾿ .9 , ’ ᾿
ἀρχόμενος δὴ ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς διεξήει, τῇ ἀληθηίῃ χρεώμενος" 20
καὶ κατέβαινε ἐς λιτάς τε καὶ συγγνώμην ἑωυτῷ κελεύων
ἔχειν αὐτόν. ᾿Αστυάγης δὲ, τοῦ μὲν βουκόλου τὴν ἀλη-

7
θηίην ἐκφήναντος, λόγον ἤδη καὶ ἐλάσσω ἐποιέετο"
ς iA \ ’ Πα ΩΝ

Αρπάγῳ δὲ καὶ μεγάλως μεμφόμενος, καλέειν αὐτὸν

Ν , ΜΡ ¢€ , ε “ ε 7A

τοὺς δορυφόρους ἐκέλευε. ws δέ οἱ παρῆν δ΄ ApTayos, 25
a ’ Ν
εἴρετό μιν ὁ ᾿Αστυάγης" ““ἽἌρπαγε, τέῳ 57) μόρῳ τὸν

an /

maida Katexpjoao®’’, τόν τοι παρέδωκα ἐκ θυγατρὸς

a “- a
γεγονότα τῆς ἐμῆς ; Ὁ δὲ Ἅρπαγος, os εἶδε τὸν Bov-
κόλον ἔνδον ἐόντα, οὐ τρέπεται ἐπὶ ψευδέα ὁδὸν, ἵνα μὴ
ἐλεγχόμενος ἁλίσκηται" ἀλλὰ λέγει τάδε" ““Ὦ, βασιλεῦ, 30
ἐπεί τε παρέλαβον τὸ παιδίον, ἐβούλευον σκοπῶν ὅκως
σοί τε ποιήσω κατὰ νόον, καὶ ἐγὼ πρὸς σὲ γενόμενος

7] nm n 7 n

ἀναμάρτητος, μήτε θυγατρὶ τῇ σῇ μήτε αὐτῷ σοι εἴην

᾿ ,
αὐθέντης. ποιέω δὴ ὧδε. καλέσας τὸν βουκόλον τόνδε,

παραδίδωμι τὸ παιδίον, φὰς σέ τε εἶναι τὸν κελεύοντα 35
5 a Na \ , a? > 3 , :
ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτό. καὶ λέγων τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἐψευδόμην
σὺ γὰρ ἐνετέλλεοϑ. οὕτω. παραδίδωμι μέντοι τῷδε κατὰ

ὃ ἣν λά 0 tal 7 “ ψι Ἂὧἦ Φ \
τάδε, ἐντειλάμενος θεῖναί μιν ἐς ἐρῆμον οὖρος, Kal παρα-
μένοντα φυλάσσειν ἄχρι οὗ τελευτήσει" ἀπειλήσας παν-

a ὃ μον Ν 10 bai λέ / 3 7 δὲ
τοῖα τῷδε, NY μὴ τάδε ἐπιτελέα ποιήσῃ. ἐπεί τε δὲ, 40

7
ποιήσαντος τούτου τὰ κελευόμενα, ἐτελεύτησε τὸ παιδίον,
n ? >
πέμψας τῶν εὐνούχων τοὺς πιστοτάτους, Kal εἶδον δι
ἐκείνων, καὶ ἔθαψά μιν. οὕτως ἔσχε, ὦ βασιλεῦ, περὶ
n , tA ᾿Ξ \ ’ὔ , 3 Ζ e
τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου" Kal τοιούτῳ μόρῳ ἐχρήσατο ὁ
παῖς." 45
ef ῇ)
Αρπαγος μὲν δὴ τὸν ἰθὺν ἔφαινε λόγον. ᾿Αστυάγης

a \ n
δὲ, κρύπτων τόν" οἱ ἐνεῖχε χόλον διὰ τὸ γεγονὸς, πρῶτα
μὲν κατάπερ' ἤκουσε αὐτὸς πρὸς τοῦ βουκόλου τὸ

“Ἂ f 3 ΄ an ¢ f Ν Ν “ ε
πρῆγμα, πάλιν ἀπηγέετο τῷ Αρπάγῳ' μετὰ δὲ, ws οἱ
ἐπαλιλλόγητο, κατέβαινε λέγων, ὡς ““περίεστί τε ὃ 50

n \ Ἁ A n “ -
παῖς καὶ τὸ γεγονὸς ἔχει καλῶς. Τῷ τε γὰρ πεποιη-

. 16 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

μένῳ, ἔφη λέγων, és τὸν παῖδα τοῦτον ἔκαμνον μεγάλως,
καὶ θυγατρὶ τῇ ἐμῇ διαβεβλημένος οὐκ ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ἐποι-
εύμην. ὡς ὧν τῆς τύχης εὖ μετεστεώσης 1 τοῦτο μὲν,
55 τὸν σεωυτοῦ παῖδα ἀπόπεμψον παρὰ τὸν παῖδα τὸν νεή-
Avda’ τοῦτο δὲ, (σῶστρα γὰρ τοῦ παιδὸς μέλλω θύειν
τοῖσι θεῶν τιμὴ αὕτη προσκέεται,) πάρισθί μοι ἐπὶ

δεῖπνον."
(Β. i. 116-118.)

But Astydges meanwhile slew the son of Harpigus, and
made savoury meat of his flesh, and after the dinner he
showed the horror-struck father what he had been feast-
ing on.

Alea

συ a ,
Ἅρπαγος μὲν, ὡς ἤκουσε ταῦτα, προσκυνήσας, καὶ
Υ f sal 2 € , ¢ 9 ’ >
μεγάλα ποιησάμενος ὅτι Te ἣ ἁμαρτάς of ἐς δέον ἐγε-
, 8b > [τὰ 3. Ὁ τῳ 5d “ Βα. ἢ a
yovee®, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ τύχῃσιδά χρηστῆσι ἐπὶ δεῖπνον
Μ
κέκλητο, ἤιε ἐς τὰ οἰκία. ἐσελθὼν δὲ τὴν ταχίστην, ἦν
Α ε ca) @ “ I / \ /
5 yap ot παῖς εἷς μοῦνος, ἔτεα τρία καὶ δέκα κου μάλιστα
Ν n 3 4 7 » 3 3
γεγονὼς, τοῦτον ἐκπέμπει, ἰέναι τε κελεύων ἐς ᾿Αστυά-
γεος, καὶ ποιέειν ὅ τι ἂν ἐκεῖνος κελεύῃ. αὐτὸς δὲ περι-
Ν “ ' / ,
χαρὴς ἐὼν, φράζει τῇ γυναικὶ τὰ συγκυρήσαντα. ᾿Αστυά-
a /
yns δὲ, ὥς οἱ ἀπίκετο ὃ “Aprdyov παῖς, σφάξας αὐτὸν,
Io καὶ κατὰ μέλεα διελὼν, τὰ μὲν ὥπτησε, τὰ δὲ ἕψησε
τῶν κρεῶν. εὔτυκτα δὲ ποιησάμενος, εἶχε ἑτοῖμα. ἐπεί
τε δὲ, τῆς ὥρης γινομένης τοῦ δείπνου, παρῆσαν οἵ τε
ἄλλοι δαιτυμόνες καὶ 6”Apmayos, τοῖσι μὲν ἄλλοισι καὶ
La se /
αὐτῷ ᾿Αστυάγεϊ mapetiOéato® τράπεζαι ἐπιπλέαι μη-
15 λείων κρεῶν" “Αρπάγῳ δὲ, τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ ἑωυτοῦ, πλὴν
κεφαλῆς τε καὶ ἄκρων χειρῶν τε καὶ ποδῶν, τὰ ἄλλα
πάντα" ταῦτα δὲ χωρὶς ἔκειτο ἐπὶ κανέῳ κατακεκαλυμ-
μένα. ὡς δὲ τῷ “Αρπάγῳ ἐδόκεε ἅλις ἔχειν τῆς βορῆς,
3 , 4. Ἔ 7 a . ’
Ἀστυάγης εἴρετό μιν, εἰ ἡσθείη τι τῇ θοίνῃ φαμένου δὲ

STORY OF CYRUS, _Iil. § 6. 17

ε ἢ > ε na ’ cal /

Αρπάγου καὶ κάρτα ἡσθῆναι, παρέφερον, τοῖσι προσέ- 20
Ν Ν “ \ ’ \

KELTO, τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδὸς κατακεκαλυμμένην, Kal

x a \ \ , ἰδ pee Ea 2

τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας" “Αρπαγον δὲ ἐκέλευον προ-

’ cal n
στάντες ἀποκαλύπτειν τε καὶ λαβεῖν TO βούλεται αὐτῶν.
πειθόμενος δὲ ὃ “Apmayos, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτων, ὁρᾷ τοῦ

Ls)

παιδὸς τὰ λείμματα' ἰδὼν δὲ, οὔτε ἐξεπλάγη, ἐντός τε 25
ε ἴω , » x 3% €. 3 / 3 ,
ἑωυτοῦ γίνεται. εἴρετο δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Αστυάγῃς, εἰ γινώ-
σκοι ὅτευϑο θηρίου κρέα βεβρώκοι. 6 δὲ καὶ γινώσκειν
ἔφη, καὶ ἀρεστὸν εἶναι πᾶν τὸ ἂν βασιλεὺς ἕρδῃ. τού-
τοισι δὲ ἀμειψάμενος, καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν κρεῶν,
ἤιε ἐς τὰ οἰκία. ἐνθεῦτεν ᾿" δὲ ἔμελλε, ὡς ἐγὼ δοκέω, ἁλί- 30
σας θάψειν τὰ πάντα. (B. i. 119.)

Meanwhile Harpagus nursed his revenge, and when Cyrus
was grown up, he sent him a secret letter, calling on him to
put himself at the head of the Persians, and revolt from
Astyages.

ἘΠῚ δ,

Τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ διαιτωμένῳ ἐν Πέρσῃσι βουλόμενος 6
ἽΔΑρπαγος δηλῶσαι τὴν ἑωυτοῦ γνώμην, ἄλλως μὲν οὐδα-
μῶς εἶχε, ἅτε τῶν ὁδῶν φυλασσομένων" 6 δὲ ἐπιτεχνᾶ-

ται τοιόνδε. λαγὸν δ'

μηχανησάμενος, καὶ ἀνασχίσας
τούτου τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀποτίλας, ὡς δὲ εἶχε,
οὕτω ἐσέθηκε βιβλίον, γράψας τά οἱ ἐδόκεε. ἀπορράψας

δὲ τοῦ λαγοῦ τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ δίκτυα δοὺς, ἅτε θηρευτῇ,

ἐς χη,

τῶν οἰκετέων τῷ πιστοτάτῳ, ἀπέστειλε ἐς τοὺς Πέρσας"
ἐντειλάμενός οἱ ἀπὸ γλώσσης διδόντα τὸν λαγὸν Κύρῳ
ἐπειπεῖν, αὐτοχειρίῃ μιν διελεῖν, καὶ μηδένα οἱ ταῦτα το
ποιεῦντι παρεῖναι. Ταῦτα δὲ δὴ ὧν ἐπιτελέα ἐγίνετο"
καὶ ὃ Κῦρος παραλαβὼν τὸν λαγὸν ἀνέσχισε. εὑρὼν
δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ βιβλίον évedv', λαβὼν ἐπελέγετο. τὰ
δὲ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε' “°Q παῖ Καμβύσεω, σὲ γὰρ
θεοὶ ἐπορέωσιϑο" οὐ γὰρ ἄν κοτε ἐς τοσοῦτον τύχης 15
Cc

18 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

antkev"®, σὺ νῦν ᾿Αστυάγεα τὸν σεωυτοῦ φονέα τῖσαι.
κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν τούτου προθυμίην τέθνηκας" τὸ δὲ κατὰ
θεούς τε καὶ ἐμὲ περίεις. τά σε καὶ πάλαι δοκέω πάντα
5 , l ras 7 Cea Giese Wak, 2a \ @
ἐκμεμαθηκέναι, σέο TE αὐτοῦ πέρι ὡς ἐπρήχθη 3", καὶ ota
Ὡς ΤΗΝ ς δ Ψ / v4 3 3 /
20 ἐγὼ ὑπὸ ᾿Αστυάγεος πέπονθα, ὅτι σε οὐκ ἀπέκτεινα,
P) Ἂς bY ὋΝ , \ n x 4 Ψ ἐν
ἀλλὰ ἔδωκα τῷ βουκόλῳ. σὺ νῦν ἣν βούλῃ ἐμοὶ πεί-
θεσθαι, τῆσπερ ᾿Αστυάγης ἄρχει χώρης, ταύτης ἁπάσης
ἄρξεις. Πέρσας γὰρ ἀναπείσας ἀπίστασθαι, στρατη-
y of
λάτεε ἐπὶ Μήδους" καὶ qv τε ἐγὼ ὑπὸ ᾿Αστυάγεος ἀπο-

σι

δεχθέωϑ στρατηγὸς ἀντία σεῦ, ἔστι τοι τὰ σὺ βούλεαιϑς
“ , n @
ἦν τε TOV τις δοκίμων ἄλλος Μήδων. πρῶτοι γὰρ οὗτοι
ἀποστάντες am ἐκείνου, καὶ γενόμενοι πρὸς σέο ᾿Αστυά-
7 . “ιν “a
yea καταιρέεινἷδ πειρήσονται' ὡς ὧν ἑτοίμου τοῦ ye
5 ἥν / “ Ν / Ν / 33
ἐνθάδε ἐόντος, ποίεε ταῦτα, Kal ποίεε κατὰ τάχος.

(B. i. 123, 124.)

Astyages was mad enough to send Harpagus to suppress
the revolt which ensued, but he deserted to the side of the
Persians, who then made an easy conquest of the Medes,

Then follows a long list of the triumphs of Cyrus. Har-—
pagus, having been appointed his general, reduces the Lydians
and Ionians who had revolted, while Cyrus pursues his con-
quests in Upper Asia, and declares war against Labynétus
King of Babylon.

On his march he must cross the river Gyndes, and he wastes
a whole summer in dividing its waters into 360 petty stream-
lets, because one of the sacred horses was washed away by its
rapid current. :

Ill. § 7.

"Exel re δὲ ὁ Κῦρος πορευόμενος ἐπὶ τὴν Βαβυλῶνα
ἐγίνετο ἐπὶ Γύνδῃ ποταμῷ, τοῦ ai μὲν πηγαὶ ἐν Ματιη-
νοῖσι οὔρεσι, ῥέει δὲ διὰ Δαρδανέων, ἐκδιδοῖ δὲ ἐς
ἕτερον ποταμὸν Τίγριν. τοῦτον δὴ τὸν Γύνδην ποταμὸν

ρ μὸν Τίγ n μ
ε ς a ε n “Ὁ \ Ν

εὡς διαβαίνειν ἐπειρᾶτο 6 Κῦρος, ἐόντα νηυσὶ περητὸν,

STORY OF CYRUS. _Iil. 8 8. 19

evdadra? of τῶν τις ἱρῶν ἵππων τῶν λευκῶν ὑπὸ ὕβριος
- /
ἐσβὰς és τὸν ποταμὸν, διαβαίνειν ἐπειρᾶτο. ὃ δέ μιν
ἊΨ / / \
συμψήσας, ὑποβρύχιον olydkee®” φέρων. κάρτα τε δὴ
ΟῚ 7 n “ ε an n e / /
ἐχαλέπαινε τῷ ποταμῷ 6 Κῦρος τοῦτο ὑβρίσαντι, Kat
/ “
of ἐπηπείλησε, οὕτω δή μιν ἀσθενέα ποιήσειν, ὥστε τοῦ
“ n 3 lA
λοιποῦ Kal γυναῖκάς μιν εὐπετέως, TO γόνυ οὐ βρεχούσας,
διαβήσεσθαι. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπειλὴν, μετεὶς ἃ τὴν ἐπὶ
Βαβυλῶνα στράτευσιν, διαίρεε τὴν στρατιὴν δίχα. διε-
λὼν δὲ, κατέτεινε “σχοινοτενέας ὑποδέξαςϑ διώρυχας
5 i pa, 4 \ - oes / \ “
ὀγδώκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν παρ᾽ ἑκάτερον τὸ χεῖλος τετραμ-
΄ “ , 14 ld Ν \
μένας τοῦ Γύνδεω πάντα τρόπον. διατάξας δὲ τὸν στρα-
/ a
τὸν, ὀρύσσειν ἐκέλευε. οἷα δὲ ὁμίλου πολλοῦ ἐργαζο-
A
μένου, VETO μὲν TO ἔργον, ὅμως μέντοι τὴν θερείην
ἴω n /
πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ διέτριψαν ἐργαζόμενοι.
(Β, i. 189.)
The Babylonians are driven within their massive walls,
prepared to stand a siege, if need be, for years. But Cyrus
diverted the water from the Euphrates, and the Persians,

entering by the river-bed, surprised the careless citizens in
the midst of their revels.

Ill. § 8.

‘Qs δὲ τὸν Γύνδην ποταμὸν ἐτίσατο Κῦρος, és τριη-
κοσίας καὶ ἑξήκοντά μιν διώρυχας διαλαβὼν, καὶ τὸ
δεύτερον ἔαρ ὑπέλαμπε, οὕτω δὴ ἤλαυνε ἐπὶ τὴν Βαβυ-
λῶνα. οἱ δὲ Βαβυλώνιοι ἐκστῥατευσάμενοι, ἔμενον αὐτόν.
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγένετο ἐλαύνων ἀγχοῦ τῆς πόλιος, συνέβαλόν
τε οἵ Βαβυλώνιοι, καὶ ἑσσωθέντες τῇ μάχῃ, κατειλή-
θησαν ἐς τὸ ἄστυ. οἷα δὲ ἐξεπιστάμενοι ἔτι πρότερον
τὸν Κῦρον οὐκ ἀτρεμίζοντα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁρέοντες" αὐτὸν παντὶ
ἔθνεϊ ὁμοίως ἐπιχειρέοντα, προεσάξαντο σιτία ἐτέων
κάρτα πολλῶν. ᾿Ενθαῦτα οὗτοι μὲν λόγον εἶχον τῆς

πολιορκίης οὐδένα: Κῦρος. δὲ ἀπορίῃσι ἐνείχετο, ἅτε

C 2

σι

20 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

χρόνου τε ἐγγινομένου συχνοῦ, ἀνωτέρω τε οὐδὲν τῶν
‘é “ 99
πρηγμάτων προκοπτομένων. Eire δὴ ὧν ἄλλος of ἀπο-

/ U4
ρέοντι ὑπεθήκατο, εἴτε καὶ αὐτὸς ἔμαθε τὸ 9 ποιητέον

οἱ ἦν, ἐποίεε δὴ τοιόνδε. τάξας τὴν στρατιὴν ἅπασαν
ἐξ ἐμβολῆς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τῇ ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσβάλλει, καὶ
ὄπισθε αὖτις τῆς πόλιος τάξας ἑτέρους, τῇ ἐξίει ἐκ τῆς
πόλιος ὃ ποταμός" προεῖπε τῷ στρατῷ, ὅταν διαβατὸν
τὸ ῥέεθρον ἴδωνται γενόμενον, ἐσιέναι ταύτῃ ἐς τὴν
πόλιν. οὕτω τε δὴ τάξας, καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα παραινέσας,
ἀπήλαυνε αὐτὸς σὺν τῷ ἀχρηίῳ "Ὁ τοῦ στρατοῦ. ᾿Απικό-
μενος δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν λίμνην, ἣν 7 Βαβυλωνίων βασίλεια
ὥρυσσε, καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν διώρυχι ἐσαγαγὼν ἐς τὴν
λίμνην ἐοῦσαν ἕλος, τὸ ἀρχαῖον ῥέεθρον διαβατὸν εἶναι
ἐποίησε, ὑπονοστήσαντος τοῦ ποταμοῦ. γενομένου δὲ
τούτου τοιούτου, οἱ Πέρσαι, οἵπερ ἐτετάχατοϑδ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ
τούτῳ, κατὰ τὸ ῥέερθον τοῦ Ἑὐῤφρήτεω ποταμοῦ, ὑπο-
νενοστηκότος ἀνδρὶ ὡς ἐς μέσον μηρὸν μάλιστά κη, κατὰ
τοῦτο ἐσήισαν 194 ἐς τὴν Βαβυλῶνα. ἘΠ μέν νυν προε-
πύθοντο, ἢ ἔμαθον οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Κύρου
ποιεύμενον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν περιϊδόντες τοὺς Πέρσας ἐσελθεῖν
ἐς τὴν πόλιν διέφθειραν κάκιστα. κατακληίσαντες γὰρ
ἂν πάσας τὰς ἐς τὸν ποταμὸν πυλίδας ἐχούσας, καὶ
αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ τὰς αἱμασιὰς ἀναβάντες τὰς παρὰ τὰ χείλεα
τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐληλαμένας, ἔλαβον ἄν σφεας ὡς ἐν κύρτῃ.
νῦν δὲ ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου σφι παρέστησαν οἱ Πέρσαι.
ὑπὸ δὲ μεγάθεος" τῆς πόλιος, ὡς λέγεται ὑπὸ τῶν ταύτῃ
οἰκημένων, τῶν περὶ τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς πόλιος ἑαλωκότων,
τοὺς τὸ μέσον οἰκέοντας τῶν Βαβυλωνίων οὐ μανθάνειν
ἑαλωκότας" ἀλλὰ (τυχεῖν γάρ σφι ἐοῦσαν ὁρτὴν")
χορεύειν τε τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι εἶναι,
ἐς ὃ δὴ καὶ τὸ ἐπε τα ἐπύθοντο, καὶ Βαβυλὼν μὲν οὕτω
τότε πρῶτον ἀραίρητο. (B. i. 190, 191.)

STORY OF CYRUS. Iii. § 9. 21

Intoxicated by his suécesses, Cyrus desired to annex Scythia
to his empire. He made an expedition against the Massa-
getae, and their widowed queen Tomyris.

Tomyris is quite willing to risk a battle with him; she will
either let him cross the Araxes into her country, or will
advance with her army into his,

Ill. § 9.

Hy δὲ, τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀποθανόντος, γυνὴ τῶν Μασσα-
γετέων βασίλεια" Τόμυρίς οἱ ἦν οὔνομα. ταύτην πέμπων
ὁ Κῦρος ἐμνᾶτο τῷ λόγῳ. ἡ δὲ. Τόμυρις συνιεῖσα οὐκ
αὐτήν μιν μνώμενον, ἀλλὰ τὴν Μασσαγετέων βασιληίην,
ἀπείπατο τὴν πρόσοδον. Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο, ὥς οἱ
δόλῳ οὐ προεχώρεε, ἐλάσας ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Αράξεᾳ, ἐποιέετο
ἐκ τοῦ ἐμφανέος ἐπὶ τοὺς Μασσαγέτας στρατηίην, γε-
φύρας τε ἐευγνύων"ν
στρατῷ, καὶ πύργους ἐπὶ πλοίων τῶν esc aa ois

n n / ΄“
ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, διάβασιν τῷ

τὸν ποταμὸν αὐ οδομεύμενο,,

Ἔχοντι δέ οἱ τοῦτον τὸν πόνον, πέμψασα ἣ Τόμυρις
κήρυκα, ἔλεγε τάδε: ““Ὦ, βασιλεῦ Μήδων, παῦσαι σπεύ-
dwv τὰ σπεύδεις" οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἰδείης 199 εἴ τοι ἐς καιρὸν
ἔσται ταῦτα τελεύμενα 2" παυσάμενος δὲ, βασίλευε τῶν
σεωυτοῦ, καὶ ἡμέας ἀνέχευ ὁρέων ἄρχοντας τῶν περ
ἄρχομεν.. Οὐκ ὧν ἐθελήσεις ὑποθήκῃσι τῇσίδε χρᾶσθαι,
ἀλλὰ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ bv ἡσυχίης εἶναι, σὺ δὲ εἰ με-
γάλως δ ἐμέναν. 85 Μασσαγετέων πειρηθῆναι, φέρε,

μόχθον μὲν, τὸν ἔχεις ζευγνὺς 105 τὸν ποταμὸν, ἄφες"

σὺ δὲ, ἡμέων ἀναχωρησάντων ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τριῶν» 2

ἡμερέων ddr, διάβαινε ἐς τὴν ἡμετέρην. εἰ δ᾽ ἡμέας
βούλεαι ἐσδέξασθαι μᾶλλον ἐς τὴν ὑμετέρην, σὺ TaVvTO*
τοῦτο ποίεε." Ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσας ὃ Κῦρος, συνεκάλεσε
Περσέων τοὺς πρώτους" συναγείρας δὲ τούτους, ἐς μέσον

σφι προετίθεεἶ 5 τὸ πρῆγμα, συμβουλευόμενος ὁκότερα :

val

Ὁ

πα

σι

22 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

moun. τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὠυτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι συνεξέπιπτον,
κελευόντων ἐσδέκεσθαι 15 Τόμυρίν τε καὶ τὸν στρατὸν
αὐτῆς ἐς τὴν χώρην.

(B. i. 205, 206.)

Croesus, who was still in attendance on Cyrus, is urgent on
him to follow Tomyris into her own country, recommending
him to leave his camp stored with savoury meats and wine in
abundance, that the Massagetae might become an i prey
after a long debauch.

Ill. § 10.

Παρεὼν δὲ καὶ μεμφόμενος τὴν γνώμην ταύτην Kpoi-
σος ὃ Λυδὸς, ἀπεδείκνυτο ἐναντίην τῇ προκειμένῃ γνώ
᾿ ]Y Ty] προκειμένῇῃ γνωμῇ,
9 “
λέγων τάδε: ““Ὦ βασιλεῦ, εἶπον μὲν καὶ πρότερόν
τοι, ὅτι ἐπεί με Ζεὺς ἔδωκέ τοι, τὸ ἂν ὁρῶ σφάλμα ἐὸν
4 “ “Ὁ ἃς ὃ 7 > / Ν ὃ / θ /
οἴκῳ TO σῷ, κατὰ δύναμιν ἀποτρέψειν. τὰ δέ μοι παθή-
ματα, ἐόντα ἀχάριτα, μαθήματα eyeydvec®®, Ei. μὲν
ἀθάνατος δοκέεις εἶναι, καὶ στρατιῆς τοιαύτης ἄρχειν,
οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα γνώμας ἐμὲ σοὶ ἀποφαίνεσθαι. εἰ
δὲ ἔγνωκας ὅτι ἄνθρωπος καὶ σὺ εἷς, καὶ ἑτέρων τοιῶνδε
ἄρχεις, ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον μάθε, ὡς κύκλος τῶν ii aed
ἐστὶ πρηγμάτων" περιφερόμενος δὲ, οὐκ ἐᾷ αἰεὶ τοὺς
αὐτοὺς εὐτυχέειν. ἤδη ὧν ἐγὼ γνώμην ἔχω περὶ τοῦ
προκειμένου πρήγματος τὰ ἔμπαλιν ἢ οὗτοι. εἰ γὰρ
Ν ,
ἐθελήσομεν ἐσδέξασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἐς THY χώρην,
ὅδε τοι ἐν αὐτῷ κίνδυνος ἔνι" ἑσσωθεὶς μὲν, προσαπολ-
nr ΄“ Ν “ ~
λύεις πᾶσαν τὴν ἀρχήν δῆλα γὰρ δὴ, ὅτι νικῶντες
Μασσαγέται οὐ τὸ ὀπίσω φεύξονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀρχὰς τὰς
ἯΝ > n na 3 a a “ 2 XS
σὰς ἐλῶσι. νικῶν δὲ, οὐ νικᾷς τοσοῦτον, ὅσον εἰ διαβὰς
> Ν 3 , n ΕΣ d 4 3
ἐς τὴν ἐκείνων, νικῶν Μασσαγέτας, ἕποιο φεύγουσι
9. το τς νον ΄ ὅλο τ of , δ τ ὦ
τὠυτὸ 5 yap ἀντιθήσω ἐκείνῳ, ὅτι νικήσας τοὺς ἀντιευ-
σι n a na -, / a
μένους ἐλᾷς ἰθὺ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς Τομύριος. Χωρίς τε τοῦ
n Ν
ἀπηγημένου, αἰσχρὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀνασχετὸν, Κῦρόν γε τὸν

STORY OF CYRUS. Ill. § 11. . 23

Καμβύσεω γυναικὶ εἴξαντα ὑποχωρῆσαι τῆς χώρης.
Νῦν ὧν μοι δοκέει, διαβάντας προελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν ἐκεῖνοι
διεξίωσι" ἐνθεῦτεν δὲ τάδε ποιεῦντας, πειρᾶσθαι ἐκείνων
/ « Ν ἝΝ
περιγενέσθαι. ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ πυνθάνομαι, Μασσαγέται
εἰσὶ ἀγαθῶν τε Περσικῶν ἄπειροι, καὶ καλῶν μεγάλων
» 7 4 > ca > / n ἀ
ἀπαθέες. τούτοισι ὧν τοῖσι ἀνδράσι, τῶν προβάτων
ἀφειδέως πολλὰ κατακόψαντας, καὶ σκευάσαντας, προ-
cal p “" / Pie ra ca) ὰ Ν Ν
θεῖναι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ δαῖτα πρὸς δὲ,
n / 7 a
καὶ κρητῆρας ἀφειδέως οἴνου ἀκρήτου, καὶ σιτία παντοῖα.
ποιήσαντας δὲ ταῦτα, ὑπολειπομένους τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ
Ν
φλαυρότατον, τοὺς λοιποὺς αὖτις 5 ἐξαναχωρέειν ἐπὶ τὸν
μὴ , a
ποταμόν. ἢν yap ἐγὼ γνώμης μὴ ἁμάρτω, κεῖνοι ἰδό-
3 Ν Ν f , \ eh.” \ Ce
μενοι ἀγαθὰ πολλὰ, τρέψονταί τε πρὸς αὑτὰ, Kal ἡμίν
a f
τὸ ἐνθεῦτεν ἢ λείπεται ἀπόδεξις 34 ἔργων μεγάλων."
(B. i. 207.)

Cyrus follows the advice of Croesus, crosses the Araxes,
and defeats the Massagetae in battle. Among the captives
was Spargapises, son of Tomyris.

WE. 6 AA,

Γνῶμαι μὲν αὗται συνέστασαν. Κῦρος δὲ, μετεὶς τὴν

7 , Ν ἃ ie , ,
προτέρην γνώμην, τὴν Κροίσου δὲ ἑλόμενος, προηγόρευε
Τομύρι ἐξαναχωρέειν, ὡς αὐτοῦ διαβησομένου ἐπ᾽ ἐκεί-

ynv. ἡ μὲν δὴ ἐξαναχώρεε, κατὰ

ὑπέσχετο πρῶτα.
Κῦρος δὲ, Κροῖσον ἐς τὰς χεῖρας ἐσθεὶς τῷ ἑωυτοῦ παιδὶ
Καμβύσῃ, τῷ περ τὴν βασιληίην ἐδίδου, καὶ πολλὰ
2 ἀ , € “-“ - Ἄς, δὰ \ a / Ἃ ς
ἐντειλάμενός of τιμᾶν τε αὐτὸν καὶ εὖ ποιέειν, ἢν ἢ
€33'2 / Se eS “ >

διάβασις ἣ ἐπὶ Μασσαγέτας μὴ ὀρθωθῇ" ταῦτα ἐντειλά-
μενος, καὶ, ἀποστείλας τούτους ἐς Πέρσας, αὐτὸς διέβαινε
τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ ὃ στρατὸς αὐτοῦ.

Κῦρος δὲ προελθὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αράξεω ἡμέρης ddr,
ἐποίεε τὰς Κροίσου ὑποθήκας. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, Κύρου

ts
LJ

~
οι

σι

24. SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

τε καὶ Περσέων τοῦ καθαροῦ στρατοῦ ἀπελάσαντος ὀπί-
ow ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Αράξεα, λειφθέντος δὲ τοῦ ἀχρηίου, ἐπελ-
θοῦσα τῶν Μασσαγετέων τριτημορὶς τοῦ στρατοῦ, τούς
τε λειφθέντας τῆς Κύρου στρατιῆς ἐφόνευε ἀλεξομένους,
καὶ τὴν προκειμένην ἰδόντες δαῖτα, ὡς ἐχειρώσαντο τοὺς
ἐναντίους, κλιθέντες δαίνυντο᾽ πληρωθέντες δὲ φορβῆς
καὶ οἴνου, εὗδον. οἱ δὲ Πέρσαι ἐπελθόντες πολλοὺς
μέν σφεων ἐφόνευσαν, πολλῷ δ᾽ ἔτι πλεῦνας 5 ἐζώ-
γρησαν, καὶ ἄλλους, καὶ τὸν τῆς βασιλείης Τομύριος
παῖδα, στρατηγέοντα Μασσαγετέων, τῷ οὔνομα ἦν
Σπαργαπίσης. (Β. i. 208, 211.)

Tomyris sends a bitter menace to Cyrus, and taunts him
with his dishonourable and unsoldierlike victory. Spargapises
prays that his hands may be unbound, and instantly uses his
liberty to destroy himself.

Ill. § 12.

Ἢ δὲ, πυθομένη τά τε περὶ τὴν στρατιὴν γεγονότα
καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν παῖδα, πέμπουσα κήρυκα παρὰ Κῦρον,
ἔλεγε τάδε' ““Ἄπληστε αἵματος Κῦρε, μηδὲν ἐπαρθῆς
τῷ γεγονότι τῷδε πρήγματι, εἰ ἀμπελίνῳ καρπῷ, TO. περ
αὐτοὶ ἐμπιπλάμενοι μαίνεσθε οὕτω ὥστε κατιόντος τοῦ
οἴνου ἐς τὸ σῶμα, ἐπαναπλώειν ὑμῖν ἔπεα κακὰ, τοιούτῳ
φαρμάκῳ δολώσας, ἐκράτησας παιδὸς τοῦ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ
μάχῃ κατὰ τὸ καρτερόν. νῦν ὧν pev εὖ παραινεούσης
ὑπόλαβε τὸν λόγον. ἀποδούς μοι τὸν παῖδα, ἄπιθι ἐκ
τῆσδε τῆς χώρης ἀζήμιος, Μασσαγετέων τριτημορίδι τοῦ
στρατοῦ κατυβρίσας 5. εἰ δὲ μὴ ταῦτα σὺ ποιήσεις,
ἥλιον ἐπόμνυμί τοι τὸν Μασσαγετέων δεσπότην, ἦ μὴν
σὲ ἐγὼ, καὶ ἄπληστον ἐόντα, αἵματος κορέσω. Κῦρος
μέν νυν τῶν ἐπέων οὐδένα τούτων ἀνενειχθέντων ἐποιέετο

[5 λόγον. ὁ δὲ τῆς βασιλείης 'Τομύριος παῖς Σπαργαπίσης,

STORY OF CYRUS. III. § 13. 25

ὥς μιν 6 τε olvos ἀνῆκε, Kal ἔμαθε ἵνα ἦν κακοῦ, δεηθεὶς
Κύρου ἐκ τῶν δεσμῶν λυθῆναι, ἔτυχε: ὡς δὲ ἐλύθη τε
τάχιστα καὶ τῶν χειρῶν ἐκράτησε, διεργάζεται ἑωυτόν.
καὶ δὴ οὗτος μὲν τρόπῳ τοιούτῳ τελευτᾷ.

(B. i. 212, 213.)

Tomyris is victorious after an obstinate fight, and insults
the dead body of Cyrus.

Ill. § 18.

a , /
Τόμυρις δὲ, ὥς of 6 Κῦρος οὐκ ἐσήκουσε, συλλέξασα
πᾶσαν τὴν ἑωυτῆς δύναμιν, συνέβαλε Κύρῳ. ταύτην
24 n ,
τὴν μάχην, ὅσαι δὴ βαρβάρων ἀνδρῶν μάχαι ἐγένοντο,
κρίνω ἰσχυροτάτην γενέσθαι" καὶ δὴ καὶ πυνθάνομαι
οὕτω τοῦτο γενόμενον. πρῶτα μὲν γὰρ λέγεται αὐτοὺς
διαστάντας ἐς ἀλλήλους τοξεύειν" μετὰ δὲ, ὥς σφι τὰ
; 2 , ’ a 2 ayes \
βέλεα ἐξετετόξευτο, συμπεσόντας thot αἰχμῇσί τε Kal
τοῖσι ἐγχειριδίοισι συνέχεσθαι" χρόνον τε δὴ ἐπὶ πολλὸν
᾿ ; ,
συνεστάναι, μαχομένους, καὶ οὐδετέρους ἐθέλειν φεύγειν"
/
τέλος δὲ, of Μασσαγέται περιεγένοντο. ἥ τε δὴ πολλὴ
a ᾽ a a 3 ny ’ 4 Ν Ν
τῆς Περσικῆς στρατιῆς αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ διεφθάρη, καὶ δὴ
καὶ αὐτὸς Κῦρος τελευτᾷ, βασιλεύσας τὰ πάντα ἑνὸς
, ae ὁ of > \ Ν “ Φ
δέοντα τριήκοντα ἔτεα. ἀσκὸν δὲ πλήσασα αἵματος
ἀνθρωπηίου Τόμυρις, ἐδίζητο ἐν τοῖσι τεθνεῶσι τῶν
Περσέων τὸν Κύρου νέκυν. ὡς δὲ εὗρε, ἐναπῆκε᾽ δ αὐτοῦ
ὍΝ Ν 2 \ 2 ae , Ν “ cae
τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐς τὸν aoKOV" λυμαινομένη δὲ τῷ νεκρῷ,
ἐπέλεγε τάδε" ““Σὺ μὲν ἐμὲ ζώουσάν τε καὶ νικῶσάν σε
an 9
μάχῃ ἀπώλεσας, παῖδα τὸν ἐμὸν ἑλὼν δόλῳ" σὲ δ΄ ἐγὼ,

κατάπερ᾽'" ἠπείλησα, αἵματος κορέσω.᾽
(B. i. 214.)

26 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

IV. CAMBYSES IN EGYPT.

Cambyses, son of Cyrus, marches against Amasis, King
of Egypt, either from the mere lust of conquest, or because
Amasis palmed off another woman upon him when he had
asked his daughter in marriage. Cambyses, having got a safe
conduct from the Arab chiefs, made his way to Egypt and
found Psammenitus, son of King Amasis who had lately died,
awaiting him.

After an obstinate battle, Cambyses takes the city of
Memphis, and the Egyptians and their neighbours surrender
themselves,

!
ν },

Ἔν δὲ τῷ Πηλουσίῳ καλεομένῳ στόματι τοῦ Νείλου
ἐστρατοπεδεύετο Ψαμμήνιτος ὃ ᾿Αμάσιος παῖς, ὑπομένων
Καμβύσεα. Οἱ δὲ Πέρσαι, ἐπεί τε διεξέλασαν τὴν
ἄνυδρον, ἵζοντο πέλας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὡς συμβαλέ-

Ὁ μάχης δὲ γενομένης καρτερῆς, καὶ πεσόντων

οντες
ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν στρατοπέδων πλήθεϊ πολλῶν, ἐτρά-
ποντοὸ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι.

Οἱ δὲ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐκ τῆς μάχης, ὡς ἐτράποντο, ἔφευγον
οὐδενὶ κόσμῳ. κατειληθέντων δὲ ἐς Μέμφιν, ἔπεμπε
ἀνὰ ποταμὸν Καμβύσης véa>® Μυτιληναίην, κήρυκα
ἄγουσαν ἄνδρα ἹΠέρσην, ἐς ὁμολογίην προκαλεόμενος

Αἰγυπτίους. οἱ δὲ, ἐπεί τε τὴν νέα εἶδον ἐσελθοῦσαν ἐς

“ /
τὴν Μέμφιν, ἐκχυθέντες ἁλέες ἐκ τοῦ τείχεος, τήν τε
\
νέα διέφθειραν, καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας Kpeovpyndov διασπά-
3 , 3 \ “ \ Ai 4 Ν ας
σαντες, ἐφόρεον ἐς τὸ τεῖχος. καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι. μὲν μετὰ
~ od 4 / «ε ΠΝ
τοῦτο πολιορκεύμενοι, χρόνῳ παρέστησαν. Oi δὲ προσ-
\ Ν x
exees Λίβυες, δείσαντες τὰ περὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ye-
, / / Sees. 2 /, \ ,
γονότα, παρέδοσαν σφέας αὐτοὺς ἀμαχητί' καὶ φόρον
n ~ a \
τε ἐτάξαντο, καὶ δῶρα ἔπεμπον. ὡς δὲ Κυρηναῖοι καὶ

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. ΙΝ. § 2. 27

Βαρκαῖοι, δείσαντες ὁμοίως ἃ καὶ οἱ Λίβυες, ἕτερα 20

τοιαῦτα ἐποίησαν. (B. iii. 10-13.)

Psammenitus, sitting at the gate of Memphis, watched with
dry eyes his daughter go into slavery, and his son being taken
to execution—such sorrow lay too deep for tears. But he
broke down on seeing the beggary and distress of an old
friend. Cambyses restored the king to favour, but he was
found fomenting a revolt, and was put to death, by being
forced to take a draught of bull’s blood.

IV. § 2.

ε , Ν + dee PE, 2 / A “ Ἁ 3
Hyepn δὲ δεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἧς παρέλαβε τὸ τεῖχος τὸ ἐν
ς
Μέμφι Καμβύσης, κατίσας δ ἐς τὸ προάστειον ἐπὶ λύμῃ
τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων Ψαμμήνιτον, βασιλεύσαντα

μῆνας ἕξ, τοῦτον κατίσας σὺν ἄλλοισι Αἰγυπτίοισι,

διεπειρᾶτο αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς, ποιέων τοιάδε. στείλας 5

a / n , 3
αὐτοῦ τὴν θυγατέρα ἐσθῆτι δουληίῃ, ἐξέπεμπε ἐπ᾽ ὕδωρ
" ey 7 ς , Ν \ » 7
ἔχουσαν ὑδρήιον' συνέπεμπε δὲ καὶ ἄλλας παρθένους
ἀπολέξας ἀνδρῶν τῶν πρώτων, ὁμοίως ἐσταλμένας TH

ρ ρ » Ομ μ τ
“ / ‘an n ,
τοῦ βασιλξος. ὡς δὲ βοῇ τε καὶ κλαυθμῷ παρήισαν ai
A . \ t ee, a , 5:
παρθένοι παρὰ τοὺς πατέρας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πατέρες aveE-
7 / / /
βόων τε καὶ ἀντέκλαιον, ὁρέοντες τὰ τέκνα κεκακωμένα"
ὁ δὲ Ψαμμήνιτος, προϊδὼν καὶ μαθὼν, ἔκυψε ἐς τὴν γῆν.
παρεξελθουσέων © δὲ τῶν ὑδροφόρων, δεύτερά οἱ τὸν
maida ἔπεμπε per ἄλλων Αἰγυπτίων δισχιλίων τὴν
αὐτὴν ἡλικίην ἐχόντων, τούς τε αὐχένας κάλῳ δ δεδε-
’, 7
μένους, καὶ τὰ στόματα ἐγκεχαλινωμένους. ἤγοντο δὲ
a /
ποινὴν τίσοντες Μυτιληναίων τοῖσι ἐν Μέμφι ἀπολομέ-
νοισι σὺν τῇ νηΐίδ" ταῦτα γὰρ ἐδίκασαν οἱ βασιλήιοι
ἘΠ. ἢ yop a 7]
δικασταὶ, ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἑκάστου δέκα Αἰγυπτίων τῶν
πρώτων ἀνταπόλλυσθαι. ὃ δὲ, ἰδὼν παρεξιόντας, καὶ
μαθὼν τὸν παῖδα ἀγινεόμενον ἐπὶ θάνατον, τῶν ἄλλων
Αἰγυπτίων, τῶν περικατημένων δ αὐτὸν, κλαιόντων καὶ

28 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

x ’ an
δεινὰ ποιεύντων, τὠυτὸ ἐποίησε τὸ Kal ἐπὶ TH θυγατρί.
, an
παρελθόντων δὲ καὶ τούτων, συνήνεικε ὥστε τῶν συμ-
7 “
25 ποτέων οἱ ἄνδρα ἀπηλικέστερον 5, ἐκπεπτωκότα ἐκ τῶν
4“ 5 /
ἐόντων, ἔχοντά TE οὐδὲν, εἰ μὴ ὅσα πτωχὸς, καὶ προσ-
“ /
αἰτέοντα τὴν στρατιὴν, παριέναι Ψαμμήνιτόν τε τὸν
, “ / a
Αμάσιος, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ κατημένους τῶν
7
Αἰγυπτίων. ὁ δὲ Ψαμμήνιτος ὡς εἶδε, ἀνακλαύσας μέγα,
30 καὶ καλέσας οὐνόματι τὸν ἑταῖρον, ἐπλήξατο τὴν κεφα-
/ F ᾿ an -
Anv. σαν δ᾽ ἄρα αὐτοῦ φύλακοι, ot τὸ ποιεύμενον πᾶν
3 a oe p es Sr 3 FQ: 7 3 / f
ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐπ᾿ ἑκάστῃ ἐξόδῳ Καμβύσῃ ἐσήμαινον. θωμά-
Ἂς /
σας" δὲ ὁ Καμβύσης τὰ ποιεύμενα, πέμψας ἄγγελον,
9
εἰρώτα αὐτὸν, λέγων τάδε: “Δεσπότης σε Καμβύσης,
/ 3 ” , Ἁ \ Ν 7 a a
35 Ῥαμμήνιτε, εἰρωτᾷ, διότι δὴ τὴν μὲν θυγατέρα ὁρέων
κεκακωμένην, καὶ τὸν παῖδα ἐπὶ θάνατον στείχοντα, οὔτε
reer Pie αὐ Ὁ Κἂν, τ so Ν \ of
dveBwoas*, οὔτε ἀπέκλαυσας" τὸν δὲ πτωχὸν, οὐδέν σοι
προσήκοντα, ὡς ἄλλων πυνθάνεται, ἐτίμησας ; “Ὁ μὲν
δὴ ταῦτα ἐπειρώτα, 6 δ᾽ ἀμείβετο τοῖσδε' “ὯὮ, παῖ
7 , “Ὁ.
40 Κύρου, τὰ μὲν οἰκήια ἦν μέζω κακὰ ἢ ὥστε ἀνακλαίειν'
an ’ A
τὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑταίρου πένθος, ἄξιον ἦν δακρύων" ὃς ἐκ πολ-
λῶν τε καὶ εὐδαιμόνων ἐκπεσὼν, ἐς πτωχηίην ἀπῖκται
ἐπὶ γήραος8 οὐδῷ. Καὶ ταῦτα ὡς ἀπενειχθέντα ὑπὸ
n 7
τούτου, εὖ δοκέειν οἱ εἰρῆσθαι. ὡς δὲ λέγεται ὑπ᾽
45 Αἰγυπτίων, δακρύειν μὲν Κροῖσον, ἐτετεύχεεϑ γὰρ καὶ
οὗτος ἐπισπόμενος Καμβύσῃ ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον, δακρύειν δὲ
’ Ν , Ε νι το τας / b) a
Ilepcewyv τοὺς παρεόντας" αὑτῷ te Καμβύσῃ ἐσελθεῖν
9) , \ » aa i , / e al > Pais
οἶκτόν τινα, Kal αὐτίκα κελεύειν τόν TE οἱ παῖδα ἐκ τῶν
ἀπολλυμένων σώζειν, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ προαστείου ἀνα-
, 5 > 2 ‘4 \ \ Ἂς & Ὁ
\ 50 στήσαντας; ἄγειν παρ ἑωυτὸν. ‘Tov μὲν δὴ παῖδα εὗρον
οἱ μετιόντες οὐκέτι περιεόντα, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον κατακοπέντα"
, 3 ;
αὐτὸν δὲ Ψαμμήνιτον ἀναστήσαντες, ἦγον παρὰ Kap-
βύσεα" ἔνθα τοῦ λοιποῦ διαιτᾶτο, ἔχων οὐδὲν βίαιον. εἰ
4 7
δὲ καὶ ἠπιστήθη μὴ πολυπρηγμονέειν, ἀπέλαβε ἂν Αἴ-

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. IV. § 5. 29°

a a ,
yumTov, ὥστε ἐπιτροπεύειν αὐτῆς. ἐπεὶ τιμᾶν ἐώθασι 55

an a n “Ὁ.
Πέρσαι τῶν βασιλέων τοὺς παῖδας, τῶν, ἢν καί σφεων
ἀποστέωσιϑ4, ὅμως τοῖσί γε παισὶ αὐτῶν ἀποδιδοῦσι 25
Ν 5 7 n ὲ , \ e Ψ VA
τὴν ἀρχήν. νῦν δὲ μηχανώμενος κακὰ ὃ Ψαμμήνιτος,

ἔλαβε τὸν μισθόν" ἀπιστὰς γὰρ Αἰγυπτίους ἥλω. ἐπεί

oe 4
te δὲ ἐπάϊστος ἐγένετο ὑπὸ Καμβύσεω, αἷμα ταύρου 60

πιὼν, ἀπέθανε παραχρῆμα. οὕτω δὴ οὗτος ἐτελεύτησε.
(B. iii. 14-16.)

After this, Cambyses entered on that career of impiety
which was sure to bring down the vengeance of heaven. He
sacrilegiously burned the body of his old enemy Amasis, and
began to plan wild schemes of conquest.

He sent spies—men of the tribe of Ichthyophagi, because
they understood the Ethiopian language—to report upon the
power of the Ethiopians, and to carry gifts to the king,
a robe of purple dye, a golden necklace, bracelets, a box
of perfume, and a cask of wine. But the king sent him back
τ a taunting answer.

| IV. § 3.

Ἔς τούτους δὴ ὧν τοὺς ἄνδρας ὡς ἀπίκοντο of ᾽Ἴχθυο-
φάγοι, διδόντες τὰ δῶρα τῷ βασιλέϊ αὐτῶν, ἔλεγον τάδε"
“Βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσέων Καμβύσης, βουλόμενος φίλος τοι
καὶ ξεῖνος γενέσθαι, ἡμέας τε ἀπέπεμψε, ἐς λόγους τοι
ἐλθεῖν κελεύων, καὶ δῶρα ταῦτά τοι διδοῖ, τοῖσι καὶ
αὐτὸς μάλιστα ἥδεται χρεώμενος. ὋὉ δὲ Αἰθίοψ,
μαθὼν ὅτι κατόπται ἥκοιεν, λέγει πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοιάδε"
“Οὔτε 6 Περσέων βασιλεὺς δῶρα ὑμέας ἔπεμψε φέ-
ροντας, προτιμέων πολλοῦ ἐμοὶ ξεῖνος γενέσθαι" οὔτε
ὑμεῖς λέγετε ἀληθέα, ἥκετε γὰρ κατόπται τῆς ἐμῆς
᾿ ἀρχῆς, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀνήρ ἐστι δίκαιος" εἰ yap’ ἦν δίκαιος,
οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐπεθύμησε χώρης ἄλλης ἢ τῆς ἑωυτοῦ, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐς
δουλοσύνην ἀνθρώπους ἦγε ὑπ’ ὧν μηδὲν ἠδίκηται. νῦν
δὲ αὐτῷ τόξον τόδε διδόντες, τάδε ἔπεα λέγετε" Βασιλεὺς

σι

“30 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

150 Αἰθιόπων συμβουλεύει τῷ Περσέων βασιλέϊ, ἐπεὰν
οὕτω εὐπετέως ἕλκωσι τὰ τόξα Πέρσαι ἐόντα μεγάθεϊ 3"
τοσαῦτα, τότε ἐπ᾽ Αἰθίοπας τοὺς Μακροβίους πλήθεϊ
ὑπερβαλλόμενον στρατεύεσθαι. μέχρι δὲ τούτου, θεοῖσι
εἰδέναι χάριν, ot οὐκ ἐπὶ νόον τράπουσι" Αἰθιόπων

20 παισὶ γῆν ἄλλην προσκτᾶσθαι τῇ ἑωυτῶν." Ταῦτα δὲ
εἴπας, καὶ ἀνεὶς τὸ τόξον, παρέδωκε τοῖσι ἥκουσι. λαβὼν
δὲ τὸ εἷμα τὸ πορφύρεον, εἰρώτα ὅ τι εἴη, καὶ ὅκως
πεποιημένον. εἰπάντων δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιχθυοφάγων τὴν ἀλη-
Oninv περὶ τῆς πορφύρης καὶ τῆς βαφῆς, δολεροὺς μὲν

25 τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔφη εἶναι, δολερὰ δὲ αὐτῶν τὰ εἵματα.
δεύτερα δὲ, τὸν χρυσοῦν εἰρώτα στρεπτὸν τὸν περιαυχέ-
νιον, καὶ τὰ ψέλια. ἐξηγεομένων δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιχθυοφάγων
τὸν κόσμον αὐτῶν, γελάσας ὃ βασιλεὺς, καὶ νομίσας
εἶναί σφεα πέδας, εἶπε ὡς παρ᾽ ἑωυτοῖσί εἶσι ῥωμαλεώ-

30 Tepat τούτων πέδαι. τρίτον δὲ, εἰρώτα τὸ μύρον. εἰ-
πάντων δὲ τῆς ποιήσιος πέρι καὶ ἀλείψιος, τὸν αὐτὸν
λόγον τὸν καὶ περὶ τοῦ εἵματος εἶπε. ὡς δὲ ἐς τὸν οἷνον
ἀπίκετο, καὶ ἐπύθετο αὐτοῦ τὴν ποίησιν, ὑπερησθεὶς τῷ
πόματι, ἐπείρετο ὅ τι τε σιτέεται 6 βασιλέὺς, καὶ χρόνον

35 ὁκόσον μακρότατον ἀνὴρ Πέρσης ζώει. οἱ δὲ σιτέεσθαι
μὲν τὸν ἄρτον εἶπαν, ἐξηγησάμενοι τῶν πυρῶν τὴν φύσιν"
ὀγδώκοντα δ᾽ ἔτεα ζόης πλήρωμα ἀνδρὶ μακρότατον
προκέεσθαι. πρὸς ταῦτα ὃ Αἰθίοψ ἔφη, οὐδὲν θωμά-
Ce, εἰ σιτεόμενοι κόπρον, ἔτεα ὀλίγα ζώουσι" οὐδὲ

40 γὰρ ἂν τοσαῦτα δύνασθαι ζώειν σφέας, εἰ μὴ τῷ πόματι
ἀνέφερον, φράζων τοῖσι ᾿Ιχθυοφάγοισι τὸν οἶνον" τοῦτο
γὰρ ἑωυτοὺς ὑπὸ Περσέων ἑσσοῦσθαι. (B. iii, 22.)

Cambyses, transported with anger, sent against the Ethig-
pians an army so ill supplied that in the terrible stress of

famine they ‘had to turn cannibals. Another host sent against
the Ammonians perished in a sand storm.

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. IV. § 4. 31

iv τ
Ν ἤ 2
Αὐτίκα δὲ ὁ Καμβύσης, ὀργὴν ποιησάμενος, ἐστρα-
, τς \ "47 Ξ x δ 7
τεύετο ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰθίοπας" οὔτε παρασκευὴν σίτου
ἂν \
οὐδεμίαν παραγγείλας, οὔτε λόγον ἑωυτῷ δοὺς, ὅτι ἐς
n na Ν
τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς γῆς ἔμελλε στρατεύεσθαι. οἷα δὲ ἐμ-
7 + an >
warns Te ἐὼν καὶ ov φρενήρης, ὡς ἤκουε τῶν ᾿Ιχθυοφά-
3 , «ς V4 XN Ν ’ 3 “
γων, ἐστρατεύετο, Ἑλλήνων μὲν τοὺς παρεόντας αὐτοῦ
ra / ς / Ἂν Ν \ f ef 3 ’
ταύτῃ τάξας ὑπομένειν, τὸν δὲ πεζὸν πάντα ἅμα ἀγό-
/ /
μενος. “Emel re δὲ στρατευόμενος ἐγένετο ἐν Θήβῃσι,
ἀπέκρινε τοῦ στρατοῦ ὡς πέντε μυριάδας" καὶ τούτοισι
μὲν ἐνετέλλετο, ᾿Αμμωνίους ἐξανδραποδισαμένους τὸ
, \ a τίσ τ ἃ a ee ts \
χρηστήριον τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἐμπρῆσαι". αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν λοιπὸν
ἄγων στρατὸν, ἤιε ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰθίοπας. Πρὶν δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ
Ν / / Ν Ν, p ve 4
TO πέμπτον μέρος διεληλυθέναι τὴν στρατιὴν, αὐτίκα
πάντα αὐτοὺς τὰ εἶχον σιτίων ἐχόμενα ἐπελελοίπεςεϑ""
μετὰ δὲ τὰ σιτία, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἐπέλιπε κατεσθιόμενα"
3 Ν La € 3 f \
el μέν νυν μαθὼν ταῦτα 6 Καμβύσης ἐγνωσιμάχεε, καὶ
p Le Ps. ee 6 \ mn > sees" ey 5 “ /
ἀπῆγε ὀπίσω τὸν στρατὸν, ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχῆθεν γενομένῃ
ἁμαρτάδι ἣν ἂν σοφὸς ἀνήρ᾽ νῦν δὲ οὐδένα λόγον ποιεύ-
+ 3 \ 38a 3 \ , ε ἯΝ n ed
μενος, ἤιε alel®* és τὸ πρόσω. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται, ἕως
a n /
μέν τι εἶχον ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαμβάνειν, ποιηφαγέοντες διέ-
ge eee διὰ, ἡ ‘ , 4. Ὁ ae 2
Cwov ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐς τὴν ψάμμον ἀπίκοντο, δεινὸν ἔργον
ΕΝ 3 , ote t ΚΙ αν ; aa
αὐτῶν τινὲς ἐργάσαντο" ἐκ δεκάδος γὰρ ἕνα σφέων αὐτῶν
ἀποκληρώσαντες, κατέφαγον. πυθόμενος δὲ ταῦτα 6
Καμβύσης, δείσας τὴν ἀλληλοφαγίην, ἀπεὶς δ τὸν ἐπ᾽
Αἰθίοπας στόλον, ὀπίσω ἐπορεύετο, καὶ ἀπικνέεται ἐς
Θήβας, πολλοὺς ἀπολέσας τοῦ στρατοῦ. ἐκ Θηβέων δὲ
κατέβη ἐς Μέμφιν. 6 μὲν ἐπ᾽ Αἰθίοπας στόλος οὕτω
ἔπρηξε. οἱ δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αμμωνίους ἀποσταλέντες
στρατεύεσθαι ἀπικόμενοι μὲν φανεροί εἶσι ἐς Ὄασιν

πόλιν" τὸ ἐνθεῦτεν δὲ, ὅτι μὴ αὐτοὶ ᾿Αμμώνιοι καὶ οἵ 30

τούτων ἀκούσαντες, ἄλλοι οὐδένες οὐδὲν ἔχουσι εἰπεῖν

“89 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

περὶ αὐτῶν" οὔτε yap és τοὺς ᾿Αμμωνίους ἀπίκοντο, οὔτε
ὀπίσω ἐνόστησαν. λέγεται δὲ καὶ τάδε ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ᾿Αμ-
μωνίων" ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Οάσιος ταύτης ἰέναι διὰ τῆς
35 ψάμμου ἐπὶ σφέας, γενέσθαι τε αὐτοὺς μεταξύ κου
μάλιστα αὐτῶν τε καὶ τῆς ᾽Οάσιος, ἄριστον αἱρεομένοισι
αὐτοῖσι ἐπιπνεῦσαι νότον μέγαν τε καὶ ἐξαίσιον, φορέ-
οντα δὲ θῖνας τῆς ψάμμου, καταχῶσαί σφεας, καὶ τρόπῳ
τοιούτῳ ἀφανισθῆναι. (B. iii. 25, 26.)

When Cambyses reached Memphis he found the people
celebrating the avatar of the calf Apis. Thereupon he put
the priests to death, and stabbed the sacred calf,

IV. § 5.

, , ,
᾿Απιγμένου δὲ Καμβύσεω ἐς Μέμφιν, ἐφάνη Αἰγυτ-
τίοισι 6 "Amis, ἐπιφανέος δὲ τούτου γενομένου, αὐτίκα οἱ
Αἰγύπτιοι εἵματά τε ἐφόρεον τὰ κάλλιστα, καὶ ἦσαν ἐν
a \ Z na :
θαλίῃσι. ἰδὼν δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ποιεῦντας ὃ
/ “ n
5 Καμβύσης, πάγχυ σφέας καταδόξας, ἑωυτοῦ κακῶς πρή-
n 7 ;
ξαντος, χαρμόσυνα ταῦτα ποιέειν, ἐκάλεε τοὺς ἐπιτρό-
n / A
πους τῆς Μέμφιος" ἀπικομένους δὲ ἐς ὄψιν, εἴρετο “6
, Ν yd > “ 5 4 > 4 an
TL πρότερον μὲν, EdVTOS αὐτοῦ ἐν Μέμφι, ἐποίευν τοιοῦτον
Eh ass a uae ee pee Take , a a
οὐδὲν Αἰγύπτιοι" τότε δὲ, ἐπεὶ AUTOS παρείη τῆς στρατιῆς
᾿ οἱ δὲ ἔφραζον, ὥς σφι θεὸς εἴη
φανεὶς, διὰ χρόνου πολλοῦ ἐωθὼς ἐπιφαίνεσθαι" καὶ ὡς

n 3
10 πλῆθός TL ἀποβαλών ;

ἐπεὰν φανῇ τότε πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι κεχαρηκότες ὅρτά-
ζιενἦ, ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὃ Καμβύσης ἔφη ψεύδεσθαΐ
σφεας" καὶ ὡς ψευδομένους, θανάτῳ ἐζημίου. ᾿Αποκτεί-
15 vas δὲ τούτους, δεύτερα τοὺς ἱρέας ἐκάλεε ἐς ὄψιν. λέ-
γόντων δὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν ἱρέων, οὐ λήσειν ἔφη αὐτὸν,
εἰ θεός τις χειροήθης ἀπιγμένος εἴη Αἰγυπτίοισι. τοσαῦτα
δὲ εἴπας, ἐπάγειν ἐκέλευε τὸν "Ami τοὺς ἱρέας" of μὲν
δὴ μετήισαν ἄγοντες. ‘Qs δὲ ἤγαγον τὸν "Amu οἱ ἱρέες,

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. ΤΥ. § 6. 53

ὁ Καμβύσης, ofa ἐὼν ὑπομαργότερος, σπασάμενος τὸ
ἐγχειρίδιον, θέλων τύψαι τὴν γαστέρα τοῦ “Amos, παίει
τὸν μηρόν γελάσας δὲ, εἶπε πρὸς τοὺς ἱρέας" “Ὦ
κακαὶ κεφαλαὶ, τοιοῦτοι θεοὶ γίνονται, ἔναιμοί τε καὶ
σαρκώδεες, καὶ ἐπαΐοντες σιδηρίων; ἄξιος μὲν Αἰγυπτίων
οὗτός γε ὃ θεός" ἀτάρ τοι ὑμεῖς γε οὐ χαίροντες γέλωτα
ἐμὲ θήσεσθε." Ταῦτα εἴπας, ἐνετείλατο τοῖσι ταῦτα
πρήσσουσι, τοὺς μὲν ἱρέας ἀπομαστιγῶσαι, Αἰγυπτίων
δὲ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν ἂν λάβωσι dprdgovta* κτείνειν. ὁρτὴ
μὲν δὴ διελέλυτο Αἰγυπτίοισι" of δὲ ἱρέες ἐδικαιεῦντοϑ ἃ,
ὁ δὲ “Amis πεπληγμένος τὸν μηρὸν, ἔφθινε ἐν τῷ ἱρῷ
κατακείμενος. καὶ τὸν μὲν, τελευτήσαντα ἐκ τοῦ τρώ-
“ματος Ἵν, ἔθαψαν οἱ ἱρέες λάθρη Καμβύσεω.
(B. iii. 27, 29.)

After this sacrilege Cambyses began to show all the frenzy
of a raving madman. He caused his brother Smerdis to be put
to death. | Then he killed his sister because she mourned, and

shot the son of his minister Prexaspes through the heart to
prove his own sanity and steadiness of hand.

IV. §6.

LU ,

Τάδε δ᾽ ἐς τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας ἐξεμάνη. λέγεται
Ἂς 3 n ΩΝ -% / \ » eS ,
yap εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν πρὸς Πρηξάσπεα, τὸν ἐτίμα τε μά-
λιστα, Kat of τὰς ἀγγελίας ἐφόρεε οὗτος, τούτου τε ὃ
παῖς οἰνοχόος ἦν τῷ Καμβύσῃ, τιμὴ δὲ καὶ αὕτη οὐ
σμικρή" εἰπεῖν δὲ λέγεται τάδε' ““Πρήξασπες, κοῖόν μέ
τινα νομίζουσι Πέρσαι εἶναι ἄνδρα ; τίνας τε λόγους
περὶ ἐμέο ποιεῦνται ;᾽ Τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν" ““ὮΩ δέσποτα, τὰ
μὲν ἄλλα πάντα μεγάλως ἐπαινέεαι τῇ δὲ φιλοινίῃ σέ

, / 323 \ Ν Ν / na
φασι πλεόνως προσκέεσθαι.. ‘Tov μὲν δὴ λέγειν ταῦτα
/

περὶ Περσέων. τὸν δὲ, θυμωθέντα, τοιάδε ἀμείβεσθαι"
ce s + / / ,

Νῦν ἄρα μέ φασι ἹΠέρσαι οἴνῳ προσκείμενον παρα-

,
φρονέειν, καὶ οὐκ εἶναι νοήμονα ; οὐδ᾽ ἄρα σφέων of

34 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

πρότεροι λόγοι ἦσαν GAnOées.” TIpdrepov yap δὴ ἄρα,
Περσέων οἱ συνέδρων ἐόντων καὶ Κροίσου, εἴρετο Καμ-
βύσης, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. οἱ
δὲ ἀμείβοντο, ὡς εἴη ἀμείνων τοῦ πατρός" τά τε γὰρ
ἐκείνου πάντα ἔχειν αὐτὸν, καὶ προσεκτῆσθαι Αἴγυπτόν
τε καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. Πέρσαι μὲν δὴ ταῦτα ἔλεγον"
Κροῖσος δὲ παρεών τε καὶ οὐκ ἀρεσκόμενος τῇ κρίσει,
εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Καμβύσεα τάδε' “Ἐμοὶ μέν νυν, ὦ παῖ
Κύρου, οὐ δοκέεις ὁμοῖος εἶναι τῷ πατέρι' οὐ γάρ κω
τοί ἐστι υἱὸς οἷόν σε ἐκεῖνος κατελίπετο." ἥσθη τε
ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Καμβύσης, καὶ ἐπαίνεε τὴν Κροίσου
κρίσιν. "Τούτων δὴ ὧν ἐπιμνησθέντα, ὀργῇ λέγειν πρὸς
τὸν Πρηξάσπεα" “ Σὺ νῦν μάθε αὐτὸς, εἰ λέγουσι Πέρσαι
ἀληθέα, εἴτε αὐτοὶ λέγοντες ταῦτα παραφρονέουσι. εἰ
μὲν γὰρ τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ σοῦ τοῦδε, ἑστεῶτος ἐν τοῖσι
προθύροισι, βαλὼν τύχοιμι μέσης τῆς καρδίης, Πέρσαι
φανέονταιϑ᾽ λέγοντες οὐδέν" ἣν δὲ ἁμάρτω, φάναι Πέρ-
σας τε λέγειν ἀληθέα, καὶ ἐμὲ μὴ σωφρονέειν." Ταῦτα
δὲ εἰπόντα, καὶ διατείναντα τὸ τόξον, βαλέειν τὸν παῖδα"
πεσόντος δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς, ἀνασχίζειν αὐτὸν κελεύειν, καὶ
σκέψασθαι τὸ βλῆμα' ὡς δὲ ἐν τῇ καρδίῃ εὑρεθῆναι
ἐνεόντα τὸν ὀϊστὸν, εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδὸς,
γελάσαντα, καὶ περιχαρέα γενόμενον, “Πρήξασπες, ὡς
μὲν ἔγωγε οὐ μαίνομαι, Πέρσαι τε παραφρονέουσι, δῆλά
τοι γέγονε. νῦν δέ μοι εἰπὲ, τίνα εἶδες ἤδη πάντων
ἀνθρώπων οὕτως ἐπίσκοπα τοξεύοντα ;” Πρηξάσπεα δὲ
ὁρέοντα ἄνδρα οὐ φρενήρεα, καὶ περὶ ἑωυτῷ δειμαίνοντα,
εἰπεῖν" “Δέσποτα, οὐδ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸν ἔγωγε δοκέω τὸν θεὸν
οὕτω ἂν καλῶς βαλεῖν."
(B. iii. 34, 35.)

STORY OF POLYCRATES. V. τ. 35

THE END OF CAMBYSES.

The brutal excesses of Cambyses wearied out his Persian
subjects. The Magians seized the opportunity to regain their
powers, which had been curtailed by the two last kings.
They brought forward an impostor to represent the dead
Smerdis, and fostered the spirit of revolt in all the provinces
and in the army itself.

Cambyses hastened back from Egypt to punish the pre-
tender and his followers, but in mounting his horse he
wounded himself with his own sword in the thigh, just as he
had once wounded Apis, and within a month he died at a
Syrian village, Agbatana, in literal fulfilment of an oracle.

V. THE STORY OF POLYCRATES. ,

Polycrates was tyrant of Samos (532-523 B.C.). Famous
in arts and in arms, he seemed to afford another example of
the danger of exceeding prosperity. His friend Amasis,
King of Egypt, wrote a letter to him, praying him to
sacrifice something that he held most precious, if by so
doing he might avert the jealous wrath of heaven.

Veh

"Ev χρόνῳ δὲ ὀλίγῳ αὐτίκα τοῦ Πολυκράτεος τὰ πρήγ-
ματα ηὔξετο, καὶ ἦν βεβωμένα 5 ἀνά τε τὴν ᾿Ιωνίην, καὶ
τὴν ἄλλην Ἑλλάδα. ὅκου γὰρ ἰθύσειε στρατεύεσθαι,
πάντα οἱ ἐχώρεε εὐτυχέως. ἔκτητο δὲ πεντηκοντέρους
τε ἑκατὸν, καὶ χιλίους τοξότας" ἔφερε δὲ καὶ ἦγε πάντας, -
διακρίνων οὐδένα. τῷ γὰρ φίλῳ ἔφη χαριέεσθαιϑ" μᾶλ.-
λον ἀποδιδοὺς τὰ ἔλαβε, ἢ ἀρχὴν μηδὲν λαβών. συχνὰς
μὲν δὴ τῶν νήσων ἀραιρήκεε, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῆς ἠπείρου
ἄστεα" ἐν δὲ δὴ καὶ Λεσβίους, πανστρατιῇ βωθέοντας “5
Μιλησίοισι, ναυμαχίῃ κρατήσας εἷλε, ot τὴν τάφρον περὶ so
τὸ τεῖχος τὸ ἐν Σάμῳ πᾶσαν δεδεμένοι ὥρυξαν. Καί
κως τὸν ἼΔμασιν εὐτυχέων μεγάλως ὃ Πολυκράτης οὐκ

D2 iw

46 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

of a a
ἐλάνθανε, ἀλλά οἱ τοῦτ᾽ ἦν ἐπιμελές. πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι
“ 7 ,
πλεῦνός 5 of εὐτυχίης γινομένης, γράψας és βιβλίον
f / “ :
15 τάδε, ἐπέστειλε ἐς Σάμον" “Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε
/ ε Ν, Ν. on
λέγει. “Hdd μὲν πυνθάνεσθαι ἄνδρα φίλον καὶ ξεῖνον
7 /
εὖ πρήσσοντα. ἐμοὶ δὲ ai σαὶ μεγάλαι εὐτυχίαι οὐκ ἀρέ-
σκουσι, τὸ θεῖον ἐπισταμένῳ ὡς ἔστι φθονερόν. καί κως
, teat \ a Ὁ tA \ /
βούλομαι, καὶ αὐτὸς, καὶ τῶν ἂν κήδωμαι, 'τὸ μέν τι
/ n
20 εὐτυχέειν TOV πρηγμάτων, TO δὲ προσπταίειν" Kal οὕτω
/ n :
διαφέρειν τὸν αἰῶνα ἐναλλὰξ πρήσσων, ἢ εὐτυχέειν τὰ
/
πάντα. οὐδένα yap κω λόγῳ οἶδα ἀκούσας, ὅστις és
, 3 n 3 ’ ’ 3 x Ν
τέλος οὐ κακῶς ἐτελεύτησε πρόρριζος, εὐτυχέων τὰ
πάντα. Σὺ ὧν νῦν ἐμοὶ πειθόμενος, ποίησον πρὸς τὰς
..25 εὐτυχίας τοιάδε" φροντίσας τὸ ἂν εὕρῃς ἐόν τοι πλείστου

bd a biiges Pa 8 Sat oan / \ Ν, 3 /

ἄξιον, καὶ ἐπ ᾧ σὺ ἀπολομένῳ μάλιστα τὴν ψυχὴν ἀλγή-
“ 5 , v4 Ψ 4 Ὁ 3 3 4

σεις, τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω, ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει ἐς ἀνθρώπους.

644 τούτου ai εὐτυχίαι τοι τῇσι

ἦν τε μὴ ἐναλλὰξ ἤδη τὠπ
lA 7 , ἣν ΤΑΝ 2 ee /
πάθῃσι προσπίπτωσι, τρόπῳ τῷ ἐξ ἐμεῦ ὑποκειμένῳ
5 / >> eee
20 akeo®’, (B. iii. 39, 40.)

Therefore Polycrates cast into the sea a costly emerald
ring. But it soon came back to its master in the belly of
a fish. When Amasis saw from this that sentence had gone
forth against Polycrates, he wrote to him renouncing such
dangerous friendship.

¥. $a,

an 3 ς 4 Ἂς , \
Ταῦτα ἐπιλεξάμενος ὃ Πολυκράτης, καὶ νόῳ λαβὼν

ὥς οἱ εὖ ὑπετίθετο “Apacis, ἐδίζητο ἐπ’ ᾧ ἂν μάλιστα
τὴν ψυχὴν ἀσηθείη ἀπολομένῳ τῶν κειμηλίων" διζήμενος
δ᾽ εὕρισκε τόδε. ἦν ot σφρηγὶς ἃ τὴν ἐφόρεε χρυσό-
εδετος, σμαράγδου μὲν λίθου ἐοῦσα, ἔργον δὲ ἦν Θεοδώ-
ρον τοῦ Τηλεκλέος Σαμίου" ἐπεὶ ὧν ταύτην οἱ ἐδόκεε
ἀποβαλεῖν, ἐποίεε τοιάδε. πεντηκόντερον πληρώσας

STORY OF POLYCRATES. Υ͂. ὶ 2. 37

ἀνδρῶν, ἐσέβη ἐς αὐτήν" μετὰ δὲ, ἀναγαγεῖν ἐκέλευε és
τὸ πέλαγος" ὡς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς νήσου ἑκὰς ἐγένετο, περιελό-
μενος τὴν σφρηγῖδα, πάντων δρεόντων τῶν συμπλόων,
ῥίπτει ἐς τὸ πέλαγος" τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσας, ἀπέπλεε.
ἀπικόμενος δὲ ἐς τὰ οἰκία, συμφορῇ ἐχρῆτο. Πέμπτῃ
δὲ ἢ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρῃ ἀπὸ τούτων, τάδε οἱ συνήνεικε γενέσθαι.
ἀνὴρ ἁλιεὺς, λαβὼν ἰχθὺν μέγαν τε καὶ καλὸν, ἠξίου μιν
Πολυκράτεϊ δῶρον δοθῆναι: φέρων δὴ ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας,
Πολυκράτεϊ ἔφη ἐθέλειν ἐλθεῖν ἐς ὄψιν. χωρήσαντος
δέ οἱ τούτου, ἔλεγε, διδοὺς τὸν ἰχθύν, “ἾΩ, βασιλεῦ, ἐγὼ
τόνδε ἑλὼν, οὐκ ἐδικαίωσα φέρειν ἐς ἀγορὴν, καίπερ γε
ἐὼν ἀποχειροβίωτος, ἀλλά μοι ἐδόκεε σεῦ τε εἶναι ἄξιος
καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀρχῆς" σοὶ δή μιν φέρων δίδωμι. ὋὉ δὲ,
ἡσθεὶς τοῖσι ἔπεσι, ἀμείβεται τοῖσδε" “Κάρτα τε εὖ
ἐποίησας, καὶ χάρις διπλέη τῶν τε λόγων καὶ τοῦ δώρου"
καί σε ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέομεν ὋὉ μὲν δὴ ἁλιεὺς, μέγα
ποιεύμενος ταῦτα, ἤιε ἐς τὰ οἰκία' τὸν δὲ ἰχθὺν τάμ-
vovtes* οἱ θεράποντες, εὑρίσκουσι ἐν τῇ νηδύϊ αὐτοῦ
ἐνεοῦσαν τὴν Πολυκράτεος σφρηγῖδα" ὡς δὲ εἶδόν τε καὶ
ἔλαβον τάχιστα, ἔφερον κεχαρηκότες παρὰ τὸν Πο-
λυκράτεα" διδόντες δέ οἱ τὴν σφρηγῖδα, ἔλεγον ὅτεῳ“
τρόπῳ εὑρέθη. Τὸν δὲ ὡς ἐσῆλθε θεῖον εἶναι τὸ πρῆγμα,
γράφει ἐς βιβλίον πάντα, τὰ ποιήσαντά μιν οἷα κατα-
λελαβήκεε' γράψας δὲ, ἐς Αἴγυπτον ἐπέθηκε. ᾿Ἐπι-
λεξάμενος δὲ ὁ ΓΑμασις τὸ βιβλίον τὸ παρὰ τοῦ
Πολυκράτεος ἧκον, ἔμαθε ὅτι ἐκκομίσαι τε ἀδύνατον
εἴη ἀνθρώπῳ ἄνθρωπον ἐκ τοῦ μέλλοντος γίνεσθαι
πρήγματος, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ εὖ τελευτήσειν μέλλοι Πολυ-
κράτης, εὐτυχέων τὰ πάντα" ὃς καὶ τὰ ἀποβάλλει, €d-
ρίσκει. πέμψας δέ οἱ κήρυκα ἐς Σάμον, διαλύεσθαι ἔφη
τὴν ξεινίην. τοῦδε δὲ εἵνεκα ταῦτα ἐποίεε, ἵνα μὴ,

-
σι

συντυχίης δεινῆς τε καὶ μεγάλης Πολυκράτεα κατα-.

38 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

40 λαβούσης, αὐτὸς ἀλγήσειε THY ψυχὴν ὡς περὶ ξείνου
ἀνδρός. (Bz iii. 41-43.)

Yet Fortune still seemed to smile on Polycrates; but the

end was now drawing near. Oroetes, satrap of Sardis, laid

a snare for him, offering to deposit all his wealth in Samos
with Polycrates, as he feared the grasping hands of Cambyses.

pee Ue

ε
Υπὸ Κύρου κατασταθεὶς ἦν Σαρδίων ὕπαρχος ᾿᾽Οροίτης,
an ἢ _@ > , , > ἐ ΘΖ
ἀνὴρ Πέρσης. οὗτος ἐπεθύμησε πρήγματος οὐκ ὁσίου
οὔτε γάρ τι παθὼν οὔτε ἀκούσας μάταιον ἔπος πρὸς
Πολυκράτεος τοῦ Σαμίου, οὔτε ἰδὼν πρότερον, ἐπεθύμεε
5 λαβὼν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι' ὡς μὲν οἱ πλεῦνες ἢ λέγουσι,
διὰ τοιήνδε τινὰ αἰτίην. ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέος θυρέων
, la , 3 , ele / a
kathpevov'® τόν te ᾿᾽Οροίτην καὶ ἄλλον Πέρσην, τῷ
οὔνομα εἶναι Μιτροβάτεα, νομοῦ ἄρχοντα τοῦ ἐν Δασ-
κυλείῳ, τούτους ἐκ λόγων ἐς νείκεα συμπεσεῖν. κρινομένων
δ τιν on 3 a Ν ἀν 9 ,

10 δὲ περὶ ἀρετῆς, εἰπεῖν τὸν Μιτροβάτεα τῷ ’Opotrn, προ-
φέροντα" “Σὺ γὰρ ἐν ἀνδρῶν λόγῳ, ὃς βασιλέϊ νῆσον
͵ ἣς na n ny / >] ξ΄ 86
Σάμον πρὸς τῷ σῷ νομῷ προσκειμένην οὐ προσεκτήσαοϑ“,
ὧδε δή τι ἐοῦσαν εὐπετέα χειρωθῆναι ; τὴν τῶν τις
ἐπιχωρίων πεντεκαίδεκα ὁπλίτῃσι ἐπαναστὰς ἔσχε, καὶ
“ era ἸΘῪ @ , 33 € Ν > 3 / ε , 3
15 νῦν αὐτῆς τυραννεύει. ‘O δὴ ὧν Opolrns, ἱζόμενος ἐν
Μαγνησίη τῇ ὑπὲρ Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ οἰκημένῃ, ἔπεμπε

γνησίῃ τῇ ὑπὲρ ρ μοῦ οἰκημένῃ, ἔπεμ
Μύρσον τὸν Γύγεω, ἄνδρα Λυδὸν, ἐς Σάμον ἀγγελίην
φέροντα, μαθὼν τοῦ Πολυκράτεος τὸν νόον. Πολυκράτης
γάρ ἐστι πρῶτος τῶν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν Ἑλλήνων, ὃς θαλασσο-
20 κρατέειν ἐπενοήθη, πάρεξ Μίνωός τε τοῦ Κνωσσίου, καὶ
εἰ δή τις ἄλλος πρότερος τούτου ἦρξε τῆς θαλάσσης" τῆς
δὲ ἀνθρωπηίης λεγομένης γενεῆς Πολυκράτης ἐστὶ πρῶ-

/
Tos, ἐλπίδας πολλὰς ἔχων ᾿Ιωνίης τε καὶ νήσων ἄρξειν.
> a f

μαθὼν ὧν ταῦτά μιν διανοεύμενον 6 ’Opoirns, πέμψας

STORY OF ῬΟΙΥΟΚΑΤΕΒ, ν. 4. 39

ἀγγελίην, ἔλεγε τάδε" ““᾽᾿Οροίτης Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει. 25

Πυνθάνομαι ἐπιβουλεύειν σε πρήγμασι μεγάλοισι, καὶ
/ / 3 ων Ν Ν ’ 4 BY)
χρήματά τοι οὐκ εἶναι κατὰ τὰ φρονήματα. σύ νυν ὧδε

/ > Ss - Ν , πο J 4 Ν
ποιήσας, ὀρθώσεις μὲν σεωυτὸν, σώσεις δὲ καὶ ἐμέ. ἐμοὶ
/
γὰρ βασιλεὺς Καμβύσης ἐπιβουλεύει θάνατον, Kat μοι
τοῦτο ἐξαγγέλλεται σαφηνέως. σύ νυν ἐμὲ ἐκκομίσας
ιν \ 4 Ἂς - a A a> S > Ν > coe Ἐν"
αὐτὸν καὶ χρήματα, τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν αὐτὸς ἔχε, TA δὲ ἐμὲ
ἔα ἔχειν. εἵνεκέν τε χρημάτων, ἄρξεις ἁπάσης τῆς
Ἑλλάδος" εἰ δέ μοι ἀπιστέεις τὰ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων,
πέμψον ὅστις τοι πιστότατος τυγχάνει ἐὼν, τῷ ἐγὼ
/ 33 ees
ἀποδέξω *4, | (B. iii. 120-122.)
Polycrates was easily caught by the offer, and, in spite of
the warnings which came to his daughter in a dream, he
sailed for Sardis to fetch the treasure. No sooner had he

landed than Oroetes seized him and put him to a horrible
death,

Ve § 4

Tatra ἀκούσας ὃ Πολυκράτης, ἥσθη τε Kal ἐβούλετο"
καί. κως, ἱμείρετο γὰρ χρημάτων μεγάλως, ἀποπέμπει
πρῶτα κατοψόμενον Μαιάνδριον ἄνδρα τῶν ἀστῶν, ὅς οἱ
ἦν γραμματιστής" ὋὉ δὲ ᾿Οροίτης, μαθὼν τὸν κατάσκοπον
ἐόντα προσδόκιμον, ἐποίεε.τοιάδε. λάρνακας ὀκτὼ πλη-
ρώσας λίθων, πλὴν κάρτα βραχέος τοῦ περὶ αὐτὰ τὰ
χείλεα, ἐπιπολῆς τῶν λίθων χρυσὸν ἐπέβαλε" καταδήσας
δὲ τὰς λάρνακας, εἶχε ἑτοίμας. ἐλθὼν δὲ ὁ Μαιάνδριος,
καὶ θηησάμενος, ἀπήγγειλε τῷ Πολυκράτεϊ. ὋὉ δὲ, πολλὰ
μὲν τῶν μαντίων ἀπαγορευόντων, πολλὰ δὲ τῶν φίλων,
ἐστέλλετο αὐτὸς ἀπιέναι: πρὸς δὲ, καὶ ἰδούσης τῆς
θυγατρὸς ὄψιν ἐνυπνίου τοιήνδε" ἐδόκεέ οἱ τὸν πατέρα ἐν
τῷ ἠέρι μετέωρον ἐόντα, λοῦσθαι μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς,
χρίεσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίους. ταύτην ἰδοῦσα τὴν ὄψιν,
παντοίη ἐγίνετο μὴ ἀποδημῆσαι τὸν Πολυκράτεα παρὰ

σι

δι

σι

40 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

x 3 “ :
τὸν ᾿Οροίτεα" καὶ δὴ καὶ ἰόντος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν πεντη-
, i a
κόντερον -ἐπεφημίζετος. ὃ δέ of ἠπείλησε, ἢν σῶς

2 , : *
ἀπονοστήσῃ, πολλόν μιν χρόνον παρθενεύεσθαι. © ἣ δὲ
a
ἠρήσατο ἐπιτελέα ταῦτα γενέσθαι" βούλεσθαι yap παρ-
θενεύεσθαι πλέω χρόνον ἢ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστερῆσθαι.
f
Πολυκράτης δὲ, πάσης συμβουλίης ἀλογήσας, ἔπλεε
παρὰ τὸν Ὀροίτεα, ἅμα ἀγόμενος ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς
τῶν ἑταίρων, ἐν δὲ δὴ καὶ Δημοκήδεα τὸν Καλλιφῶντος,
Κροτωνιήτην ἄνδρα, ἰητρόν τε ἐόντα, καὶ τὴν τέχνην
3 f 3} n ae. , 3 , Ν 3
ἀσκέοντα ἄριστα τῶν κατ᾽ ἑωυτόν. ᾿Απικόμενος δὲ ἐς
τὴν Μαγνησίην ὃ ἸΠολυκράτης, διεφθάρη κακῶς, οὔτε
ε a δυο » n ε “ f ot Ν Ν
ἑωυτοῦ ἀξίως οὔτε τῶν ἑωυτοῦ φρονημάτων᾽ ὅτι γὰρ μὴ
ε / , VA OX Φ n of
of Συρηκοσίων γενόμενοι τύραννοι, οὐδὲ εἷς τῶν ἄλλων
“Ἑλληνικῶν τυράννων ἄξιός ἐστι Πολυκράτεϊ μεγαλοπρέ-
πειαν συμβληθῆναι. ἀποκτείνας δέ μιν οὐκ ἀξίως
3 , 3 7 > VA n / et “
ἀπηγήσιος ᾿᾽Οροίτης, ἀνεσταύρωσε. τῶν δέ οἱ ἑπομένων
ὅσοι μὲν ἦσαν Σάμιοι, ἀπῆκε, κελεύων σφέας ἑωυτῷ
χάριν εἰδέναι, ἐόντας ἐλευθέρους" ὅσοι δὲ ἦσαν ξεῖνοί τε
καὶ δοῦλοι τῶν ἑπομένων, ἐν ἀνδραπόδων λόγῳ ποιεύ-
ων if Ν 9 f 3 /
μενος εἶχε. Πολυκράτης δὲ ἀνακρεμάμενος, ἐπετέλεε
o Ἂς »» “ ἘΣ er, ES “ - Ν POS a
πᾶσαν THY ὄψιν τῆς θυγατρός" ἐλοῦτο μὲν yap ὑπὸ τοῦ
Διὸς ὅκως ὕοι, ἐχρίετο δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου, ἀνιεὶς αὐτὸς ἐκ
τοῦ σώματος ἰκμάδα. Πολυκράτεος μὲν δὴ αἱ πολλαὶ
εὐτυχίαι ἐς τοῦτο ἐτελεύτησαν, τῇ οἱ ΓΔμασις ὃ Αἰγύπτου
βασιλεὺς προεμαντεύσατο. (B. iii, 123-125.)

VI. THE STORY OF ZOPYRUS.

The story of Cambyses ended with the usurpation of the
throne by the false Smerdis, through the influence of the magi.
The imposture was soon discovered, and seven of the prin-
cipal men of Persia formed a conspiracy and assassinated the
pretender in his palace, along with the magi his accomplices.

STORY OF ZOPYRUS, VI. § 1. 41

Darius, son of Hystapes, succeeded to the throne of
Persia, and thoroughly organised his kingdom by a system
of satrapies.

But the satrapy of Babylon was soon in revolt, and Darius
laid siege to the city, which held out for twenty months, till
Zopyrus, a noble Persian, proposed a stratagem for gaining
admission into the town: like the trick by which Tarquin
became master of Gabii (Livy, i. 53). |

VL. ¢ 1.

ὋὉ μὲν Ζώπυρος προσελθὼν Δαρείῳ ἀπεπυνθάνετο, εἰ
περὶ πολλοῦ κάρτα ποιέεται τὴν Βαβυλῶνα ἑλεῖν. πυθό-
μενος δὲ ὡς πολλοῦ τιμῷτο, ἄλλο ἐβουλεύετο, ὅκως

EO ΠῚ ς εν πον, \ ¢ A Re 5 ἃ
αὐτός τε ἔσται ὁ ἑλὼν αὐτὴν, καὶ ἑωυτοῦ τὸ ἔργον ἔσται

- Ν 2 τ᾿ ca) lid ἘΠῚ 0 , 3 Ν ,
κάρτα yap ἐν τοῖσι Πέρσῃσι ai ἀγαθοεργίαι és τὸ πρόσω
μεγάθεος 3" τιμῶνται. “AAAw μέν νυν οὐκ ἐφράζετο ἔργῳ
δυνατὸς εἶναί μιν ὑποχειρίην ποιῆσαι, εἰ δ᾽ ἑωυτὸν

λωβησάμενος αὐτομολήσειε ἐς αὐτούς. ᾿Ενθαῦτα ἐν

ἐλαφρῷ ποιησάμενος ἑωυτὸν λωβᾶται λώβην ἀνήκεστον"
ἀποταμὼν γὰρ ἑωυτοῦ τὴν ῥῖνα καὶ τὰ ὦτα, καὶ τὴν
κόμην κακῶς περικείρας, καὶ μαστιγώσας, ἦλθε παρὰ
Δαρεῖον. Δαρεῖος δὴ κάρτα βαρέως ἤνεικε, ἰδὼν ἄνδρα
δοκιμώτατον λελωβημένον: ἔκ τε τοῦ θρόνου ἀναπηδή-
/ /
gas, ἀνέβωσέξ τε καὶ εἴρετό μιν, ὅστις εἴη 6 λωβησά-
ν ὦ ᾽ Ἐπ νυν, ae σὰ 5 op @
μενος, kal 6 τι ποιήσαντα. ὃ δὲ εἶπε" “Οὐκ ἔστι οὗτος
ye, Ψ Ἂν Ν ΝΩ͂Ν ὁ ’ὔ ' ’ . Sa Ν “Ὁ
ἀνὴρ OTL μὴ σὺ, τῳ ἐστι δύναμις τοσαύτη ἐμὲ δὴ ὧδε
διαθεῖναι" οὐδέ τις ἀλλοτρίων, ὦ βασιλεῦ, τάδε ἔργασται,
νόον 001 ἃ 9 po. , ΄ ?
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἐμεωυτόν' δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος ᾿᾽Ασ-
, an
συρίους Πέρσῃσι καταγελᾶν. Ὃὧ δ᾽ ἀμείβετο: “ὮΩ,
’ 3 ΄“ ov ~ Ψ / + \ /
TXETALMTATE ἀνδρῶν, ἔργῳ TH αἰσχίστῳ οὔνομα TO κἀλ-
λιστον eOev**, φὰς διὰ τοὺς πολιορκευμένους σεωυτὸν
ἀνηκέστως διαθεῖναι" τί δ᾽, ὦ μάταιε, λελωβημένου σεῦ,
θᾶσσον οἱ πολέμιοι παραστήσονται ; κῶς οὐκ ἐξέπλωσας
n n €
τῶν φρενῶν, σεωυτὸν διαφθείρας ;” “O δὲ εἶπε" “Εἰ

42 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

’
25 μέν ToL ὑπερετίθεα 35 τὰ ἔμελλον ποιήσειν, οὐκ ἄν με
περιεῖδες" νῦν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐμεωυτοῦ βαλόμενος, ἔπρηξα. ἤδη
2 x a a n
ὧν, ἣν μὴ τῶν σῶν δεήσῃ, αἱρέομεν Βαβυλῶνα. ᾿Εγὼ
Ν Ν ε 5 3 4 3 Ν eye Ν ,
μὲν yap, ὡς ἔχω, αὐτομολήσω ἐς TO τεῖχος, Kal φήσω
\ > A ἢ ἐς ἃ cad , : \ ,
πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὡς ὑπὸ σεῦ τάδε πέπονθα' καὶ δοκέω,

30 πείσας σφέας ταῦτα ἔχειν οὕτω, τεύξεσθαι στρατιῆς.
σὺ δὲ, dm ἧς ἂν ἡμέρης ἐγὼ ἐσέλθω ἐς τὸ τεῖχος, ἀπὸ
ταύτης ἐς δεκάτην ἡμέρην, τῆς σεωυτοῦ στρατιῆς, τῆς
οὐδεμία ἔσται ὥρη ἀπολλυμένης, ταύτης χιλίους τάξον
κατὰ τὰς Σεμιράμιος καλεομένας πύλας" μετὰ δὲ αὖτις,
35 ἀπὸ τῆς δεκάτης ἐς ἑβδόμην, ἄλλους μοι τάξον δισχι-
λίους κατὰ τὰς Νινίων καλεομένας πύλας" ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς
ἑβδόμης διαλιπὼν εἴκοσι ἡμέρας, ἔπειτεν ἄλλους κάτισον,
ἀγαγὼν κατὰ τὰς Χαλδαίων καλεομένας πύλας, τετρα-

7 3 , Ν A e , Ν n
κισχιλίους. ἐχόντων δὲ μήτε of πρότεροι μηδὲν τῶν

> , / κὰν Ν. > rd ᾿ “ ᾿ς, το Ja)
40 ἀμυνούντων, μήτε οὗτοι, πλὴν ἐγχειριδίων' τοῦτο δὲ ἐᾶν

Υ i eae ape > Ν “pale "42 N Ν
ἔχειν. μετὰ δὲ τὴν εἰκοστὴν ἡμέρην, ἰθέως τὴν μὲν
ἄλλην στρατιὴν κελεύειν πέριξ προσβάλλειν πρὸς τὸ
τεῖχος, Πέρσας δέ μοι τάξον κατά τε τὰς Βηλίδας
καλεομένας πύλας καὶ Kioolds. ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ δοκέω,

45 ἐμέο μεγάλα ἔργα ἀποδεξαμένου, τά τε ἄλλα ἐπιτρά-

σι

ψονται ἐμοὶ Βαβυλώνιοι, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν πυλέων τὰς
an /
Badavaypas. τὸ δ᾽ ἐνθεῦτεν, ἐμοί re καὶ Πέρσῃσι μελή-
a ,ὔ
σει τὰ δεῖ ποιέειν."
(B. iii. 154, 155.)

The stratagem succeeded, and Zopyrus was welcomed by
the Babylonians,
VI. § 2°
Ταῦτα ἐντειλάμενος, ἤιε ἐπὶ τὰς πύλας" ἐπιστρεφό-
’ 7 ~
μενος, ὡς δὴ ἀληθέως αὐτόμολος. ὁρέοντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν
πύργων οἱ κατὰ τοῦτο τεταγμένοι, κατέτρεχον κάτω" καὶ

STORY OF ZOPYRUS. VI. 2. 43

/ ὃ
ὀλίγον τι παρακλίναντες τὴν ἑτέρην πύλην. εἰρώτεον
/ NE ey , ef ε “ > ,
tis τε εἴη, καὶ ὅτευ δεόμενος ἧκοι. ὃ δέ ot ἠγόρευε, 5
ε , \ 3 / > 3 / 3
ὡς εἴη τε Ζώπυρος, καὶ αὐτομολέοι ἐς ἐκείνους. ἦγον
“ + . n
δή μιν of πυλουροὶ, ταῦτα ws ἤκουσαν, ἐπὶ TA κοινὰ τῶν
Βαβυλωνίων. καταστὰς δὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ, κατοικτίζετο, φὰς
φς Ν / / ἣν 3 l4 4-..9 ς Lar
ὑπὸ Δαρείου πεπονθέναι τὰ ἐπεπόνθεε VT ἑωυτοῦ
παθεῖν δὲ ταῦτα διότι συμβουλεῦσαί οἱ ἀπανιστάναι τὴν το
Ν 3 , 3 \ , 3 4 ” € ,
στρατιὴν, ἐπεί τε οὐδεὶς πόρος ἐφαίνετο THs ἁλώσιος.
“Nov τε, ἔφη λέγων, ἐγὼ ὑμῖν, ὦ Βαβυλώνιοι, ἥκω
΄ »} Ν 7 Ν Ν oN tb \ /
μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν, Δαρείῳ δὲ καὶ τῇ στρατιῇ Kal Ileponor
/ , > Ν ‘ 3 “ Φ /
μέγιστον κακὸν. ov γὰρ δὴ, ἐμὲ ye ὧδε λωβησάμενος,
sh PR KS ΓΝ ΚΗ͂Ρ Oars, eet ee Ν ,
καταπροΐξεται" ἐπίσταμαι δ᾽ αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς διεξόδους 15
“ 3 “Ὁ
τῶν βουλευμάτων. '"Γοιαῦτα ἔλεγε. οἱ δὲ Βαβυλώνιοι
ὁρέοντες ἄνδρα τῶν ἐν Πέρσησι δοκιμώτατον ῥινός τε
ρ ρ ρσῃ μ ῥ
καὶ ὥτων ἐστερημένον, μάστιξί τε καὶ αἵματι ἀναπεφυρ-
μένον, πάγχυ ἐλπίσαντες λέγειν μιν ἀληθέα, καί σφι
a n ’
ἥκειν σύμμαχον, ἐπιτράπεσθαι ἑτοῖμοι ἦσαν τῶν ἐδέετο 20
’ / an n
σφέων. ἐδέετο δὲ στρατιῆς. Ὃ δὲ, ἐπεί τε αὐτῶν
a / n
τοῦτο παρέλαβε, ἐποίεε τά περ TO Δαρείῳ συνεθήκατο.
ΡΨ “Ν Ν roe / ες 2 Ν Ν, a
ἐξαγαγὼν yap τῇ δεκάτῃ ἡμέρῃ τὴν στρατιὴν τῶν
Βαβυλωνίων, καὶ κυκλωσάμενος τοὺς χιλίους, τοὺς πρώ-
τους ἐνετείλατο Δαρείῳ τάξαι, τούτους. κατεφόνευσε. 25
7 n
μαθόντες δέ μιν of Βαβυλώνιοι τοῖσι ἔπεσι τὰ ἔργα παρε-

n ij nt “
χόμενον ὁμοῖα, πάγχυ περιχαρέες ἐόντες, πᾶν δὴ ἑτοῖμοι
eat ε / ς ΠΝ Ν € / XS /
ἦσαν ὑπηρετέειν. ὃ δὲ, διαλιπὼν ἡμέρας τὰς συγκειμέ-

“ ῇ
νας, αὖτις ἃ ἐπιλεξάμενος τῶν Βαβυλωνίων ἐξήγαγε καὶ
κατεφόνευσε τῶν Δαρείου στρατιωτέων τοὺς δισχιλίους. 30
ἰδόντες δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι, πάντες
Ζώπυρον εἶχον ἐν στόμασι. aivéovtes. ὁ δὲ, αὖτις δια-
, , ,ὕ x
λιπὼν τὰς συγκειμένας ἡμέρας, ἐξήγαγε ἐς TO προειρη-
7 Ἃ
μένον" καὶ κυκλωσάμενος κατεφόνευσε τοὺς τετρακισ-
7 ε XN \ a / re ng > 3
χιλίους. ὡς δὲ Kal τοῦτο κατέργαστο, πάντα δὴ ἦν ἐν 35

44 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

τοῖσι Βαβυλωνίοισι Ζώπυρος, καὶ στρατάρχης τε οὗτός
σφι καὶ τειχοφύλαξ ἀπεδέδεκτοϑ, (B. iii. 156, 157.)

So when Darius made his attack, Zopyrus admitted the
Persian troops into the city, and*Babylon was taken. But
‘Darius used to say that he would rather that Zopyrus was
whole, than that he himself were master of twenty Babylons.

νι δ ρῶς

Προσβολὴν δὲ Δαρείου κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα ποιευ-
μένου πέριξ τὸ τεῖχος, ἐνθαῦτα δὴ πάντα τὸν δόλον ὃ
Ζώπυρος ἐξέφαινε. οἱ μὲν γὰρ Βαβυλώνιοι ἀναβάντες
ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος, ἠμύνοντο τὴν Δαρείου στρατιὴν προσ-

5 βάλλουσαν" 6 δὲ Ζώπυρος τάς τε Κισσίας καὶ Βηλίδας
καλεομένας πύλας ἀναπετάσας, ἐσῆκε τοὺς Πέρσας ἐς τὸ
τεῖχος. τῶν δὲ Βαβυλωνίων ot μὲν. εἶδον τὸ ποιηθὲν,
οὗτοι ἔφευγον ἐς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Βήλου τὸ ἱρόν" οἱ δὲ οὐκ
εἶδον, ἔμενον ἐν τῇ ἑωυτοῦ Tag.» ἕκαστος, ἐς ὃ δὴ καὶ

το οὗτοι ἔμαθον προδεδομένοι.

Βαβυλὼν μέν νυν οὕτω τὸ δεύτερον αἱρέθη. Δαρεῖος
δὲ ἐπεί τε ἐκράτησε τῶν Βαβυλωνίων, τοῦτο μέν, σφεων
τὸ τεῖχος περιεῖλε, καὶ τὰς πύλας πάσας ἀπέσπασε" τὸ
γὰρ πρότερον ἑλὼν Κῦρος τὴν Βαβυλῶνα, ἐποίησε

is τούτων οὐδέτερον" τοῦτο δὲ, ὃ Δαρεῖος τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοὺς
κορυφαίους μάλιστα ἐς τρισχιλίους ἀνεσκολόπισε, τοῖσι
δὲ λοιποῖσι Βαβυλωνίοισι ἀπέδωκε τὴν πόλιν οἰκέειν.
Ζωπύρου δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀγαθοεργίην Περσέων ὑπερεβάλετο
παρὰ Δαρείῳ κριτῇ, οὔτε τῶν ὕστερον γενομένων, οὔτε

20 τῶν πρότερον, ὅτι μὴ Κῦρος μοῦνος" τούτῳ γὰρ οὐδεὶς
Περσέων ἠξίωσέ κω ἑωυτὸν συμβαλεῖν. Πολλάκις δὲ
Δαρεῖον λέγεται γνώμην τήνδε ἀποδέξασθαι, ὡς βούλοιτο
ἂν Ζώπυρον εἶναι ἀπαθέα τῆς ἀεικείης μᾶλλον, ἢ Βα-
βυλῶναάς οἱ εἴκοσι πρὸς τῇ ἐούσῃ προσγενέσθαι.
(Β. iii. 158, 159.)

DARIUS IN ΒΟΥΤΗΙΑ͂. VII. τ. 45

VII. DARIUS IN SCYTHIA.

Cyrus had conquered Asia: Cambyses, Africa: Darius felt
that he must complete the conquest of Europe. Therefore
he planned a vast expedition against the Scythians, a nomad
people living in the steppes north of the Black and Caspian
Seas. Having bridged the Thracian Bosphorus and the
Danube, he left his bridge over the river in charge of his
Ionian fleet, while he pushed on with 700,000 men of different
nationalities from all parts of his kingdom, and penetrated
the northern wilderness. But the Scythians slipped away
before his advance, and drew him on and on in pursuit.

At last Darius appealed to the Scythian king to stand and
give battle or else to send presents of earth and water in
token of submission.

The Scythian king said he would make no tender of sub-
mission, but would send some presents much more to the
purpose,

VII. § 1.

Πέμψας Δαρεῖος ἱππέα παρὰ τὸν Σκυθέων βασιλέα
᾿Ιδάνθυρσον, ἔλεγε τάδε" ““ Δαιμόνιε ἀνδρῶν, τί φεύγεις
αἰεὶ 55, ἐξόν τοι τῶνδε τὰ ἕτερα ποιέειν ; εἰ μὲν γὰρ
ἀξιόχρεος δ δοκέεις εἶναι σεωυτῷ τοῖσι ἐμοῖσι πρήγμασι

σι

ἀντιωθῆναι, σὺ δὲ στάς τε καὶ παυσάμενος πλάνης
μάχεσθαι" εἰ δὲ συγγινώσκεαι εἶναι ἥσσων, σὺ δὲ καὶ
οὕτω παυσάμενος τοῦ δρόμου, δεσπότῃ τῷ σῷ δῶρα
φέρων γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ, ἐλθὲ ἐς λόγους. Πρὸς ταῦτα
ὃ Σκυθέων βασιλεὺς ᾿Ιδάνθυρσος ἔλεγε τάδε: “Οὕτω
τὸ ἐμὸν ἔχει, ὦ Πέρσα" ἐγὼ οὐδένα κω ἀνθρώπων δείσας 10
ἔφυγον, οὔτε πρότερον, οὔτε νῦν σε φεύγω" οὐδέ τι

νεώτερόν εἶμι ποιήσας νῦν ἢ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐώθεαϑ

ποιέειν. ὅ τι δὲ οὐκ αὐτίκα μάχομαί τοι, ἐγὼ καὶ τοῦτο
σημανέω», ἡμῖν οὔτε ἄστεα, οὔτε γῆ πεφυτευμένη ἐστὶ,

τῶν πέρι δείσαντες μὴ ἁλῴη ἢ καρῇ ταχύτερον συμμίσγοι- 15

σι

46 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

a , fal
μεν dv ἐς μάχην ὑμῖν" εἰ δὲ δέοι πάντως és τοῦτο κατὰ

Ἂν / I ee eo aly AY ,

τάχος ἀπικνέεσθαι, τυγχἀάνουσιήμῖν ἐόντες τάφοι πατρώιοι.
Ρ

Ἐπ lal
φέρετε, τούτους ἀνευρόντες, συγχέειν πειρᾶσθε αὐτούς"
καὶ γνώσεσθε τότε, εἴτε ὑμῖν μαχησόμεθα περὶ τῶν
τάφων, εἴτε καὶ οὐ μαχησόμεθα. πρότερον δὲ, ἢν μὴ
€ ’ “ 7
ἡμέας λόγος. αἱρέῃ, οὐ συμμίξομέν τοι. ἀμφὶ μὲν μάχῃ
τοσαῦτα εἰρήσθω. Δεσπότας δὲ ἐμοὺς Δία τε ἐγὼ
νομίζω, τὸν ἐμὸν πρόγονον, καὶ ‘Iorinv τὴν Σκυθέων
βασίλειαν, μούνους εἶναι. Σοὶ δὲ ἀντὶ μὲν δώρων γῆς

n / a
τε kal ὕδατος, δῶρα πέμψω τοιαῦτα οἷά σοι πρέπει
ἐλθεῖν: ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ὅτι δεσπότης ἔφησας εἶναι ἐμὸς
μος,

κλαίειν λέγω. ὋὉ μὲν δὴ κῆρυξ οἰχώκεε ἀγγελέων

“ 7 o
ταῦτα Δαρείῳ. (B. iv. 126, 127.)

The Scythian policy reduced Darius to great straits, and
understanding the menacing meaning of the Scythian presents
which had reached him, he was glad to take the advice of
Gobryas, and make a hurried retreat before his communica-
tions were cut off by the breaking up of the bridge over the
Danube.

VII. § 2.

Τέλος δὲ Δαρεῖός τε ἐν ἀπορίῃσι εἴχετο, καὶ οἱ Σκυ-
θέων βασιλέες μαθόντες τοῦτο, ἔπεμπον κήρυκα, δῶρα
Δαρείῳ φέροντα, ὄρνιθά τε, καὶ μῦν, καὶ βάθρακον Ὁ,
καὶ ὀϊστοὺς πέντε. ἹΠέρσαι δὲ τὸν φέροντα τὰ δῶρα
ἐπειρώτεον τὸν νόον τῶν διδομένων" 6 δὲ οὐδὲν ἔφη οἱ
ἐπεστάλθαι ἄλλο ἢ δόντα τὴν ταχίστην ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι"
αὐτοὺς δὲ τοὺς Πέρσας ἐκέλευε, εἰ σοφοί εἶσι, γνῶναι τὸ
ἐθέλει τὰ δῶρα λέγειν. ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ Πέρσαι,
ἐβουλεύοντο. Δαρείου μέν νυν ἣ γνώμη ἦν Σκύθας
ἑωυτῷ διδόναι σφέας τε αὐτοὺς, καὶ γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ"
εἰκάζων τῇδε, ὡς μῦς μὲν ἐν γῇ γίνεται, καρπὸν τὸν
αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπῳ σιτεόμενος" βάθρακος δὲ ἐν ὕδατι" ὄρνις

DARIUS IN SCYTHIA, VII. § 2. 47

δὲ μάλιστα οἶκε ἵππῳ τοὺς δὲ ὀϊστοὺς, ὡς τὴν ἑωυτῶν
ἀλκὴν παραδιδοῦσι. αὕτη μὲν Δαρείῳ ἣ γνώμη ἀπεδέ-
δεκτο. Συνεστήκεε δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ γνώμῃ ἡ Γωβρύεω, τῶν

: eer ἢ τῇ γνώμῃ ἢ Pree)

n na n f
ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἑπτὰ ἑνὸς τῶν τὸν Μάγον κατελόντων, εἶκά-
Covros τὰ δῶρα λέγειν: “Ἣν μὴ ὄρνιθες γενόμενοι
5 “ 3 \ > \ / “δ f
ἀναπτῆσθε ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ὦ Πέρσαι, ἢ μύες γένομενοι

Ν “ “ ᾽ὔ “ἡ, ’ »] Ν
κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύσητε ἢ βάθρακοι γενόμενοι ἐς τὰς
λίμνας ἐσπηδήσητε, οὐκ ἀπονοστήσετε ὀπίσω, ὑπὸ τῶνδε
τῶν τοξευμάτων βαλλόμενοι.

/ n

Πέρσῃσι δὲ, μετὰ τὰ δῶρα τὰ ἐλθόντα Δαρείῳ,
ἀντετάχθησαν οἱ Σκύθαι πεζῷ καὶ ἵπποισι, ὡς συμβα-
λέοντες. τεταγμένοισι δὲ τοῖσι Σκύθησι λαγὸς ' ἐς τὸ
μέσον διήιξε' τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστοι dpeov?®* τὸν λαγὸν,
ἐδίωκον. ταραχθέντων δὲ τῶν Σκυθέων, καὶ Bon χρεω-

’ » ς al n 5 ,ὔ \ , -
μένων, εἴρετο ὃ Δαρεῖος τῶν ἀντιπολεμίων τὸν θόρυβον
πυθόμενος δέ σφεας τὸν λαγὸν διώκοντας, εἶπε ἄρα

πρὸς τούσπερ ἐώθεε καὶ τὰ ἄλλα λέγειν" “Οὗτοι ὦνδρες

ἡμέων πολλὸν καταφρονέουσι' καί μοι νῦν φαίνεται
Γωβρύης εἶπαι περὶ τῶν Σκυθικῶν δώρων ὀρθῶς. ὡς
ὧν οὕτως ἤδη δοκεόντων καὶ αὐτῷ μοι ἔχειν, βουλῆς
ἀγαθῆς δεῖ, ὅκως ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἡμῖν ἔσται τὸ
ὀπίσω." Πρὸς ταῦτα Τωβρύης εἶπε' ““Ὦ, βασιλεῦ,

ἐγὼ σχεδὸν μὲν καὶ λόγῳ ἠπιστάμην τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν 35

lad \
τὴν ἀπορίην" ἐλθὼν δὲ μᾶλλον ἐξέμαθον, ὁρέων αὐτοὺς
>. , © 7 na > / ΡΟ ate," f
ἐμπαίζοντας ἡμῖν. Νῦν ὧν μοι δοκέει, ἐπὴν τάχιστα
νὺξ ἐπέλθῃ, ἐκκαύσαντας τὰ πυρὰ, ὡς καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐώ-
n 2 f
θαμεν ποιέειν, τῶν στρατιωτέων τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους ἐς

τὰς ταλαιπωρίας ἐξαπατήσαντας, καὶ τοὺς ὄνους πάντας 40

καταδήσαντας, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, πρὶν ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἴστρον
ἰθῦσαι Σκύθας λύσοντας τὴν γέφυραν, ἢ καί τι Ἴωσι
δόξαι τὸ ἡμέας οἷόν τε ἔσται ἐξεργάσασθαι." Τωβρύης
μὲν ταῦτα συνεβούλευε. (B. iv. 131-134.)

σι

48 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

Retreat of Darius.
ΝΠ. 9.

Μετὰ δὲ, νύξ τε ἐγένετο, καὶ Δαρεῖος ἐχρᾶτο τῇ
γνώμῃ ταύτῃ. τοὺς μὲν καματηροὺς τῶν ἀνδρῶν, καὶ
τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λόγος, καὶ τοὺς ὄνους
πάντας καταδήσας, κατέλιπε αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ ἐν τῷ στρατο-
πέδῳ. κατέλιπε δὲ τούς τε ὄνους καὶ τοὺς ἀσθενέας
τῆς στρατιῆς, τῶνδε εἵνεκεν ἵνα οἱ μὲν ὄνοι βοὴν
παρέχωνται, οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἀσθενείης μὲν εἵνεκεν κατε-
λίποντο, προφάσιος δὲ τῆσδε δηλαδὴ ὡς αὐτὸς μὲν σὺν
τῷ καθαρῷ Tod στρατοῦ ἐπιθήσεσθαι μέλλοι τοῖσι Σκύ-
θῃησι, οὗτοι δὲ τὸ στρατόπεδον τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον
ῥυοίατοϑδ, ταῦτα τοῖσι ὑπολειπομένοισι ὑποθέμενος
ὁ Δαρεῖος, καὶ πυρὰ ἐκκαύσας, τὴν ταχίστην ἐπείγετο
ἐπὶ τὸν Ἴστρον. οἱ δὲ ὄνοι, ἐρημωθέντες τοῦ ὁμίλου,

οὕτω μὲν δὴ μᾶλλον πολλῷ ἵεσαν τῆς φωνῆς" ἀκού-

σαντες δὲ of Σκύθαι τῶν ὄνων, πάγχυ κατὰ χώρην
ἤλπιζον τοὺς Πέρσας εἶναι. “Hyepyns δὲ γενομένης,
γνόντες οἱ ὑπολειφθέντες ὡς προδεδομένοι elev ὑπὸ
ate & a
Δαρείου, χεῖράς τε προετείνοντο τοῖσι Σκύθῃσι, καὶ
ἔλεγον τὰ κατήκοντα. of δὲ Σκύθαι ὡς ἤκουσαν ταῦτα
ἐδίωκον τοὺς Πέρσας ἰθὺ τοῦ Ἴστρου.
(8. iv. 135, 136.)

The Scythian horsemen reached the bridge before Darius,
and urged the Ionians to destroy it, The Athenian Miltiades,
then tyrant of the Thracian Chersonese, called on his country-

men to seize this chance of throwing off the Persian yoke,
but he’ was overruled by Histiaeus of Miletus; so Darius

‘brought back into Asia the remnant of his great army.

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE, VIII. § 1. 40

VIII. STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE.

Athens was divided between different political parties; the
men of the Plain, headed by Lycurgus; the men of the Coast,
represented by Megacles, and a third party, the men of the
Mountains. Peisistratus, son of Hippocrates, espoused the
cause of the Mountaineers, and having by a stratagem got
leave to keep an armed band of retainers, he seized the
citadel and made himself master of Athens,

VHT. - 81

Στασιαζόντων τῶν παράλων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου
3 7 \ an Ν a 7 a
Αθηναίων, καὶ τῶν μὲν προεστεῶτος Μεγακλέος τοῦ
᾿Αλκμαίωνος, τῶν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου Λυκούργου ᾽Αριστο-
λαΐδεω, ὃ μὲν Πεισίστρατος καταφρονήσας τὴν τυραν-

7 + 4 4 / Ν ,
vida, ἤγειρε τρίτην στάσιν. συλλέξας δὲ στασιώτας,
καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῶν ὑπερακρίων προστὰς, μηχανᾶται τοιάδε.

Sb ε , } € , 5 2 Ν
ἑωυτὸν TE καὶ ἡμιόνους, ἤλασε ἐς τὴν

τρωματίσας
5 ἄνα x a ε > \ Rit ἃ \ ¢
ἀγορὴν τὸ ζεῦγος, ὡς ἐκπεφευγὼς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, οἵ μιν
ἐλαύνοντα ἐς ἀγρὸν ἠθέλησαν ἀπολέσαι δῆθεν" ἐδέετό
τε τοῦ δήμου φυλακῆς τινος πρὸς αὐτοῦ κυρῆσαι,
πρότερον εὐδοκιμήσας ἐν τῇ πρὸς Μεγαρέας γενομένῃ
στρατηγίῃ,. Νίσαιάν τε ἑλὼν, καὶ ἄλλα ἀποδεξάμενος *4
μεγάλα ἔργα. Ὃὧ δὲ δῆμος ὃ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἐξαπατηθεὶς,
ἔδωκέ OL τῶν ἀστῶν καταλέξας ἄνδρας τούτους, οἱ δορυ-
, Ν 3 5 / / ’ /
φόροι μὲν οὐκ ἐγένοντο Πεισιστράτου, κορυνηφόροι δέ.
’ὔ ᾿ς 4 + Ψ , € ΝΜ
ξύλων γὰρ κορύνας ἔχοντες εἵποντό οἱ ὄπισθε. συνε-
Ν Φ ε f Υ \
παναστάντες δὲ οὗτοι ἅμα Πεισιστράτῳ, ἔσχον τὴν
ἀκρόπολιν. ἔνθα δὴ ὃ Πεισίστρατος ἦρχε ᾿Αθηναίων,
+ ν BN ee 4 / »᾿ f
οὔτε τιμὰς τὰς ἐούσας συνταράξας, οὔτε θέσμια μεταλ-
λάξας" ἐπί τε τοῖσι κατεστεῶσι ἔνεμε τὴν πόλιν, κοσ-
/ ~ .
μέων καλῶς τε καὶ εὖ. (. i. 59.)
Ere long however he was driven from the city by a coalition
of his enemies, but he managed to return in triumph once
E

παν
σι

5ΟοΟ SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

more, accompanied by a woman of great beauty to imper-
sonate Athené. The sham goddess bade the citizens welcome
Peisistratus back, and they did so.

VIII. 8 2.

Mera δὲ οὐ πολλὸν χρόνον τὠυτὸ φρονήσαντες οἵ TE
τοῦ Μεγακλέους στασιῶται καὶ οἱ τοῦ Λυκούργου, ἐξε-
λαύνουσί μιν. οὕτω μὲν Πεισίστρατος ἔσχε τὸ πρῶτον
᾿Αθήνας, καὶ τὴν τυραννίδα οὔκω κάρτα ἐρριζωμένην

5 ἔχων, ἀπέβαλε. οἱ δὲ ἐξελάσαντες Πεισίστρατον, αὖτις
ἐκ νέης ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι ἐστασίασαν. περιελαυνόμενος δὲ
τῇ στάσι 6 Μεγακλέης, ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ
βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐπὶ τῇ τυραννίδι.
ἐνδεξαμένου δὲ τὸν λόγον καὶ ὁμολογήσαντος ἐπὶ τού-

10 Tolat Πεισιστράτου, μηχανῶνται δὴ ἐπὶ τῇ κατόδῳ δ
τοιάδε. ᾿Εν τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Παιανιέϊ ἦν γυνὴ, τῇ οὔνομα ἦν

b / > ,
πηχέων ἀπολείπουσα

Din, μέγαθος ἀπὸ τεσσέρων 3
τρεῖς δακτύλους, καὶ ἄλλως εὐειδής. ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα
,
σκευάσαντες πανοπλίῃ, ἐς ἅρμα ἐσβιβάσαντες, καὶ προδέ-
15 ξαντεςϑ σχῆμα, οἷόν τι ἔμελλε εὐπρεπέστατον φανέεσ-
/
θαι ἔχουσα, ἤλαυνον ἐς τὸ ἄστυ, προδρόμους κήρυκας
/ A Ν 3 / 3 , 3 ἊΝ ΟΝ
προπέμψαντες, ol τὰ ἐντεταλμένα ἠγόρευον ἐς τὸ ἄστυ
a /
ἀπικόμενοι, λέγοντες τοιάδε" ““Ὦ, ᾿Αθηναῖοι, δέκεσθε᾽
Pa bad , ’ὔ \ Oe, ees OR ‘4 /
ἀγαθῷ vow Πεισίστρατον, τὸν αὑτὴ ἢ Αθηναίη τιμήσασα
5 , / / 3 Ν ε ~ 3 , 33
20 ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα, κατάγει ἐς τὴν ἑωυτῆς ἀκρόπολιν.
Οἱ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα διαφοιτέοντες ἔλεγον" αὐτίκα δὲ ἔς
τε τοὺς δήμους φάτις ἀπίκετο, ὡς ᾿Αθηναίη Πεισίστρατον
κατάγει" καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ ἄστεϊ πειθόμενοι τὴν γυναῖκα
ων 3 ἃς Ν Ν 4 ’ Ἂς yx \
εἶναι αὐτὴν τὴν θεὸν, προσεύχοντό τε THY ἄνθρωπον, Kal
25 ἐδέκοντο τὸν Πεισίστρατον. (B. i. 60.)
He then married the daughter of Megacles, his old oppo-

nent, to whom he had been reconciled, but he afterwards
offended his father-in-law, and was obliged to quit Athens

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE, VIIl.§ 3. 51

with his sons, After long preparation the Peisistratidae
marched upon Athens and secured Marathon; and having
conquered the troops sent out to oppose him, Peisistratus
for the third time entered Athens, and resumed his power.

VIII. § 3.

“ , /
Γήμας δὲ ὁ Πεισίστρατος τὴν τοῦ Μεγακλέος θυγατέρα
3 μὴ “Ὁ > A “ € Ν / > bid € ων
οὐκ εὖ περιεῖπε αὑτὴν ὁ δὲ Μεγακλέης ὀργῇ ὡς εἶχε
καταλλάσσετο τὴν ἔχθρην τοῖσι στασιώτῃσι. Μαθὼν
δὲ ὁ Πεισίστρατος ἀπαλλάσσετο ἐκ τῆς χώρης τὸ παρά-
3 , Ν > > 5 ’ εἴ “
παν, ἀπικόμενος δὲ ἐς ᾿Ερετρίαν ἐβουλεύετο ἅμα τοῖσι
παισί. ἐξ ᾿Ερετρίης δὲ ὁρμηθέντες διὰ ἐνδεκάτου ἔτεος
ἀπίκοντο ὀπίσω, καὶ πρῶτον τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς ἴσχουσι
a “5 Ν , τῶν ,
Μαραθῶνα. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χώρῳ σῴι στρατοπεδευο-
μένοισι οἵ τε ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεος στασιῶται ἀπίκοντο, ἄλλοι
n ,
Te ἐκ TOV δήμων προσέρρεον, οἷσι ἡ τυραννὶς πρὸ
ἐλευθερίης ἦν ἀσπαστότερον. οὗτοι μὲν δὴ συνηλίζοντο.
᾿Αθηναίων δὲ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεος, ἕως μὲν Πεισίστρατος τὰ
ῇ + \ a Ἐπ «4 » Μ θῷ
χρήματα ἤγειρε, καὶ petadris ὡς ἔσχε Μαραθῶνα,
, Sy 7 » PI / Ν 5 4 5 “
λόγον οὐδένα εἶχον. ἐπεί τε δὲ ἐπύθοντο ἐκ τοῦ
Μαραθῶνος αὐτὸν πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄστυ, οὕτω δὴ
> n
βωθέουσι ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. καὶ οὗτοί τε πανστρατιῇ ἤισαν
ἐπὶ τοὺς κατιόντας" καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ Πεισίστρατον, ὡς
7 n
ὁρμηθέντες ἐκ Μαραθῶνος ἤισαν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄστυ, és τὠυτὸ
συνιόντες ἀπικνέονται ἐπὶ Παλληνίδος ᾿Αθηναίης ἱρὸν,
καὶ ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. ἐνθαῦτα θείῃ πομπῇ χρεώ-
ι t
μενος παρίσταται Πεισιστράτῳ ᾿Αμφίλυτος, χρησμολόγος
ἀνὴρ, ὅς οἱ προσιὰ a ἐν ἑξαμέ } LOE λέγων"
ἣρ, ροσιὼν χρᾷ ἐν ἑξαμέτρῳ τόνῳ, τάδε λέγων
“Eppimtat δ᾽ ὁ βόλος, τὸ δὲ δίκτυον ἐκπεπέτασται"
θύννοι δ᾽ οἰμήσουσι σεληναίης διὰ νυκτός"
ς Ν 7 “ ᾿ς
O μὲν δὴ οἱ ἐνθεάζων χρᾷ τάδε' Πεισίστρατος δὲ,
Ν \ 4
συλλαβὼν τὸ χρηστήριον, καὶ φὰς δέκεσθαι τὸ χρησθὲν,
ἀπ πιο ων Ν / 3 val Ν π᾿. Ν.
ἐπῆγε τὴν στρατιήν. ᾿Αθηναῖοι δὲ οἱ ἐκ ἄστεος πρὸς
E 2

μι

ioe)

σι

52 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS,

ἄριστον τετραμμένοι ἦσαν δὴ τηνικαῦτα' καὶ μετὰ “TO
5 / + ee | € Ν \ 4 «
ἄριστον μετεξέτεροι αὐτῶν, οἱ μὲν πρὸς κύβους, οἱ δὲ
πρὸς ὕπνον. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Πεισίστρατον ἐσπεσόντες, τοὺς
᾿Αθηναίους τρέπουσι. φευγόντων δὲ τούτων, βουλὴν
n ; ἴω 7
ἐνθαῦτα σοφωτάτην Πεισίστρατος ἐπιτεχνᾶται, ὅκως μήτε
ἁλισθεῖεν ἔτι οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, διεσκεδασμένοι τε εἶεν. ἀνα-
f 4 th δὰ Φ. ἢ τὰν ’ με ε Ν
βιβάσας τοὺς παῖδας ἐπὶ ἵππους, προέπεμπε' οἱ δὲ
/
καταλαμβάνοντες τοὺς φεύγοντας, ἔλεγον τὰ ἐντεταλμένα
ee f / , 3 /
ὑπὸ Πεισιστράτου, θαρσέειν Te κελεύοντες, Kal ἀπιέναι
ἕκαστον ἐπὶ τὰ ἑωυτοῦ. Πειθομένων δὲ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων,
οὕτω δὴ Πεισίστρατος τὸ τρίτον σχὼν ᾿Αθήνας, ἐρρίζωσε
τὴν τυραννίδα ἐπικούροισί τε πολλοῖσι, καὶ χρημάτων
’ “ Ν θεν ΑΚ “ Ν Pe ,
συνόδοισι, τῶν μὲν, αὐτόθεν, τῶν δὲ, ἀπὸ Στρυμόνος
a /
ποταμοῦ συνιόντων. Καὶ Πεισίστρατος μὲν ἐτυράννευε
᾿Αθηναίων" ᾿Αθηναίων δὲ of μὲν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐπεπτώ-
κεσαν, of δὲ αὐτῶν μετὰ ᾿Αλκμαιωνίδεω ἔφευγον ἐκ τῆς
3 ‘4 ; .
οἰκηίης. (B. i, 61-64.)

Peisistratus retained the sovereign power till his death, and
transmitted it to his sons Hippias and Hipparchus. Two
Athenian friends, Harmodius and Aristogeiton, sought to
assassinate Hippias, but they killed the wrong brother by
mistake, while he was conducting the sacred procession.

VIII. ὃ 4.

Od \ na
᾿Επεὶ Ἵππαρχον τὸν Πεισιστράτου, ‘Immlew δὲ τοῦ
ζ
τυράννου ἀδελφεὸν, ἰδόντα ὄψιν ἐνυπνίου ἐναργεστάτην,
3 . an

κτείνουσι ᾿Αριστογείτων καὶ ᾿Ἁρμόδιος, μετὰ ταῦτα érv-

’ 3 a >
pavvevovto ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐπ᾽ ἔτεα τέσσεραξ" οὐδὲν ἧσσον,
na XK an an
ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον, ἢ πρὸ τοῦ. ἫἪ μέν νυν ὄψις τοῦ
Ἱππάρχου ἐνυπνίου ἦν ἧδε. ἐν τῇ. προτέρῃ νυκτὶ τῷ
PX WE WOE ἢ. TpoTepy oP

σ
Παναθηναίων ἐδόκεε ὃ Ἵππαρχος ἄνδρα οἱ ἐπιστάντα

μέγαν καὶ εὐειδέα αἰνίσσεσθαι τάδε τὰ ere"

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE, VIIl.§ 5. 53

Τλῆθι λέων ἄτλητα παθὼν τετληότι θυμῷ"
οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτίσει.

“ X% 2 WONT 4 πον A Ν 9 €
ταῦτα δὲ, ws ἡμέρη ἐγένετο τάχιστα, φανερὸς ἦν VTEpTL-
θέμενος ὀνειροπόλοισι' μετὰ δὲ, ἀπειπάμενος τὴν ὄψιν,
ἔπεμπε τὴν πομπὴν, ἐν τῇ δὴ τελευτᾷ.

(B. ν. 55, 56.)

During the despotism of Hippias the Alcmaeonidae begin
their intrigues against the Peisistratidae, first of all gaining
over to their side the Delphic oracle.

VIII. § 5.

e , \ P) 7 2

[ππίεω τυραννεύοντος Kal ἐμπικραινομένου ᾿Αθη-
ναίοισι διὰ τὸν Ἱππάρχου θάνατον, ᾿Αλκμαιωνίδαι, γένος

3 -
ἐόντες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ φεύγοντες Πεισιστρατίδας, ἐπεί τε
a f
σφι ἅμα τοῖσι ἄλλοισι ᾿Αθηναίων φυγάσι πειρωμένοισι
κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν οὐ προεχώρεε κάτοδος, ἀλλὰ προσέπταιον
: “ 2 /

μεγάλως, πειρώμενοι κατιέναι τε Kal ἐλευθεροῦν τὰς ᾿Αθή-
vas, Λειψύδριον τὸ ὑπὲρ Παιονίης τειχίσαντες" ἐνθαῦτα οἱ
> / ἣν ip MRR a ,
Αλκμαιωνίδαι πᾶν ἐπὶ τοῖσι ΤΠεισιστρατίδησι μηχανώ-
᾿ 2 τῷ 3 Ν Ν “ Ν 3
μενοι, tap ᾿Αμφικτυόνων τὸν νηὸν μισθοῦνται τὸν ἐν
Δελφοῖσι, τὸν νῦν ἐόντα, τότε δὲ οὔκω, τοῦτον ἐξοικοδο-
“a ὺ if τὰν te > PF BA
μῆσαι" ota δὲ χρημάτων εὖ ἥκοντες, καὶ ἐόντες ἄνδρες
δόκιμοι ἀνέκαθεν ἔτι, τόν τε νηὸν ἐξεργάσαντο τοῦ
παραδείγματος κάλλιον, τά τε ἄλλα, καὶ, συγκείμενόν

σι

τ:
ο

σφι πωρίνου λίθου ποιέειν τὸν νηὸν, Παρίου τὰ ἔμπρο-.

σθεν αὐτοῦ ἐξεποίησαν. (B. v. 62.)

The Pythian priestess had her cue given her to impress on
every Spartan worshipper, who came to the oracle, the duty
οὗ delivering Athens from slavery. The Spartans accepted
the duty, and when their first expedition failed, they sent
a second under King Cleomenes, who drove the Peisistratidae
within the walls of their fort,

σι

54 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

VII. § 6
« ”™ \ a
Qs av δὴ οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι λέγουσι, οὗτοι of ἄνδρες ἐν
a ἤ
Δελφοῖσι κατήμενοι ἀνέπειθον τὴν Πυθίην χρήμασι,
ὅκως ἔλθοιεν Σπαρτιητέων ἄνδρες, εἴ τε ἰδίῳ στόλῳ εἴτε
δημοσίῳ χρησόμενοι, προφέρειν σφι τὰς ᾿Αθήνας ἐλευ-
θεροῦν. Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ, ὥς σφι αἰεὶ τὠυτὸ πρόφαντον
: pier 3 , 9 , \ > / > 7 lan
ἐγένετο, πέμπουσι ᾿Αγχιμόλιον τὸν ᾿Αστέρος, ἐόντα τῶν
" n of , Ν gene n
ἀστῶν ἄνδρα δόκιμον, σὺν στρατῷ, ἐξελῶντα Πεισιστρα-
τίδας ἐξ ᾿Αθηνέων, ὅμως καὶ ξεινίους σφι ἐόντας τὰ
f . Ν Ν a “ ’ 3 “ bs Ἂς
μάλιστα τὰ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ πρεσβύτερα ἐποιεῦντο ἢ τὰ
n >) an / ’ἤ Ν
τῶν ἀνδρῶν. πέμπουσι δὲ τούτους κατὰ θάλασσαν
πλοίοισι. ὁ μὲν δὴ προσσχὼν ἐς Φάληρον, τὴν στρατιὴν
/ a
ἀπέβησε" οἱ δὲ Πεισιστρατίδαι προπυνθανόμενοι ταῦτα,
ἐπεκαλέοντο ἐκ Θεσσαλίης ἐπικουρίην' ἐπεποίητο γάρ
\
σφι συμμαχίη πρὸς αὐτούς. Θεσσαλοὶ δέ σφι δεομένοισι
/ an
ἀπέπεμψαν, κοινῇ γνώμῃ χρεώμενοι, χιλίην τε ἵππον, καὶ
Ν
τὸν βασιλέα τὸν σφέτερον Κινέην" τοὺς ἐπεί τε ἔσχον
συμμάχους οἱ Πεισιστρατίδαι, ἐμηχανέατοϑ85 τοιάδε. κεί-
a / Pay. , \e 4 4
ραντες τῶν Φαληρέων τὸ πεδίον, καὶ ἱππάσιμον ποιήσαντες
τοῖτον τὸν χῶρον, ἐπῆκαν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τὴν ἵππον"
ἐμπεσοῦσα δὲ διέφθειρε ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς τῶν Λακεδαι-
μονίων, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν ᾿Αγχιμόλιον' τοὺς δὲ περιγενο-
/ 9 “ἃ 3 X / / e Ἂς Ἂς n
μένους αὐτῶν és Tas νέας κατέρξαν. Ὃ μὲν δὴ πρῶτος
,
στόλος ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος οὕτω ἀπήλλαξε": καὶ ᾽Αγχι-
μολίου εἰσὶ ταφαὶ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς ᾿Αλωπεκῇσι. Μετὰ δὲ
Λακεδαιμόνιοι μέζωβά στόλον στείλαντες, ἀπέπεμψαν ἐπὶ
τὰς ᾿Αθήνας, στρατηγὸν τῆς στρατιῆς ἀποδέξαντες βασι-
λέα Κλεομένεα τὸν ᾿Αναξανδρίδεω, οὐκέτι κατὰ θάλασσαν
στείλαντες, ἀλλὰ κατ᾽ ἤπειρον. τοῖσι δὲ ἐσβαλοῦσι ἐς
τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν χώρην ἡ τῶν Θεσσαλῶν ἵππος πρώτη

Ν 4
30 προσέμιξε, Kal οὐ μετὰ πολὺ ἐτράπετο καί σφεων ἔπεσον

ὑπὲρ τεσσεράκοντα ἄνδρας, οἱ δὲ περιγενόμενοι ἀπαλλάσ-

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE, VIII.§ 7. 55

/
govTo ws εἶχον ἰθὺς ἐπὶ Θεσσαλίης. Κλεομένης δὲ
ἀπικόμενος ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἅμα ᾿Αθηναίων τοῖσι βουλο-

ἡ a > 7 2 ’ δ f.
μένοισι εἶναι ἐλευθέροισι, ἐπολιόρκεε τοὺς τυράννους,

ἀπεργμένους ἐν τῷ Πελασγικῷ τείχ εἴ.
(B. ν. 63, 64.)
Expulsion of Hippias.

VIII. § 7.
Καὶ οὐδέν τι πάντως av ἐξεῖλον τοὺς Πεισιστρατίδας
[4
οἵ Λακεδαιμόνιοι: οὔτε γὰρ ἐπέδρηνδ ἐπενόεον ποιή-
7] , \ a coy
σασθαι, of re Πεισιστρατίδαι σίτοισι καὶ ποτοῖσι εὖ
mapeockevddaro™, πολιορκήσαντές τε ἂν ἡμέρας ὀλίγας
ἀπαλλάσσοντο ἐς τὴν Σπάρτην. νῦν δὲ συντυχίη τοῖσι
XN πε > 4 a Ν € eats vA ,
μὲν κακὴ ἐπεγένετο, τοῖσι δὲ ἣ αὐτὴ αὕτη σύμ-
μαχος᾽ ὑπεκτιθέμενοι γὰρ ἔξω τῆς χώρης οἱ παῖδες
a / 4“ n x € > ] ζ΄
τῶν [Πεισιστρατιδέων ἥλωσαν. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς ἐγένετο,
πάντα αὐτῶν τὰ πρήγματα συνετετάρακτο. παρέστη-
σαν δὲ, ἐπὶ μισθῷ τοῖσι τέκνοισι, ἐπ᾽ οἷσι ἐβούλοντο
2 la “ 3 “ ε / > a 3 pe
οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὥστε ἐν πέντε ἡμέρῃσι ἐκχωρῆσαι ἐκ THs
᾿Αττικῆς. Μετὰ δὲ, ἐξεχώρησαν ἐς Σίγειον τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ
Σκαμάνδρῳ' ἄρξαντες μὲν ᾿Αθηναίων ἐπ᾽ ἔτεα ἕξ τε καὶ
4
τριήκοντα. (Β. ν. 65.)

IX. THE BATTLE OF MARATHON.

Aristagoras, tyrant of Miletus, having failed in an expedition
against Naxos, on which he had been sent by Darius, sought
to hide his failure and escape its consequences in the con-
fusion of a general revolt. His first step was to proclaim
democracy through the whole Greek confederacy. First,
he applied for aid to Sparta, but the King was too cautious.
Then he tried his fortune at Athens, just at the moment
when the Persian satrap, Artaphernes, had demanded the
restoration of Hippias. The Athenians wanted but a spark
to set them on fire, and Aristagoras had brought it. Twenty
ships were at once sent to sea, ‘the beginning of sorrows,’

56 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

as Herodotus says (ἀρχὴ κακῶν ἐγένοντο “Ἕλλησί τε καὶ Bap-
βάροισι, Β. ν. 97.). Joining the troops of the other revolted
towns they march upon Sardis, storm and burn it. :
κεἰ,
‘ ν ΐ a
Πορευόμενοι δὲ παρὰ ποταμὸν Καῦὔῦστριον, ἐνθεῦτεν
ἐπεί τε ὑπερβάντες τὸν Τμῶλον ἀπίκοντο, αἱρέουσι
LU “
Σάρδις, οὐδενός σφι ἀντιωθέντος" αἱρέουσι δὲ χωρὶς τῆς
ἀκροπόλιος τἄλλα πάντα' τὴν δὲ ἀκρόπολιν ἐρρύετο
Ν n
5 αὐτὸς ᾿Αρταφέρνης, ἔχων δύναμιν ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγην.
Ν “ ,
Τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι ἑλόντας σφέας τὴν πόλιν ἔσχε τόδε.
ἦσαν ἐν τῆσι Σάρδισι οἰκίαι, αἱ μὲν πλεῦνες καλάμιναι,
ὅσαι δ᾽ αὐτέων καὶ πλίνθιναι ἦσαν καλάμου εἶχον τὰς
Ι
/ n
ὀροφάς. τουτέων δὴ μίαν τῶν τις στρατιωτέων ὡς ἐνέ-
10 πρήσε, αὐτίκα ἀπ᾽ οἰκίης ἐς οἰκίης ἰὸν τὸ πῦρ ἐπενέμετο
τὸ ἄστυ ἅπαν. καιομένου δὲ τοῦ ἄστεος, οἱ Λυδοί τε καὶ
ὅσοι Περσέων ἐνῆσαν ἐν τῇ πόλι, ἀπολαμφθέντες πάντο-
θεν, ὥστε τὰ περιέσχατα νεμομένου τοῦ πυρὸς, καὶ οὐκ
x 3 , ., “ 7 / 9, \
ἔχοντες ἐξήλυσιν ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεος, συνέρρεον ἔς τε τὴν
>) Ν p> ὩΣ Ν Ν εις “ an
15 ἀγορὴν Kal ἐπὶ Tov IlaxtwAov ποταμὸν ὃς σῴφι ψῆγμα
n / τ ἶ : ny 7 Ν “ oO 3 n
χρυσοῦ καταφορέων ἐκ τοῦ Τμώλου, διὰ μέσης τῆς ἀγορῆς
ῥέει, καὶ ἔπειτεν ἐς τὸν Ἕρμον ποταμὸν ἐκδιδοῖ 1, 6 δὲ,
ἐς θάλασσαν. ἐπὶ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν Πακτωλὸν καὶ ἐς τὴν
ἀγορὴν ἀθροιζόμενοι οἵ τε Λυδοὶ καὶ of Πέρσαι, ἠναγκά-
> ’ἤ € aed Ri ὦ Ν \ e
20 ζοντο ἀμύνεσθαι. ot δὲ ἼΖωνες, ὅρέοντες τοὺς μὲν ἀμυνο-
μένους τῶν πολεμίων, τοὺς δὲ σὺν πλήθεϊ πολλῷ
προσφερομένους, ἐξανεχώρησαν δείσαντες πρὸς τὸ οὖρος,
n 3 “
τὸν Τμῶλον καλεόμενον" ἐνθεῦτεν δὲ ὑπὸ νύκτα ἀπαλλάσ-
σοντο ἐπὶ τὰς νέας. Καὶ Σάρδις μὲν ἐνεπρήσθησαν, ἐν
a n 4 \
a5 δὲ αὐτῇσι καὶ ἱρὸν ἐπιχωρίης θεοῦ Κυβήβης" τὸ σκηπτό-
¢€ / [τὰ 3 / Pe: NS |
μενοι ob Πέρσαι ὕστερον ἀντενεπίμπρασαν τὰ ev “EdAnot
: ν
ipa. , (B. v. 100-102).

Anger of Darius against the Athenians.

THE BATTLE OF MARATHON. 1X.§2. «57

IX. § 2.

Βασιλέϊ δὲ Δαρείῳ ὡς ἐξηγγέλθη Σάρδις ἁλούσας
ἐμπεπρῆσθαι ὑπό τε ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ ᾿Ιώνων, τὸν δὲ
ἡγεμόνα γενέσθαι τῆς συλλογῆς τὸν Μιλήσιον ᾿Αριστα-
γόρην, πρῶτα μὲν λέγεται αὐτὸν, ὡς ἐπύθετο ταῦτα,
᾿Ιώνων οὐδένα λόγον ποιησάμενον, εὖ εἰδότα ὡς οὗτοί γε
οὐ καταπροΐξονται ἀποστάντες, εἴρεσθαι οἵτινες elev οἱ
᾿Αθηναῖοι μετὰ δὲ, πυθόμενον, αἰτῆσαι τὸ τόξον, λαβόντα
δὲ καὶ ἐπιθέντα ὀϊστὸν, ἄνω ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀπεῖναι, καί
μιν ἐς τὸν ἠέρα βάλλοντα εἰπεῖν' “ὮΩ Ζεῦ, ἐκγενέσθαι
μοι ᾿Αθηναίους τίσασθαι." εἴπαντα δὲ ταῦτα, προστάξαι
ἑνὶ τῶν θεραπόντων, δείπνου προκειμένου αὐτῷ, ἐς τρὶς
ἑκάστοτε εἰπεῖν᾽' ““ Δέσποτα, μέμνεο τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων.

(B. ν. 105.)

But the Athenians, discouraged by a defeat, had already
retired, leaving the brunt of the war to the Ionians, who soon

σι

found themselves abandoned by Aristagoras as well. At

length, betrayed by the Samians, they were defeated in a
battle at sea, which decided the issue of the war against
‘them. Artaphernes pressed them hard on every side;
Miletus fell; and the Greek cities submitted once more to
the Persian yoke.

The pacification of Ionia failed to satisfy Darius. The
intervention of the Athenians in the affairs of Asia seemed
to furnish him with a pretext for declaring war on Europe.
He entrusts his son-in-law Mardonius with an army for the
subjugation of Greece. But the army suffered heavy loss in
crossing Thrace, and the fleet was almost wholly wrecked off
the «stormy headland of Mount Athos. A new army and
a new fleet were despatched at once under Datis and Arta-
phernes. Under the guidance of the traitor Hippias, the
Persian forces land on Attica and advance as far as Marathon,
At the approach of danger the Athenians sought the help of
the Spartans; but the aid was not forthcoming. Accordingly,

on the day of battle, the troops of Athens, numbering 10,000.

58 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

men, and rooo from Plataea, stood face to face with the
Ir0,ocoo men of Persia.

The ten Athenian generals were not of one mind. Mil-
tiades, Aristides, and Themistocles were ready to risk a
battle: the decision was to be referred to the polemarch
Callimachus; and Miltiades having sought an interview with
him, addressed him thus :—

1, 6.5;
“Ἔν σοὶ νῦν, Καλλίμαχε, ἔστι ἢ καταδουλῶσαι ᾿Αθή-
x 3 / f , / 5
vas, ἢ, ἐλευθέρας ποιήσαντα, μνημόσυνα λιπέσθαι ἐς
Τὸν ἅπαντα ἀνθρώπων βίον, ofa οὐδὲ ᾿Αρμόδιός τε καὶ
᾿Αριστογείτων λείπουσι. νῦν γὰρ δὴ, ἐξ οὗ ἐγένοντο

σι

᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἐς κίνδυνον ἥκουσι μέγιστον. καὶ ἣν μέν γε
ὑποκύψωσι τοῖσι Μήδοισι, δέδοκται τὰ πείσονται παρα-
δεδομένοι Ἵππίῃ" ἣν δὲ περιγένηται αὕτη ἣ πόλις, οἵη
τέ ἐστι πρώτη τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πολίων γενέσθαι. Κῶς
ὧν δὴ ταῦτα οἷά τέ ἐστι γενέσθαι, καὶ κῶς ἐς σέ τι
10 τούτων ἀνήκει τῶν πρηγμάτων τὸ κῦρος ἔχειν, νῦν ἔρ-
χομαι φράσων. ἡμέων τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἐόντων δέκα,
δίχα γίνονται ai γνῶμαι" τῶν μὲν κελευόντων συμβαλέ-
ειν, τῶν δὲ, οὐ συμβαλέειν. ἣν μέν νυν μὴ συμβάλωμεν,
ἔλπομαί τινα στάσιν μεγάλην ἐμπεσοῦσαν διασείσειν τὰ
15 ᾿Αθηναίων φρονήματα, ὥστε μηδίσαι" ἣν δὲ συμβάλωμεν,
πρίν τι καὶ σαθρὸν ᾿Αθηναίων μετεξετέροισι ἐγγενέσθαι,
θεῶν τὰ ἶσα νεμόντων, οἷοί τε εἰμὲν 1 περιγενέσθαι τῇ
συμβολῇ. Ταῦτα ὧν πάντα ἐς σὲ νῦν τείνει, καὶ ἐκ σέο
ἤρτηται. ἢν γὰρ σὺ γνώμῃ τῇ ἐμῇ προσθῇ, ἔστι τοι
20 πατρίς τε ἐλευθέρη, καὶ πόλις πρώτη τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι"
ἣν δὲ τὴν τῶν ἀποσπευδόντων τὴν συμβολὴν ἕλῃ,
ὑπάρξει τοι τῶν ἐγὼ κατέλεξα ἀγαθῶν τὰ ἐναντία.
Ταῦτα λέγων ὃ Μιλτιάδης, προσκτᾶται τὸν Καλλίμαχον.
προσγενομένης δὲ τοῦ πολεμάρχου τῆς γνώμης, ἐκεκύρωτο
25 συμβάλλειν. Μετὰ δὲ, οἱ στρατηγοὶ, τῶν ἡ γνώμη

THE BATTLE OF MARATHON. ΙΧ. ξξ 4,5. 59

ἔφερε συμβάλλειν, ὡς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἐγίνετο πρυτανηΐη
τῆς ἡμέρης, Μιλτιάδῃ παρεδίδοσαν" ὁ δὲ, δεκόμενος ἴδ,
x / Ν Ψ “ 4 Ν 3 cal 4
ov τί κω συμβολὴν ἐποιέετο, πρίν ye δὴ αὐτοῦ πρυτανηίη
ΨΥ ῃ
ἐγένετο. (B. vi. 109.)
Athenian order of battle.
IX. § 4.

Ὡς δὲ és ἐκεῖνον περιῆλθε, ἐνθαῦτα δὴ ἐτάσσοντο
ὧδε ᾿Αθηναῖοι ὡς συμβαλέοντες. τοῦ μὲν δεξιοῦ κέρεος 3"
eae ς ; , Aa τς ἢ ,
NYEETO ὃ πολέμαρχος Καλλίμαχος" ὃ yap νόμος τότε
3 A a > , οἷ , Ν
εἶχε οὕτω τοῖσι ᾿Αθηναίοισι, τὸν πολέμαρχον ἔχειν
κέρας τὸ δεξιόν. ἡγεομένου δὲ τούτου, ἐξεδέκοντο ὡς
ἀριθμέοντο at φυλαὶ, ἐχόμεναι ἀλληλέων" τελευταῖοι δὲ
ἐτάσσοντο, ἔχοντες τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας, Πλαταιέες. ᾿Απὸ
ταύτης γάρ σφι τῆς μάχης, θυσίας ᾿Αθηναίων ἀναγόντων
καὶ πανηγύριας τὰς ἐν τῇσι πεντετηρίσι γινομένας,
κατεύχεται ὃ κήρυξ ὃ ᾿Αθηναῖος “ἅμα τε ᾿Αθηναίοισι,
λέγων, γίνεσθαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ Πλαταιεῦσι." Τότε δὲ,
τασσομένων τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἐν τῷ Μαραθῶνι, ἐγίνετο
τοιόνδε τι. τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐξισούμενον τῷ Μηδικῷ

f a
στρατοπέδῳ, TO μὲν αὐτοῦ μέσον ἐγίνετο ἐπὶ τάξιας

μι

[9]

, 3 ’
ὀλίγας, καὶ ταύτῃ ἦν ἀσθενέστατον τὸ στρατόπεδον" τὸ 15

δὲ κέρας ἑκάτερον ἔρρωτο πλήθεϊ. (8. vi. 111.)

Rout of the Persians,

IX: §.5.

‘Os δέ σφι διετέτακτο, καὶ τὰ σφάγια ἐγίνετο καλὰ,
ἐνθαῦτα ὡς ἀπείθησαν ot ᾿Αθηναῖοι, δρόμῳ ἴεντο ἐς τοὺς
βαρβάρους. ἦσαν δὲ στάδιοι οὐκ ἐλάσσονες τὸ μεταίχ-
μιον αὐτῶν ἢ ὀκτώ. οἱ δὲ Πέρσαι, ὁρέοντες δρόμῳ

3 , ε , ; / “
ἐπιόντας, παρεσκευάζοντο ως δεξόμενοι μανίην τε τοίσι 5

᾿Αθηναίοισι ἐπέφερον καὶ πάγχυ ὀλεθρίην, ὁρέοντες av-
Ν
τοὺς ἐόντας ὀλίγους, καὶ τούτους δρόμῳ ἐπειγομένους,

662-5" SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

+ fod e VA + / “
οὔτε ἵππου ὑπαρχούσης σφι, οὔτε τοξευμάτων. ταῦτα
/ a
μέν νυν ot βάρβαροι κατείκαζον. ᾿Αθηναῖοι δὲ, ἐπεί τε
5 i , ra δον ον 3 5 ὁ)
ἀθρόοι προσέμιξαν τοῖσι βαρβάροισι, ἐμάχοντο ἀξίως
λόγου. πρῶτοι μὲν γὰρ Ἑλλήνων πάντων, τῶν ἡμεῖς
» , y 4 5 / “ Ἂς > /
LOMEV, δρόμῳ ἐς πολεμίους ἐχρήσαντο, πρῶτοι δὲ ἀνέσ-
a /
xovto ἐσθῆτά τε Μηδικὴν ὁρέοντες, καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας
/ / a
ταύτην ἐσθημένους" τέως δὲ ἦν τοῖσι “Ἕλλησι καὶ τὸ
οὔνομα τὸ Μήδων φόβος ἀκοῦσαι. Μαχομένων δὲ ἐν
τῷ Μαραθῶνι, χρόνος ἐγίνετο πολλό ὶ τὸ μὲν μέ
a‘ p » χρόνος ἐγίνετο πολλός. καὶ TO μὲν μέσον
an “ “τ € ve f
τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἐνίκεον οἱ βάρβαροι, τῇ Πέρσαι τε
> Ν \ / 2 8a x an Ἂν meeps SY 4
GUTOL καὶ Σάκαι ἐτετάχατο“, κατὰ τοῦτο μὲν δὴ ἐνίκεόν
οἱ βάρβαροι, καὶ ῥήξαντες ἐδίωκον ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν"
\ SS / e / Sy! 3 a τὰ Ν ῇ
τὸ δὲ κέρας ἑκάτερον ἐνίκεον ᾿Αθηναῖοί τε καὶ Τ]λαταιέες.
ASS Ν Ν Ἂς , “ f ’
νικέοντες δὲ τὸ μὲν τετραμμένον τῶν βαρβάρων φεύγειν
- / n
ἔων" τοῖσι δὲ TO μέσον ῥήξασι αὐτῶν, συναγαγόντες τὰ
’ 2b 5 , 3 / \ Ἄν A 3 n
Kepea*” ἀμφότερα, ἐμάχοντο, καὶ ἐνίκεον ᾿Αθηναῖοι.
΄ Ν a , or ae δ: A 318
φεύγουσι δὲ τοῖσι ΤΙέρσῃσι εἵποντο κόπτοντες, ἐς ὃ ἐπὶ

5 τὴν θάλασσαν ἀπικόμενοι, πῦρ τε αἴτεον, καὶ ἐπελαμβά-

VOVTO τῶν νεῶν.
Ν a Ν > , “ 4 ε /

Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν, ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πόνῳ ὁ πολέμαρχος
Καλλίμαχος διαφθείρεται, ἀνὴρ yevowevos ἀγαθός" ἀπὸ
δ᾽ ἔθανε τῶν στρατηγῶν Στησίλεως 6 Θρασύλεω" τοῦτο
δὲ, Κυναίγειρος ὁ Evdoptwvos ἐνθαῦτα, ἐπιλαβόμενος

“ »} Ν Ν “ 3 \ / ":
τῶν ἀφλάστων νηὸς, τὴν χεῖρα ἀποκοπεὶς πελεκεῖ,
πίπτει" τοῦτο δὲ, ἄλλοι ᾿Αθηναίων πολλοί τε καὶ ὀνο-

, € Ν ἃς Ν nN “ 2 ἀ ἤ
μαστοί. Entra μὲν δὴ τῶν νεῶν ἐπεκράτησαν τρόπῳ
rn ad n /
τοιούτῳ ᾿Αθηναῖοι. τῇσι δὲ λοιπῇσι of βάρβαροι
ἐξανακρουσάμενοι περιέπλωον Σούνιον, βουλόμενοι

“ Ν 9 “i , 3 kes Eady
φθῆναι τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους ἀπικόμενοι ἐς TO ἄστυ. αἰτίη

/ na

δὲ ἔσχε ἐν ᾿Αθηναίοισι ἐξ ᾿Αλκμαιωνιδέων μηχανῆς
an “ - /

αὐτοὺς ταῦτα ἐπινοηθῆναι:' τούτους yap συνθεμένους

a f 3 / 8d 32 , 5. ἡ > 2 κι
τοῖσι Ἱ]έρσῃσι ἀναδέξαιδἀ ἀσπίδα, ἐοῦσι ἤδη ἐν τησι

THERMOPYLAE. X. § τ. 61

νηυσί. Οὗτοι μὲν δὴ περιέπλωον Σούνιον. ᾿Αθηναῖοι 40
δὲ ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον τάχιστα ἐβώθεον ἐς τὸ ἄστυ, καὶ
ἔφθησάν τε ἀπικόμενοι πρὶν ἢ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἥκειν, καὶ
ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἀπιγμένοι ἐξ Ἡρακληίου τοῦ ἐν
Μαραθῶνι ἐν ἄλλῳ Ἡ ρακληίῳ τῷ ἐν Κυνοσάργεϊ. οἱ
δὲ βάρβαροι τῇσι νηυσὶ ὑπεραιωρηθέντες Φαλήρου, τοῦτο 45
γὰρ ἦν ἐπινήιον τότε τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων, ὑπὲρ τούτου
ἀνακωχεύσαντες τὰς νῆας, ἀπέπλωον ὀπίσω ἐς τὴν
᾿Ασίην. Ἔν ταύτῃ τῇ ἐν Μαραθῶνι μάχῃ ἀπέθανον τῶν
βαρβάρων κατὰ ἑξακισχιλίους καὶ τετρακοσίους ἄνδρας"
᾿Αθηναίων δὲ, ἑκατὸν ἐννενήκοντα καὶ δύο. ἔπεσον μὲν 50
ἀμφοτέρων τοσοῦτοι. (. vi. 112-117.)

X. THERMOPYLAE.

Xerxes inherited the ambition and the enmities of his
father Darius. An army consisting of two millions of men
from the forty-six nations under the Persian king was con-
centrated on the plains of Cappadocia. The promontory
of Athos was cut across by a ship-canal; the Hellespont
spanned by a bridge of boats, over which the troops kept
marching without intermission for seven days and seven
nights. The king sat on a marble throne and saw with
swelling pride this mighty armament, but he could not
restrain his tears when he thought that within a few years
every man of that mighty host would have passed away,

. Demaratus, the exiled king of Sparta, was in the train of
Xerxes, who called him to his side, and questioned him upon
the chance of resistance being offered to this army,

ἊΝ § 1.
, aA
“Δημάρητε, νῦν pol oe ἡδύ τι ἐστὶ ἐπείρεσθαι τὰ
/ n
θέλω. σὺ εἷς Ἕλλην τε καὶ, ὡς ἐγὼ πυνθάνομαι σεῦ
τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων τῶν ἐμοὶ ἐς λόγους ἀπικο-
μένων, πόλιος οὔτ᾽ ἐλαχίστης, οὔτ᾽ ἀσθενεστάτης. νῦν

fe)

62 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

gy , σ a

ὧν μοι τόδε φράσον, εἰ “Ἕλληνες ὑπομενέουσιϑ χεῖρας

> \ Ἃ , 3 Ν ς ye. / 999 3

ἐμοὶ ἀνταειρόμενοι. οὐ γὰρ, ὡς ἐγὼ δοκέω, οὐδ᾽ εἰ
f /

πάντες Ἕλληνες καὶ of λοιποὶ of πρὸς ἑσπέρης οἰκέοντες

ἄνθρωποι συλλεχθείησαν, οὐκ ἀξιόμαχοί εἶσι ἐμὲ ἐπιόντα

ς a 27 of "2424 , ἈΝ δῶν

ὑπομεῖναι, μὴ ἐόντες ἄρθμιοι. ἐθέλω μέντοι καὶ TO ATO
A val an 99 «

σεῦ, ὁκοῖόν τι λέγεις περὶ αὐτῶν, πυθέσθαι. Ὃ μὲν

ταῦτα εἰρώτα. 6 δὲ ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη" “Βασιλεῦ, κότερα

, x [ως 93 ,

ἀληθηίῃ χρήσομαι πρὸς σὲ, ἢ ἡδονῇ ;” Ὁ δέ μιν ἀλη-
/ “ 3 / ΄Ν 3 / ¢€ »}

Onin χρήσασθαι ἐκέλευε, φὰς οὐδὲν οἱ ἀηδέστερον

" “Ὁ. , φ ee

ἐσεσθαι ἢ πρότερον ἦν. (8. vii. 1ο 1.)

Answer οἵ Demaratus.

eae

‘Os δὲ ταῦτα ἤκουσε Δημάρητος, ἔλεγε τάδε" ““Βασι-
ny 5 Ν >) / 4 ἤ 4
λεῦ, ἐπειδὴ ἀληθηίῃ χρήσασθαι πάντως με κελεύεις,
an / Ν \ , , vA a” “
ταῦτα λέγοντα τὰ μὴ ψευδόμενός τις ὕστερον ὑπὸ σεῦ
ἁλώσεται. τῇ Ἑλλάδι πενίη μὲν αἰεί κοτε σύντροφός
> pe Se Ν we foe ἄνετον
ἐστι ἀρετὴ δὲ ἔπακτός ἐστι, ἀπό τε σοφίης κατερ-
/ \ , 3 a. “A / ae Ν
γασμένη καὶ νόμου ἰσχυροῦ" τῇ διαχρεωμένη ἢ Ἑλλὰς
τήν τε πενίην ἀπαμύνεται καὶ τὴν δεσποσύνην. αἰνέω
/ f a
μέν νυν πάντας Ἕλληνας τοὺς “περὶ κείνους τοὺς Δωρι-
\ , es , eae \ , > \
Kovs χώρους οἰκημένους" ἔρχομαι δὲ λέξων οὐ περὶ
πάντων τούσδε τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλὰ περὶ Λακεδαιμονίων
μούνων πρῶτα μὲν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέ-
, a
Eovrat λόγους δουλοσύνην φέροντας τῇ Ἑλλάδι" αὖτις
: XK
δὲ, ὡς ἀντιώσονταί τοι ἐς μάχην, καὶ ἢν οἱ ἄλλοι “EA-
“ a
Anves πάντες TA σὰ φρονέωσι. ἀριθμοῦ δὲ. πέρι, μὴ
ς a 4 ,
πύθῃ ὅσοι τινὲς ἐόντες ταῦτα ποιέειν οἷοί τέ εἰσι" ἤν τε
, 7
γὰρ τύχωσι ἐξεστρατευμένοι χίλιοι, οὗτοι μαχήσονταί
δ na
τοι, ἤν TE ἐλάσσονες τούτων, ἤν TE καὶ πλεῦνες.᾽"
(B. vii. 102.)

THERMOPYLAE, Χ. 83... 62

When the Greek states who refused homage to the Persian
king held their council of war at the Isthmus of Corinth,
‘Leonidas, King of Sparta, was chosen generalissimo, and
marched with 5000 men into Thessaly to guard the pass of
Thermopylae, the key of Greece. Meanwhile the Greek
fleet under Eurybiades lay off the island of Euboea.

Xerxes arrives with his army at the entrance of the defile,
where he finds Leonidas and his troops awaiting him.

The troops engage.

X. § 3.

Téocepas™ μὲν δὴ παρεξῆκε ἡμέρας ὃ Ξέρξης, ἐλ-
πίζων αἰεί σφεας ἀποδρήσεσθαι. πέμπτῃ δὲ, ὡς οὐκ
ἀπαλλάσσοντο, ἀλλά οἱ ἐφαίνοντο ἀναιδείῃ τε καὶ
ἀβουλίῃ διαχρεώμενοι μένειν, πέμπει ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς Μήδους
τε καὶ Κισσίους θυμωθεὶς, ἐντειλάμενός σφεας ζωγρή-
σαντας ἄγειν ἐς ὄψιν τὴν ἑωυτοῦ. “Qs δ᾽ ἐπέπεσον
φερόμενοι ἐς τοὺς Ἕλληνας οἱ Μῆδοι, ἔπιπτον πολλοί"
ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐπεσήισαν, καὶ οὐκ ἀπήλαυνον, καίπερ μεγάλως
mpoontatovres. δῆλον δ᾽ ἐποίευν παντί τεῳ, καὶ οὐκ
ἥκιστα αὐτῷ βασιλέϊ, ὅτι πολλοὶ μὲν ἄνθρωποι εἶεν,
ὀλίγοι δὲ ἄνδρες. ἐγίνετο δὲ ἣ συμβολὴ δι’ ἡμέρης.
Ἔπεί τε δὲ οἱ Μῆδοι τρηχέως περιείποντο, ἐνθαῦτα
οὗτοι μὲν ὑπεξήισαν, οἵ δὲ Πέρσαι ἐκδεξάμενοι ἐπήισαν,
τοὺς “ὁ ἀθανάτους ἐκάλεε βασιλεὺς, τῶν ἦρχε Ὑδάρνης"
ὡς δὴ οὗτοί γε εὐπετέως κατεργασόμενοι. “Qs δὲ καὶ
οὗτοι συνέμισγον τοῖσι “Ἕλλησι, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐφέροντο
τῆς στρατιῆς τῆς Μηδικῆς, ἀλλὰ τὰ αὐτά. ἅτε ἐν
στεινοπόρῳ τε χώρῳ μαχόμενοι, καὶ δόρασι βραχυτέροισι

—

[9]

χρεώμενοι ἧπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντες πλήθεϊ.

4
χρήσασθαι. Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ ἐμάχοντο ἀξίως λόγου,
ΝΥ >)
ἄλλα τε ἀποδεικνύμενοι, ἐν οὐκ ἐπισταμένοισι μάχεσθαι
A n
ἐξεπιστάμενοι, Kal ὅκως ἐντρέψειαν τὰ νῶτα, ἁλέες φεύ-

γεσκον δῆθεν" οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ὁρέοντες φεύγοντας, βοῇ

σι

we
σι

64 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

\ 4
τε καὶ πατάγῳ ἐπήισαν' οἱ δ᾽ ἂν, καταλαμβανόμενοι,
ε / a
ὑπέστρεφον ἀντίοι εἶναι τοῖσι βαρβάροισι" μεταστρεφό-
, ee a
μενοι δὲ, κατέβαλλον πλήθεϊ ἀναριθμήτους τῶν Περσέων.
ox ; a an a
ἔπιπτον δὲ Kal αὐτῶν τῶν Σπαρτιητέων ἐνθαῦτα ὀλίγοι.
> a nm
Emel δὲ οὐδὲν éduvéaro®™ παραλαβεῖν of Πέρσαι τῆς
ἐσόδου πειρεώμενοι, καὶ κατὰ τέλεα καὶ παντοίως προσ-
, a
βάλλοντες, ἀπήλαυνον ὀπίσω. ᾿Εν ταύτῃσι τῇσι προσό-
n / ’
δοισι τῆς μάχης λέγεται βασιλέα θηεύμενον τρὶς
ἀναδραμεῖν ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου, δείσαντα περὶ τῇ στρατιῇ.
sf Ν v4 5 “Ἂ Ψ A 4 ε
τότε μὲν οὕτω ἠγωνίσαντο. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίῃ οἱ βάρβαροι
>
οὐδὲν ἄμεινον ἀέθλεον. ἅτε γὰρ ὀλίγων ἐόντων, ἐλπί-
/
gavtes σῴφεας KxatateTpwparicbau®® τε καὶ οὐκ οἵους
τε ἔσεσθαι ἔτι χεῖρας ἀνταείρασθαι, συνέβαλλον. ot
se ’
δὲ Ἕλληνες κατὰ τάξις τε καὶ κατὰ ἔθνεα κεκοσμημένοι
, Ν 9 / eo ὦ 4 ἀ Ἂς Φ / Ὁ
ἦσαν, καὶ ἐν μέρεϊ ἕκαστοι ἐμάχοντο, πλὴν Φωκέων
οὗτοι δὲ ἐς τὸ οὖρος ἐτάχθησαν, φυλάξοντες τὴν ἀτραπόν.
« XN ION vA 3 , ες / x “
Qs δὲ οὐδὲν εὕρισκον ἀλλοιότερον οἱ Πέρσαι ἢ τῇ
[4 3 , 3 4 ee :
προτεραίῃ ἐνώρεον, ἀπήλαυνον. (B. vii. 210-212.)

But Ephialtes the Thessalian pointed out a mountain path
by which the Greeks might be taken in the rear,

Due Bike

᾿Απορέοντος δὲ βασιλέος 6 τι χρήσεται TO παρεόντι,
πρήγματι, "Ἐπιάλτης 6 Ἐὐρυδήμου, ἀνὴρ Μηλιεὺς, ἦλθέ
οἱ ἐς λόγους, ὡς μέγα τι παρὰ βασιλέος. δοκέων οἴσεσθαι"
ἔφρασέ τε τὴν ἀτραπὸν τὴν διὰ τοῦ οὔρεος φέρουσαν ἐς
Θερμοπύλας, καὶ διέφθειρε τοὺς ταύτῃ ὑπομείναντας
Ἑλλήνων. Ξέρξης δὲ, ἐπεί οἱ ἤρεσε τὰ ὑπέσχετο 6
᾿Επιάλτης κατεργάσεσθαι, αὐτίκα περιχαρὴς γενόμενος
ἔπεμπε Ὑδάρνεα, καὶ τῶν ἐστρατήγεε Ὑδάρνης" ὧρ-
μέατο ἢ δὲ περὶ λύχνων ἁφὰς ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. Ἔχει

THERMOPYLAE, X. § 4. 65

Α a3 na
δὲ ὧδε ) ἀτραπὸς αὕτη. ἄρχεται μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Ασωποῦ
na a Ν, a / e/ ἢ + de ite
ποταμοῦ τοῦ διὰ τῆς διασφάγος ῥέοντος" οὔνομα δὲ TH
oe “ mn A “-“ 3 ,
ovpei τούτῳ καὶ τῇ ἀτραπῷ τὠυτὸ κεῖται, ᾿Ανόπαια.
4 a EA /
τείνει δὲ ἡ ᾿Ανόπαια αὕτη κατὰ ῥάχιν τοῦ οὔρεος, λήγει
a n /
δὲ κατά τε ᾿Αλπηνὸν πόλιν, πρώτην ἐοῦσαν τῶν Λοκρί-
na ἣν f
δων πρὸς τῶν Μηλιέων, τῇ Kal τὸ στεινότατόν ἐστι.
/
Kara ταύτην δὴ τὴν ἀτραπὸν καὶ οὕτω ἔχουσαν οἱ Tlepoat,
ae Ν VA 3
τὸν ᾿Ασωπὸν διαβάντες, ἐπορεύοντο πᾶσαν τὴν νύκτα, ἐν
“ / 3 Gad Ἂς Ν
δεξιῇ μὲν ἔχοντες οὔρεα τὰ Οἰταίων, ἐν ἀριστερῇ δὲ τὰ
Τρηχινίων' ἠώς τε διέφαινε, καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐπ᾽ ἀκρω-
na nN ny -
τηρίῳ τοῦ οὔρεος. Kara δὲ τοῦτο τοῦ οὔρεος ἐφύλασσον,
/ -
ὡς καὶ πρότερόν μοι δεδήλωται, Φωκέων χίλιοι ὁπλῖται,
es , XN / , \ / Ν
ῥυόμενοῖ τε τὴν σφετέρην χώρην καὶ povpeovTes τὴν
ἀτραπόν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ κάτω ἐσβολὴ ἐφυλάσσετο ὑπὸ τῶν
ral A
εἴρηται" τὴν δὲ διὰ TOD οὔρεος ἀτραπὸν ἐθελονταὶ Φωκέες
ε 7 rae δ A 7 ,
ὑποδεξάμενοι Λεωνίδη ἐφύλασσον. ᾿Ἐμαθον δέ σφεας
οἱ Φωκέες ὧδε ἀναβεβηκότας" ἀναβαίνοντες γὰρ ἐλάν-
θανον οἱ Πέρσαι, τὸ οὖρος πᾶν ἐὸν δρυῶν ἐπίπλεον" ἦν
/ “
μὲν δὴ νηνεμίη, ψόφου δὲ γινομένου πολλοῦ, ὡς οἰκὸς
> 4 € ’ ε Ἁ a oe / 4
ἣν, φύλλων ὑποκεχυμένων ὑπὸ τοῖσι ποσὶ, ava τε ἔδραμον
οἱ Φωκέες, καὶ ἔδυντο τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ αὐτίκα οἱ βάρβαροι
a ε Ν 5 BA 2 f “ 3
παρῆσαν. ὡς δὲ εἶδον ἄνδρας ἐνδυομένους ὅπλα, ἐν
θώματι" ἐγένοντο" ἐλπόμενοι γὰρ οὐδέν σφι φανήσεσθαι
5 / PA “ 3 n ε /
ἀντίξοον, ἐνεκύρησαν στρατῷ. ᾿Ενθαῦτα Ὑδάρνης καταρ-
4 εἶ ε / 4 A , yf \
pwdonoas μὴ ot Φωκέες ἔωσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι, εἴρετο τὸν
᾿Επιάλτεα ποδαπὸς εἴη 6 στρατός" πυθόμενος δὲ ἀτρε-
κέως, διέτασσε τοὺς Πέρσας ὡς ἐς μάχην. οἱ δὲ Φωκέες,
ὡς ἐβάλλοντο τοῖσι τοξεύμασι πολλοῖσί τε καὶ πυκνοῖσι,
Μ ὔ ΦΟ Ν “ » \ , 3
οἴχοντο φεύγοντες ἐπὶ τοῦ οὔρεος τὸν κόρυμβον, ἐπισ-
¢ > f ε 4 5 ὃς
τάμενοι ὡς ἐπὶ σφέας ὡρμήθησαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ παρεσ-
, 7 a a
kevddato®* ὡς ἀπολεόμενοιϑν, οὗτοι μὲν δὴ ταῦτα

LS)

ie)

ἐφρόνεον" οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ ᾿Επιάλτεα καὶ Ὑδάρνεα Πέρσαι

σι

Ιο

66 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

f , a
Φωκέων μὲν οὐδένα λόγον ἐποιεῦντο, of δὲ κατέβαινον
\ be Ν oe
TO οὖρος κατὰ τάχος. (B. vii. 213-218.)

Leonidas dismisses his allies, and prepares to hold the
ground with 300 Spartans,

aye

a an ε , a
Τοῖσι δὲ ἐν Θερμοπύλῃσι ἐοῦσι Ἑλλήνων, πρῶτον
μὲν ὁ μάντις Μεγιστίης, ἐσιδὼν ἐς τὰ ἱρὰ, ἔφρασε τὸν
μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι ἅμα ἠοῖ σφι θάνατον" ἐπὶ δὲ καὶ
> , + «ε > / nm / ᾿ς
αὐτόμολοι ἤισαν οἱ ἐξαγγείλαντες τῶν Περσέων τὴν
/ : ζ Ν ᾿ χυ a , ‘
περίοδον οὗτοι μὲν ἔτι νυκτὸς ἐσήμῃναν" τρίτοι δὲ
ol ἡμεροσκόποι, καταδραμόντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων, ἤδη
διαφαινούσης ἡμέρης, ἐνθαῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο οἱ “Ἕλληνες,
/ 3 / ε “ ε Ν Ν > o
καί σφεων ἐσχίζοντο ai γνῶμαι. of μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἔων
Ν / > ue ε οι ΑΝ “ Ν Ν an
τὴν τάξιν ἐκλιπεῖν, of δὲ ἀντέτεινον. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο
διακριθέντες, of μὲν ἀπαλλάσσοντο, καὶ διασκεδασθέντες
κατὰ πόλις ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο" οἱ δὲ αὐτῶν ἅμα Λεωνίδῃ
> na / / ε 3 ,
μένειν αὐτοῦ παρασκευάδατο. Λέγεται δὲ ὡς αὐτός
/
σφεας ἀπέπεμψε Λεωνίδης, μὴ ἀπόλωνται κηδόμενος"
“ n n
αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ Σπαρτιητέων τοῖσι παρεοῦσι οὐκ ἔχειν
7 val f
εὐπρεπέως ἐκλιπεῖν THY τάξιν ἐς τὴν ἦλθον φυλάξοντες
, /
ἀρχήν. Ot μέν νυν σύμμαχοι οἱ ἀποπεμπόμενοι οἴχοντό
᾿ “
τε ἀπιόντες, καὶ ἐπείθοντο Λεωνίδῃ. Θεσπιέες δὲ. καὶ
Θηβαῖοι κατέμειναν μοῦνοι παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίοισι. τού-
των δὲ, Θηβαῖοι μὲν ἀέκοντες ἔμενον, καὶ οὐ βουλόμενοι"
“ / / 3 ε 7 , 4
κατεῖχε yap σφεας Λεωνίδης, ἐν ὁμήρων λόγῳ ποιεύμενος"
Θεσπιέες δὲ, ἑκόντες μάλιστα" ol οὐκ ἔφασαν ἀπολι-
πόντες Λεωνίδην καὶ τοὺς per αὐτοῦ ἀπαλλάξεσθαι,
/ na
ἀλλὰ καταμείναντες συναπέθανον. ἐστρατήγεε δὲ αὐτῶν
4 , ee.
Δημόφιλος Διαδρόμεω. (B. vii. 219-222.)

Death of Leonidas and his companions,

THERMOPYLAE, Χ. 8 6. 67

χε

3 “

. Ξέρξης δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἡλίου ἀνατείλαντος σπονδὰς ἐποιή-
3 Ν, 3 » Ὁ ἀλ λ 6 ’

σατο, ἐπισχὼν χρόνον, ἐς ἀγορῆς κου μάλιστα πληθώρην

3 3 Ι

πρόσοδον ἐποιέετο' καὶ γὰρ ἐπέσταλτο ἐξ ᾿Επιάλτεω

“ “ ’

οὕτω. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ οὔρεος ἣ κατάβασις συντομωτέρη τέ

ἐστι, καὶ βραχύτερος ὃ χῶρος πολλὸν, ἧπερ ἣ περίοδός 5

/ { ees
τε καὶ ἀνάβασις. Οἵ τε δὴ βάρβαροι of ἀμφὶ Ξέρξεα
σ ε Ν > Mea”
προσήισαν" καὶ of ἀμφὶ Λεωνίδην Ἕλληνες, ὡς τὴν ἐπὶ
: a a x 3
θανάτῳ ἔξοδον ποιεύμενοι, ἤδη πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ κατ
3 Ν 3 7 5 \ 3 4 “ 3 “ \ Ν
ἀρχὰς ἐπεξήισαν ἐς τὸ εὐρύτερον τοῦ αὐχένος. τὸ μὲν
γὰρ ἔρυμα τοῦ τείχεος ἐφυλάσσετο, of δὲ ἀνὰ τὰς προ-
: 5
τέρας ἡμέρας ὑπεξιόντες ἐς τὰ στεινόπορα ἐμάχοντο.
Τότε δὴ, συμμίσγοντες ἔξω τῶν στεινῶν39, ἔπιπτον
πλήθεϊ πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. ὄπισθε γὰρ οἱ ἡγεμόνες
an 4
τῶν τελέων, ἔχοντες μάστιγας, ἐρράπιζον πάντα ἄνδρα,
» We, σεν. \ , 3 , ΗΝ Als /
αἰεὶ ἐς TO πρόσω ἐποτρύνοντες. πολλοὶ μὲν δὴ ἐσέπιπ-
Tov αὐτῶν ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ διεφθείροντο' πολλῷ
δ᾽ ἔτι πλεῦνες κατεπατέοντο ζωοὶ ὑπ᾽ ἀλλήλων" ἣν δὲ
λόγος οὐδεὶς τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου. ἅτε γὰρ ἐπιστάμενοι
/ / n +
τὸν μέλλοντά σφι ἔσεσθαι θάνατον ἐκ τῶν περιϊόντων
ee 2 / 106. £4 Φ 3 , 2
TO οὖρος, ἀπεδείκνυντο 5 ῥώμης ὅσον εἶχον μέγιστον és
* ft , 7, ee Ἂ \
τοὺς βαρβάρους, παραχρεώμενοί te καὶ ἀτέοντες. καὶ
7 2 , a (Tee 7 PE, ,
Λεωνίδης te ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πόνῳ πίπτει, ἀνὴρ γενόμενος
ἄριστος, καὶ ἕτεροι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὀνομαστοὶ Σπαρτιητέων,
ἝΞ ΠΟ Ν ε > nm DY καὶ ὁ / 3 , Ν 3 ,
TOV ἐγὼ ὡς ἀνδρῶν ἀξίων γενομένων ἐπυθόμην τὰ οὐνό-
para’ ἐπυθόμην δὲ καὶ ἁπάντων τῶν τριηκοσίων. καὶ
δὴ καὶ Περσέων πίπτουσι ἐνθαῦτα ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ καὶ
ὀνομαστοί" ἐν δὲ δὴ καὶ Δαρείου δύο παῖδες. Ξέρξεώ τε
δὴ δύο ἀδελφεοὶ ἐνθαῦτα πίπτουσι μαχεόμενοι ὑπὲρ τοῦ
νεκροῦ τοῦ Λεωνίδεω, Περσέων τε καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων
: / a a d
ὠθισμὸς ἐγένετο πολλὸς ἐς ὃ τοῦτόν τε ἀρετῇ οἱ Ἕλληνες
ὑπεξείρυσαν, καὶ ἐτρέψαντο τοὺς ἐναντίους τετράκις.
F 2

68 SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS.

n l4 ἤ e ε ἣν 3
Τοῦτο δὲ συνεστήκεε μέχρι οὗ οἱ σὺν ᾿Επιάλτῃ παρε-
/ ε
γένοντο. ὡς δὲ τούτους ἥκειν ἐπύθοντο οἱ Ἕλληνες,
ἐνθεῦτεν ἑτεροιοῦτο τὸ νεῖκος. ἔς τε γὰρ τὸ στεινὸν τῆς
ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρεον ὀπίσω, καὶ παραμειψάμενοι τὸ τεῖχος,
ἐλθόντες ἵζοντο ἐπὶ τὸν κολωνὸν πάντες ἁλέες of ἄλλοι,
πλὴν Θηβαίων. ὁ δὲ κολωνός ἐστι ἐν τῇ ἐσόδῳ ὅκου
“ /
νῦν 6 AlOwos λέων ἕστηκε ἐπὶ Λεωνίδῃ. ἐν τούτῳ
n ’ a “
σφέας τῷ χώρῳ ἀλεζομένους μαχαίρῃσι, τοῖσι αὐτῶν
ἐτύγχανον ἔτι περιεοῦσαι, καὶ χερσὶ καὶ στόμασι, κατέ-
χωσαν οἱ βάρβαροι βάλλοντες" οἱ μὲν, ἐξ ἐναντίης
ἐπισπόμενοι, καὶ τὸ ἔρυμα τοῦ τείχεος συγχώσαντες"
« X , / ,
ol δὲ, περιελθόντες πάντοθεν περισταδὸν.
Λακεδαιμονίων δὲ καὶ Θεαπιέων τοιούτων γενομένων,
ὅμως λέγεται ἀνὴρ ἄριστος γενέσθαι Σπαρτιήτης Διη-
7 Ν f : \ \ of \ x a ,
νέκης. τὸν τόδε φασὶ εἶπαι τὸ ἔπος πρὶν ἢ συμμῖξαί
nm 7 > 4 , “ /
σφεας τοῖσι Μήδοισι, πυθόμενον πρός τευ τῶν Τρηχινίων,
ὡς, ἐπεὰν of βάρβαροι ἀπιέωσι τὰ τοξεύματα, τὸν ἥλιον
ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθεος τῶν ὀϊστῶν ἀποκρύπτουσι" τοσοῦτό τι
a 37 A 9) \ Ν 3 3 4 ,
πλῆθος αὐτῶν εἶναι. τὸν δὲ, οὐκ ἐκπλαγέντα τούτοισι,
nt / an
εἶπαι, ἐν ἀλογίῃ ποιεύμενον τὸ τῶν Μήδων πλῆθος, ws
“πάντα σφι ἀγαθὰ ὁ Τρηχίνιος ξεῖνος ἀγγέλλοι, εἰ
>) , n 7 Ν. Ὁ ς \ oe Ἂν
ἀποκρυπτόντων τῶν Μήδων τὸν ἥλιον, ὑπὸ σκιῇ ἔσοιτο
, 3 Ν ε / ‘ 3 3 ε / 29 “ Ν \
πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἡ μάχη, Kat οὐκ ἐν ἡλίῳ. Ταῦτα μὲν καὶ
“ \
ἄλλα τοιουτότροπα ered φασι Διηνέκεα τὸν Λακεδαι-
a / 3 “
μόνιον λιπέσθαι μνημόσυνα. Θαφθεῖσι δὲ σφι αὑτοῦ
a a ’ / “Ἁ
ταύτῃ τῇπερ ἔπεσον, καὶ τοῖσι πρότερον τελευτήσασι ἢ
/ > 4
τοὺς ὑπὸ Λεωνίδεω ἀποπεμφθέντας οἴχεσθαι, ἐπιγέγραπ-
/
ται γράμματα λέγοντα τάδε"
Μυριάσιν ποτὲ τῇδε τριηκοσίαις ἐμάχοντο
ἐκ Πελοποννάσου χιλιάδες τέτορες.
n “Ὁ C / nr
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ τοῖσι πᾶσι ἐπιγέγραπται" τοῖσι δὲ Σπαρ-
τιήτῃσι ἰδίῃ"

THERMOPYLAE. Χ. 6. 69

Ὦ ξεῖν᾽, ἀγγέλλειν Λακεδαιμονίοις, ὅτι τῇδε
κείμεθα, τοῖς κείνων ῥήμασι πειθόμενοι. 65
Ἢ , τς aE ALS OSE, Ma Mee ἢ rn,
Λακεδαιμονίοισι μὲν δὴ τοῦτο" τῷ δὲ μάντι, τόδε

Μνῆμα τόδε κλεινοῖο Μεγιστία, ὅν ποτε Μῆδοι μ᾿
Σπερχειὸν ποταμὸν κτεῖναν ἀμειψάμενοι"
μάντιος, ὃς τότε κῆρας ἐπερχομένας σάφα εἰδὼς,
οὐκ ἔτλη Σπάρτης ἡγεμόνας προλιπεῖν. 70
Οἱ μὲν δὴ περὶ Θερμοπύλας Ἕλληνες οὕτω ἠγωνίσαντο.
(B. vii. 223-228, 234.)

NOTES.

I. SOLON AND CROESUS.

§ 1.

1, 2. ἄλλοι τε of πάντες, literally, ‘both others, viz. the whole body
of the sages from Hlellas;’ we might translate, ‘not only all sages
besides . . . but also Solon.’

σοφισταὶ had not yet acquired any of the meaning that belongs to
the word in later Greek, and in the ordinary English use of ‘ sophist.’
Pythagoras is called σοφιστὴς by Herodotus.

1. 3. ὡς ἕκαστος... ἀπικνέοιτο. The optative is used here with the
meaning of indefinite repetition, (Curt. § 558. obs. 1), ‘as each one
of them happened to arrive:’ meaning that the of πάντες did not come
all at once.

1. 4. Σόλων. This interview can hardly have taken place. Solon’s
legislation belongs to 594 B.c. and his ten years of absence from Athens
lie between 593-583 B.c., but Croesus did not come to the throne till
563 B.c.; or, if an interview did take place, it must have been a different
oné from the story given here.

1.6. Gewpins. See note below, on γῆν πολλήν.

1. 7. ἀναγκασθῇ (so inf. θῆται). The optat. (after ἀπεδήμησε) would be
more usual; but cp. Curt. §§ 531, 532, and obs.

1. 8. οἷοί τε ἦσαν, ‘ were able,’ lit. were just the sort to doit. τε here
is the Epic re of emphasis.

αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι, sc. λῦσαι.

1. το. αὐτῶν... εἵνεκεν. ‘Solon having left home for these very
reasons’ (sc. that no change should be made), ‘and for the sake of
seeing (new sights).’ εἵνεκεν governs both genitives.

1, 11. θεωρίης has the defining article, because it has been already
mentioned.

1. 12.”Apaots. For his history see later, in the Story of Polycrates.

παρὰ ἔΑμασιν, ‘to visit Amasis.’

§ 2.

1. 3. ἐπεδείκνυσαν. This verb is conjugated in Herodotus both from
δεικνύειν and δεικνύναι, so that we find ἐδείκνυον as imperf. and ἐδείκνυσα
or ἔδειξα (sometimes ἔδεξα, Ionic’) as the 1 aor.

72 NOTES.

1. 4. θηησάμενον. The Attic form would be θεασάμενον from θεάομαι.
We also have θηεύμενος, and θηήσομαι.

1. 5. ὥς ot, =‘ quemadmodum ei,’ the enclitic of throws back the accent.
κατὰ καιρὸν ἦν =‘ commodum erat,’

1.6. map’ ἡμέας yap. The word γὰρ explains ἵμερος ἐπῆλθέ μοι, the
clause giving the reason being thrown first, as often in Homeric syntax:
“since many stories have reached our ears concerning you, therefore the
wish has come upon me.’

1. 8. γῆν πολλὴν ἐπελήλυθας. There is something Homeric in the
language used to describe the journeying of Solon, Oewpins εἵνεκεν, ‘to
see what was to be seen.’ Cp. ἰέναι πολλὴν ἐπὶ γαῖαν, Od. 2. 364, and ib.
I. 3, where it is said of Odysseus, ds μάλα πολλὰ πλάγχθη.. .. πολλῶν δ᾽
ἀνθρώπων ἴδεν ἄστεα καὶ νόον ἔγνω.

1, το. ἐλπίζων εἶναι ὀλβιώτατοςς. By common Greek usage, predica-
tive qualifications referr ing to the principal subject are in the nominative:
cp. ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἔφασκεν εἶναι Διὸς υἱός. In Latin, ‘ Uxor invicti Iovis esse
nescis 7᾽ or, ‘Phaselus ille quem videtis, hospites, Ait fuisse navium celerri-
mus,’ See Curt. § 571.

1. 12. τῷ ἐόντι χρησάμενος, literally, ‘adopting what really was [the
case,’ i.e. frankly speaking the truth.

1.12. Té\Aov. The accusative assimilated to the form of Croesus’
question, εἴ τινα εἶδες ὀλβιώτατον ; as though the full form of the sentence
were, Τέλλον ἑώρακα ὀλβιώτατον ὄντα.

1. 14. ἐπιστρεφέως. An adverb of doubtful meaning, generally
rendered ‘earnestly. In Hdt. 8. 62 ἐπεστραμμένα ἔπη seem to be
‘earnest words;’ because they are energetically ‘brought to bear,’
ἐπιστρέφεται, on the subject.

l. 15. Koty, i.e. ποίᾳ, ‘In.what respect?’ The termination of the
feminine dative is a frequent form of the Greek adverb, as in ταύτῃ, πῇ,
κοινῇ, etc.

1. 16. τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δὲ, like τὸ μὲν... τὸ 5€=‘in the first
place ...in the second.’

εὖ ἡκούσηξ, similar in meaning to εὖ ἔχειν, ‘to be in a good state;’
only, εὖ ἥκειν contains the notion of having reached a high position,
and εὖ ἔχειν merely denotes the state without this picturesque addition.
See below, τοῦ βίου εὖ ἥκοντι, and in B, 5. 62 χρημάτων εὖ ἥκοντες,
where the genitive may be taken as the ordinary case of reference, or
perhaps better with a local meaning.

], 18. πάντα παραμείναντα, sc. τέκνα, ‘all of them surviving.’ Tellos
lived tosee his sons with their children growing up round them.

l. 19. ὧς τὰ παρ᾽ ftv, ‘as circumstances are among us.’ Solon
means to contrast Athenian simplicity with the extravagance of Lydian
Bociety.

1.21 pdaxys. ‘This battle at Eleusis was probably against the

SOLON AND CROESUS, I. 88 2, 3. 72

Megarians. The Megarid was originally one of the divisions of Attica,
but after the return of the Heraclidae it passed to the Dorians. Hence
there was a constant jealousy between the Athenians and the Megarians.
1. 23. δημοσίῃ. See note above onl. 15.
αὐτοῦ τῇπερ, ‘there, where ;’ i.e. just where.

§ 3.

1.1. τὰ κατὰ τὸν Τέλλον, ‘when Solon, in the case of Tellos, had
urged Croesus on (to further questionings), by describing so many
happy points in it, Croesus asked further.’—7rda κατὰ τὸν TéAAov may be
taken as here translated, or may be considered as governed by a word
like λέγων, suggested by the participle εἴπας (from aor. εἶπα) that
follows.

1. 5. γένος, accusative, ‘ by birth.’

1. 6. ὑπῆν, ‘was theirs to enjoy.’ ὑπεῖναι, in this sense resembles the
use of ὑπάρχειν. ἀρκέων (ἀρκεῖν), ‘ sufficient.’

τοιήδε, ‘of such a kind as this.’ The particular kind or amount
of their strength is given in the expression ἀεθλοφόροι ἦσαν, and, more
generally, in the story that follows,—how they drew their mother in
the car.

1.9. μητέρα. Their mother was a priestess of Hera, whose temple
stood some six miles away from Argos.

1, το. σφι belongs to οὐ παρεγίνοντο. The insertion of the-enclitic in
this unusual place shows that the definite article (of δὲ) had not the mere
force of an article, as in later Greek; otherwise, it would be quite
necessary to construe of δέ σφι βόες closely together. Cp. τὸ δέ οἱ οὔνομα
εἶναι Ἰοῦν, Hdt. 1. 13 τὸν δέ of παιδῶν τὸν πρεσβύτερον εἰπεῖν, Hdt. 3. 3.

1,11. ἐκκληιόμενοι, ‘ barred by the (shortness of) the time’ from
adopting any other course.

1. 16. ὃ θεὸς does not mean any particular god, but is equivalent to
our general phrase ‘ heaven.’

1. 17. μᾶλλον is superfluous, as there is already a comparative
(ἄμεινον) in the sentence. So in B. 1. 2. we find 6 μέγα πλούσιος μᾶλλον
TOU ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρην ἔχοντος ὀλβιώτερος.

1, 19. οἵων τέκνων ἐκύρησε, ‘to think what noble sons she had
gotten” The Argive men praise the strength of the youths; the women
their filial devotion.

1. 21. τοῦ ἀγάλματος. The statue of Hera in her temple.

1, 23. δοῦναι τὴν θεὸν, “ prayed that the goddess would give to Cleobis
and Bito.’ The aorist infinitive, expressing here only the action of the
verb, derives its apparent future sense from the force of εὔχετο, which
implies a looking forward to a fulfilment.

Join ἄ ἄριστον-τυχεῖν, the infinitive being quite analogous here to the
Latin supine in uw with an adjective, =‘ best-to-haye.’

74 NOTES.

1. 26. ἐν τέλεϊ ἔσχοντο, ‘ tenebantur in hoc exitu vitae, a further descrip-
tion of the foregoing words οὐκέτι ἀνέστησαν.
1, 27. ποιησάμενοι, ‘ having had made,’ Curt. § 481.

§ 4.

1. 2. 4 δὲ ἡμετέρη, ‘Is our prosperity, then, thus flung away by you
into mere nothingness?’ δὲ suggests an antithesis between the prosperity
of Croesus, and that of Tellos and of the two Argive youths.

1, 4. Gore... ἐποίησας, Curt. § 565, obs. 1, ‘ put us on a par with.’

1. 5. ἐπιστάμενόν pe, ‘thou art questioning about human affairs me
who know that heaven is altogether jealous and works confusion.’ The
same thought occurs again in the Story of Polycrates, (see Chap. V).
What we express in such words as, ‘he that exalteth himself shall be
abased,’ the Greeks put in another way,—that the powers of heaven
could not brook anything that seemed to rival their greatness or their
prosperity. The huge animals that walk the earth are stricken by the
thunderbolt, for the god will not suffer them to vaunt themselves; and
the same bolt singles out the tallest trees and loftiest houses; φιλέει yap
6 θεὸς τὰ ὑπερέχοντα πάντα κολούειν, Hdt. 7. 10,

1, 7. ἐν τῷ μακρῷ χρονῷ. Notice the article, ‘the long period’ of the
world’s history.

1. το. ἐκεῖνο... λέγω, ‘but as to the question thou didst put me,’ (sc.
whether thou wast happy), ‘I:say not yet that thou art.’

1, 12. μᾶλλον ὀλβιώτερος. See note on sup. ὃ 3. ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρην ἔχοντος,
‘that has enough for one day,’

1, 14. τελευτῆσαι τὸν βίον, ‘that he end his life well.’ The infinite is
added as an explanation of the ‘fortune that accompanies him.’

1. 15. ζά-πλουτοι. The prefix (a, as in the Homeric ἐπιζαφελῶς,
ζάκοτος, etc., comes from διὰ (through the 7 sound of the iota, i.e. δ)α)
and means ‘ thoroughly.’

1, 16. βίου, genitive of reference, depending on the adverb perpiws.

1. 17. προέχει τοῦ εὐτυχέος, ‘is ahead of the lucky man in only two
points.’

1. 19. ὃ μὲν --ὁ πλούσιος. ὃ δὲ -- ὁ μετρίως ἔχων βίου.

1. 20. τοισίδε, ‘in the following points ;’ the enumeration of these
begins with ἄπηρος, for the sentence opening with ἄτην μὲν introduces
some limitations rather than advantages. *‘ While indeed he is not better
able to endure calamity and accomplish’ (supply ἐκτελέσαι from sentence
above) ‘his desire; but these things his good luck keeps off from him ;
yet is he sound of limb,’ etc.

1. 24. πρὸς τούτοισι, ‘ besides this.’

1. 25. τὸν σὺ ζητεῖς belongs closely to ὄλβιος, ‘that man deserves to
be called the happy being whom thou seekest.’

FALL OF CROESUS. II. § 1. 75

26, ἐπισχέειν, ‘wait!’ Curt. § 577. Similarly καλέειν.
27. συλλαβεῖν, ‘to unite in himself.’

31. ὡς δὲ, ‘even so, no one individual man is all-sufficient.’
. ἔχων διατελέῃ, ‘continue to hold.’

34. Tap ἐμοὶ, ‘in my judgment.’

35. δίκαιός ἐστι φέρεσθαι, ‘deserves to win.’

. 36. Ki ἀποβήσεται, ‘in what way it will turn out.’

1, 37. ὑποδέξας ὄλβον. Notice the force of ὑπὸ in composition,
‘having given a glimpse of prosperity.’

1. 38. ἀνέτρεψε, for this use of the aorist see Curt. § 494.

1, 39. ἐχαρίζετο, ‘he showed Croesus no favour, and having made
him of no account, Croesus dismisses him from his presence’ (notice
the force of the middle voice), ‘having judged that he was ignorant
who, etc. In ovre ... ποιησάμενος the negative only qualifies the
participle, and is not carried on to ἀποπέμπεται. The change of subject
in the sentence is very awkward; but unless we could venture to read
ἀμαθὴς, and refer only to one subject, Solon, this arrangement is un-
avoidable. λόγου οὐδενὸς may be called a genitive of price, or value,
Curt. § 421.

. . .Ψ . . .
w
w

Il FALL OF CROESUS.
ei:

l, I, τεσσερεσκαιδεκάτη. The formation of the ordinal number
shows that the cardinal, τεσσερεσκαίδεκα, is regarded by Herodotus
as indeclinable. Thus we have τεσσερεσκαίδεκα ἔτεα.

1, 2. ἐγένετο Κροίσῳ. Cp. διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα τῷ ποιμένι
πρήσσοντι, Hdt. 2.2. Also Luke 1. 36 ‘This is the sixth month with
her that was called barren,’ μὴν ἔκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ.

]. 5. ὡς οὐ προεχώρεε, ‘when it did not succeed.” The subject to the
verb is not otpatin, but τὸ πρῆγμα, if it be necessary to supply a subject
at all; it is, however, better to take the verb as impersonal.

1.6. Μάρδος. The Mardi, or Amardi, were a nomad Persian people,
who followed the regular army of Cyrus, as the Kalmucks accompany
Russian troops.

1. 8. φύλακος, the regular form in Herodotus for φύλαξ.

1. 11, τῶν twa Avdéwv, for τινα τῶν Λυδῶν. So in § 2 infra, τῶν
τις Περσέων.

1, 12. ἐπὶ κυνέην, ‘to recover a helmet.’

1. 13. ἀνελόμενον, ‘having picked it up.’

és θυμὸν ἐβάλετο, like the Homeric phrase ἐν θυμῷ βάλλεσθαι, ‘let
it sink into.’

1,14. kat’ αὐτὸν, ‘after him,’ not identical with per’ αὐτὸν, “ post
illum,’ but rather, ‘secundum illum,’ that is, ‘ad eius exemplum,’

76 NOTES.

§ 2.

1. 1. τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἐπιεικὴς, “ cetera quidem non ineptus.”
1, 3. εὐεστοῖ, from nom. εὐεστώ, ‘during his past happiness.’
πᾶν és αὐτὸν, ‘had done all he could with regard to him.’
ἄλλα τε... ἐπεπόμφεε. We should naturally expect πεπομφὼς to
match ἐπιφραζόμενος, but the finite verb is substituted.

1, 6. μέγα νήπιε, so μέγα νήπιος is applied to the foolhardy Patroclus,
il. τό. 46.

1. 7. inv, ‘voice.’

1, 8. ἀμφὶς ἔμμεναι, ‘lounge tibi melius est, hoc procul a te abesse.” ἀμφὶς,
lit. ‘separated,’ and so ‘afar,’

l, 11. ἀλλογνώσας. ἀλλογνοεῖν is properly to ‘take a man for some
one else;’ so, generally,=‘ignorare.’ Join jue ὡς ἀποκτενέων, ‘ was
coming up to slay.’ For this form of sentence introduced by yap see
note on Chap. I. § 2.1. 6.

1. 12. ὑπὸ, ‘by reason of,’ as below, ὑπὸ δέους.

1. 13. οὐδὲ... ἀποθανέειν, ‘it was no matter to him to be smitten and
killed.’

1. 15. ἔρρηξε, ‘gave vent to, of something pent up. So ‘ rumpere vocem,’
Virg. Aen. 2.129. See Curt. § 400.

1. 17. μετὰ δὲ is the antithesis to πρῶτον.

1, 18. fo%js, Ion. form of ζωῆς.

§ 3.

1. 2. τεσσερεσκαίδεκα ἔτεα, sc. 560-546 B.c.

1. 3. χρηστήριον. Croesus had been deceived by an ambiguous
utterance of the Pythia, and induced to go to war with the Persians, on
the promise ‘that he should’ ruin a great empire.’ For he forgot that
that empire might be his own. The words of the priestess are said
to have been, Kpoisos”Advy διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει. This is
like the oracle given to Pyrrhus, ‘ Aio te, Aeacida, Romanos vincere posse.’

1. 6. συννήῆσας (συννέειν), ‘having heaped up.’

1. 8. τῷ δὲ Κροίσῳ. The construction here changes to oratio indirecta,
some word like λέγεται being understood. ἐσελθεῖν, “ animum subiisse,’

1. το. ds... εἰρημένον, ‘ guemadmodum ipsi divinitus esset enunciatum,
i.e. in accordance with the will of heaven.

ot = Κροίσῳ.

1,11. ὡς δὲ dpa, ‘and that when this [thought] came upon him.’
Commentators generally take προστῆναι here as equivalent to mpoo-
στῆναι, from προσίστημι, as προΐστημι does not seem to give the required
sense. For the omission of one o cp. προ-σχόντας, from προσέχω,
Hat. 1. 2.

1. 12. ἀνενεικάμενον. See Buttmann’s Lexil. s. v., ‘having sighed
deeply,’ lit. ‘having drawn up a deep breath,’ from ἀναφέρεσθαι. Then

FALL OF CROESUS. 1]. §§ 2-4. "7

ἀναστενάξαντα gives the next stage, viz. the audible groan, after the long
silence.

1. 15. τίνα τοῦτον ἐπικαλέοιτο = τίς οὗτος εἴη ὃν ἐπικαλέοιτο.

καὶ τοὺς, not to be taken immediately with προσελθόντας, but,
‘and that they ... having gone up to him.’

1. 17. τὸν ἂν... ἐλθεῖν. Equivalent to ἐπικαλέομαι τοῦτον ὃν πᾶσι
τυράννοισι ἐς λόγους ἐλθεῖν [πρὸ] μεγάλων χρημάτων προετίμησα av. The
meaning being ‘whom I would have given anything to see conversing
with princes.’ χρημάτων is governed by the comparatival force in
προετίμησα.

1, 20. ὄχλον παρεχόντων, lit. ‘causing him trouble,’ i.e. distressing
him by their importunities.

l. 21. ἀρχὴν, used adverbially, ‘to begin with.’

l. 22. ἀποφλαυρίσειε. The mood looks like a reminiscence of the
oratio indirecta of the last paragraph.

1, 23. ota δὴ εἴπας, ‘having said so and so;’ this is not a part of
Croesus’ speech, but a remark put in by the writer to remind us of
Solon’s saying without quoting all his words again.

ὥς te αὐτῷ. The construction is carried on from the sentence
before; ws ἦλθε καὶ ἀποφλαυρίσειε, ὥς τε, «.7.A., ‘and how everything
had turned out for him.’

1, 24. οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον, ‘speaking not so much with reference to
himself as to the whole human race.’ ἑωυτὸν refers to Croesus, the
main subject of the passage. The actual translation of the words is,
‘not at all more with reference to himself than’ etc., but the sense of
the words is that which is given above; for it is a common Greek
idiom to use words that actuaily express less than is meant. For
example, οὐχ ἥκιστα often stands in the sense of μάλιστα.

l. 25. παρὰ σφίσι αὐτοῖσι, ‘in their own eyes.’

1. 27. Gppévys, perf. pass. from ἅπτειν. τὰ περιέσχατα, ‘ the edges.’

1, 32. ἐπιλεξάμενον, ‘ having considered.’

1. 34. τὴν ταχίστην, ‘as quickly as possible.’ Supply ὁδὸν, Curt.
§ 405, obs. 2.

1. 36. τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπικρατῆσαι, ‘to master the fire.’

§ 4,

1.4. εἴ τί οἱ... ἐδωρήθη, ‘if anything acceptable had been given him
at his hands.’

1. 7. ἐξ αἰθρίης. The preposition is not local, The meaning is not
that clouds gathered ‘out of’ the blue calm sky; but that ‘after,’ or
‘with a sudden change from’ calm, the clouds gathered. So in ὃ 3.
supra, ἀναστενάξαντα ék πολλῆς ἡσυχίης.

1, 12. ἀνέγνωσε, ‘taught’ or ‘persuaded you.’ The Ist aor. has a

78 NOTES.

factitive sense, as seen in ἔβησα from Baivw. ἀνέγνων means only ‘re-
cognized.’ See Curt. § 329.

1. 15. τῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, i.e. urged thereto ‘by thy good-luck,
and mine own ill-luck.’ He speaks as if their respective fortunes had
been like powers of fate driving him on into mad and reckless acts.

1. 17. οὕτω ἀνόητός ἐστι bs Tis αἱρέεται. This is equivalent to ‘ zemo
est tam demens qui bellum malit;’ ὅς τις has a qualitative force.

1, 18. ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῇ, sc. εἰρήνῃ.

1. 20. ταῦτα, subject to γενέσθαι.

Ill... THE STORY OF CYRUS.
§1

1. 1. ἔπεμπε ἐπὶ [τοῦτον] τῶν βουκόλων... τὸν ἠπίστατο ... ve
μοντα, ‘he sent to that one of the herdsmen whom he knew to be
pasturing,’ etc.

1. 2. ἐπιτηδεωτάτας, ‘the most suitable,’ for the purpose of Harpagus.
That is, ‘most lonely,’ or, ‘most dangerous ;’ where the child would be
sure to die speedily.

1. 11. ὅκως Gv... διαφθαρείη. This phrase is properly not a final
but a modal sentence. That is, it is not exactly equivalent to ‘in order
that he may perish most quickly,’ but, ‘in the way in which he might
perish most quickly.’

1. 12. ἐκέλευσε εἰπεῖν, ‘he bade me tell thee.’

1. 13. περιποιήσῃξ, ‘spare it.’ περιποιεῖν is equivalent to ποιεῖν τινὰ
περιεῖναι, i.e. ‘cause anyone to survive.’ So we have διαφθεῖραι καὶ
περιποιῆσαι, Hdt. 7. 52.

σε διαχρήσεσθαι, ‘that thou shalt endure.’ So inc. 167 οὗτοι μὲν
τῶν Φωκαιέων τοιούτῳ μόρῳ διεχρήσαντο. Others render, ἐκέλευσε εἰπεῖν,
ὀλέθρῳ [αὐτόν] σε διαχρήσεσθαι, ‘ that he (the king) will slay thee.’

1, 14. ἐπορᾶν ἐκκείμενον, ‘to see him exposed.’

§ 2.

1. 3. τῷ δ᾽ dpa καὶ αὐτῷ, ‘now his own wie, just at that time, as fate
would have it, is delivered of a child, as the herdsman was gone away to
the city.’

1. 6. τόκου ἀρρωδέων. This verb is generally construed with an
accus., as ἀρρωδέων οὐδὲν πρῆγμα, Hdt. 7.51. But the genitive may be
used with it, as the thing about which one fears, on the analogy of δείσας
τινὸς, Soph. Ο, T. 234.

_ 1. 8. ἐπέστη, ‘stood by her.’ |

1. 11. τὸ pare ἰδεῖν ὄφελον. In this clause τὸ is object to ἰδεῖν,
‘which I fain would neither have seen.’ In the second it seems simpler

STORY OF CYRUS. Ill. §§ 1, 2. 79

to make it the subject to ὄφελε, supplied from ὄφελον. * And which
never ought to have fallen.’ Another way is to make τὸ, (1st), object
to «ἰδεῖν, and, (2nd), subject to γενέσθαι, both constructions being in
government with ὄφελον. ‘Which I would I had never seen—which I
would had never befallen.’

1. 19. τὸν ταῦτα ἐπιθέμενόν μοι, ‘who had laid these injunctions on
me.’

1, 21. τῶν τινος οἰκετέων εἶναι, ‘ that it belonged to one of the house-
servants.’

1, 23. κλαυθμὸν... ‘Apmayou, ‘the open exhibition of mourning in
the house of Harpagus. ἐν Αρπάγου, 50. οἴκῳ.

1, 24. πρόκα τε, ‘at once.’ πρόκα is always followed immediately in
Herodotus by τε, so that many editions write πρόκατε as one word.

1, 25. θεράποντος, governed by πυνθάνομαι.

1. 26. ἐνεχείρισε, ' put in my arms.’

ὡς dpa εἴη, ‘saying how ἂς was,’ etc.

1, 29. ὅδε ἐστὶ, ‘here he is.’ Cyrus, it will be seen, was thus named

after his grandfather. . |

ἅμα δὲ ἔλεγε καὶ ἀπεδείκνυε. This use of καὶ serves to point the
close or immediate coincidence of λέγειν and ἀποδεικνύειν. Cp. χρόνος
διέφυ καὶ πάντα σφι ἐξήρτυτο, Hdt. 1.61. Translate, ‘even as he spoke
he uncovered and showed the child.’ ΄

1. 33. οὐκ ἔφη οἷός τε εἶναι, ‘said he was not able,

1, 35. ἀπολέεσθαι, ‘that he shall perish.’ The subject changes.

1. 38. σὺ δὲ ὧδε ποίησον, ‘Do thou do thus.’ Here δὲ introduces the
apodosis to the protasis that begins with ἐπεί. This construction is
_common in Homer, and is probably an imitation of poetical usage when
found in Herodotus. In Hdt. 5. 40 we find ἐπεὶ τοίνυν περιεχόμενόν σε
Opedpev τῆς ἔ ἔχεις γυναικὸς, σὺ δὲ ταῦτα ποίεε. See Curt. § 628, obs.

1, 39. τέτοκα τεθνεὸς, (sc. τέκνον), ‘have brought forth a still born
child.’

1. 41. ἁλώσεαν ἀδικέων, ‘ will be detected cheating.’

1. 42. βεβουλευμένα. Herodotus frequently uses this plural of the
adjective or participle, as νομιζόμενά ἔστι, 7.2. So δῆλα, ἀδύνατα, etc.,
and, in Homer, φυκτὰ, πιστὰ, in the sense of ‘escape,’ and ‘ trust.’

l. 44. Join κάρτα with εὖ λέγειν.

1, 47. τοῦτον μὲν παραδιδοῖ, Here μὲν introduces the apodosis to
the protasis τὸν μὲν ἔφερε. ‘The child which he was carrying, intend-
ing to put it to death, this he hands over to his own wife; but his own
son,’ etc.

1. 49. ἐν τῷ ἔφερε, ‘in which he had been carrying.’

1. 51. τρίτη ἡμέρη, ‘the third day after the child had been exposed.’
But the Greek idiom, literally, is, ‘the third day had come for the child
exposed,’

80 NOTES.

1. 52. τῶν τινὰ προβόσκων : see supra τῶν τινα οἰκετέων.

1. 53. ἐβ τοῦ Αρπάγου, sc. οἶκον, as above, ἐν ᾿Αρπάγου. See Curt.
§ 411.

1, 56. εἶδε διὰ τούτων, lit. ‘saw by their means.’ The phrase may be
compared with the name given in the next section to the king’s principal
officer, ὀφθαλμὸς βασιλέος.

1, 57. ὕστερον τούτων, ‘subsequently.’

§ 3.

1, 3. αὗται, i.e. the βουκολίαι mentioned above, in the earlier part of
the story.

1. 6. ἐπίκλησιν, ‘they chose as their own king the so-called child of
the herdsman.” With ἐπίκλησιν may be supplied καλεόμενον, the noun
then standing as cognate or adverbial accusative to the participle. So
in Homer, ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσι, ‘they call by the sur-name,’ or ἐπίκλησιν
without a verb, as here,=‘nominally.’ See Curt. § 404. ‘The force of
ἐπὶ is that the name is properly an additional or extra title, given for
some particular reason.

l. 9. ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων, ‘appointing to each one severally
his duty.’ This use of ὡς: ἴο bring out the distributive force of ἕκαστος
depends upon some such completion of the sentence in the mind, as
προστάσσων ἑκάστῳ ἔργον ὡς ἑκάστῳ προστάσσοι, ‘mandans cuique opus
faciendum ut cuiqgue mandabat’? So Hat. 6. 31 ὅκως δὲ λάβοι τινὰ τῶν
νήσων ws ἑκάστην αἱρέοντες of βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους,
which is equivalent to οἱ βάρβαροι αἱρέοντες τὰς νήσους, ὡς ἑκάστην
αἱρέοιεν, κ. τ. λ.

1, 10, εἷς δὴ... ἐκέλευε αὐτόν. The sentence would naturally run
ἕνα... συμπαίζοντα.... ἐκέλευε, but it begins with the nominative case,
as though εἷς were the subject to ἐποίησε, which of course is impossible,
as ἐποίησε is really in a parenthesis introduced by γάρ.

1. 13. διαλαβεῖν, ‘to arrest,’ lit. = ἑκατέρωθεν λαβέσθαι, ‘to seize hand
and foot,’ or, ‘to seize round the waist.’

1. 14. περιέσπε, aor. 2. (from περιέπω), infin. περισπεῖν, imperf.
περιεῖπον.

1, 15. μετείθη, aor. pass. from μετίημι, (μεθίημι). ἐπεί Te... τάχιστα

=‘ quum primum.’

1, 16. μᾶλλόν τι, ‘he was more wounded by the disgrace (ἀνάξλια) than
by the bodily pain.’

1,17. ἀποικτίζετο, ‘he complained of what he had suffered at the
hands of Cyrus.’ ἤντησε (ἀντάω) lit. ‘met with.’

1. 18. οὐ Κύρου, i.e. οὐχ ὑπὸ Kupod, ‘not saying he had suffered it at
the hands of ‘‘ Cyrus,” but from,’ etc.

1. 20. ὀργῇ ὡς εἶχε, ‘ut erat, ira percitus.’. Similar uses of the verb
are εὖ ἔχει, ἀσφαλέως ἔχειν, ἡμεῖς μὲν ὧς ἔχομεν κομιεύμεθα ἐς Σίριν, etc.

STORY OF CYRUS, IIl. §§ 3, 4. 81

1. 36. λόγον εἶχε οὐδένα (τῶν ἐπιτασσομένων), ‘made no account of
them.’ λέγειν properly means to ‘ reckon,’ ‘ count,’ ‘tell,’ and so λόγος
keeps up this sense in its meaning of ‘ account,’

2 a . > « ‘ 1»
ἐξ 6, as in Homer, εἰς ὅ κε, ‘ until.

§ 4.

l. 3. προσφέρεσϑαι és ἑωυτὸν, ‘to resemble himself ;’ that is, as we

say, ‘to resemble his own.’
ἐλευθερωτέρη, sc. ἢ κατὰ δούλου παῖδα, ‘more independent,’ than a
slave’s child would utter.

1. 6. ἐπὶ χρόνον, ‘for a while.’

δή Kore =‘ tandem aliquando,’ ἀνενειχθείςΞ. See on ἀνενεικάμενον
(Chap. II. § 3). Perhaps here with the implied sense of ‘having re-
covered from’ his astonishment (é*mAayeis).

1. το. πέμπει, ‘ dismisses.’

1,12, μουνωθέντα, ‘after he had been left by himself.’

. 17. ἀνάγκας μεγάλας, ‘a great strait, An euphemism for torture.
Cp. Tac. Hist. 1. 2, ‘ Supremae clarorum virorum necessitates,’

1, 19. τὸν ἐόντα λόγον, ‘the real story.’

1, 21. κατέβαινε és λιτὰς, ‘went on to entreaties.” καταβαίνειν (only
expressing the opposition to dpydperos), is here construed both with
és Atrds and with κελεύων. With the later construction cp. κατέβαινε
αὖτις παραιτεόμενος, Hdt. 1. 90.

1, 23. Adyov ἤδη, ‘from that moment made much less account of hae)
His only interest in the herdsman was his desire to get the truth out of
him; when that was done (ἤδη), he had served his ‘purpose.

1. 32. ποιήσω is probably the 1 aor. conjunct., as it is not uncommon
to have in final sentences, after a past tense, the conjunct. first (ποιήσω),
followed by the optative (εἴην. The former mood denotes the primary
object or design. |

1, 35. φὰς σέ τε εἶναι, Here we should expect φάς τε, coupling
καλέσας with φὰς, but the order of words is inverted. The Gram-
marians call this figure Hyperbaton (émép-Baivey).

1. 37. κατὰ τάδε, ‘in the following way. Then ἐντειλάμενος follows
to explain what way that was.

l. 39. ἄχρι ov τελευτήσει, ‘till he shall die.’

1. 40, ἐπιτελέα ποιήσῃ, equivalent to ἐπιτελέσῃ.

1, 42. εἶδον δι᾽ ἐκείνων. See above § 2 ad fin.

1. 43. οὕτως ἔσχε, ‘such was the case.’

1. 47. τόν οἱ ἐνεῖχε χόλον, =‘ quam in ipsum intus habebat iram.’

1, 48. κατάπερ -- καθ᾽ ἅπερ, " quemadmodum.’

1, 50. ἐπαλιλλόγητο. παλιλλογέειν -- πάλιν λέγειν. * When the story
had been repeated by him,’ sc. τὸ πρῆγμα.

κατέβαινε λέγων. See above, κατέβαινε és Auras,

—

82 NOTES.

1. 52. ἔφη λέγων is a pleonasm not uncommon in Herodotus. It is ©
usually found at the point of change from oratio obliqua to directa. ‘He
went on to say.’ |

ἔκαμνον μεγάλως, ‘I was sore distrest, and I reckoned it not as a
light matter being put at an enmity with my daughter.’

1. 54. τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, See above (Chap. 11. § 2).

1, 56. σῶστρα, ‘ thank-offerings for preservation to those of the gods
to whom this honour is due.’

§ 5.

1.1, mpookuvqoas. The Oriental salutation, as frequently in the
Bible, ‘bowed down with his face to the earth.’

1, 2. μεγάλα ποιησάμενος, ‘thinking it a great matter.’

ἣ Gpapids ... ἐγεγόνεε, ‘his disobedience had turned out so well

for him, and that under such lucky circumstances he had been bidden.’

1. 5. τρία καὶ δέκα κου μάλιστα, ‘near about thirteen,’

1, 10. κατὰ μέλεα, ‘limb by limb ;’ like the Homeric διαμελέϊστι
ταμών.

1. 15. τοῦ παιδὸς, genitive after τὰ ἄλλα πάντα.

1, 20, καὶ κάρτα ἡσθῆναι, ‘that he had been very much delighted.’
kat goes directly with κάρτα, as ahove, καὶ μεγάλως, etc.

τοῖσι προσέκειτο, the antecedent to τοῖσι is the unexpressed subject

to mapépepov: §illi quibus erat mandatum,’

1. 22. προστάντες or προσστάντες.. See note on Chap. II. § 3.1.11.

1, 25. οὔτε... γίνεται, This combination of οὔτε... τε is unusual:
we might expect οὐκ ἐξεπλάγη, ἀλλὰ... γίνεται, or perhaps οὔτε éfe-
πλάγη οὔτε ἐκτὸς ἑωυτοῦ γίνεται. But cp. ὅκως μῆτε ἀλισθεῖεν ἔτι οἱ ᾿Αθη-
- vatot, διασκεδασμένοι τε εἶεν. ‘Translate, ‘He showed no horror, but
_ refrains himself,’ lit. becomes within himself, i.e. in his own control.

1. 27. βεβρώκοι, from βιβρῴσκω.

1, 30. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ, ‘and after that, he was going, I suppose, to collect
all (the remains) together and bury them.’ ἔμελλε, ‘ was likely,’ ex-
presses the writer’s notion of what would probably happen.

$6;

1.2. ἄλλως... εἶχε, sc. δηλῶσαι, ‘ was able (to show it) in no other
way.’ There were guard-houses and patrols at all the bridges and
passes on these roads. | ;

1. 4. λαγὸν μηχανησάμενος. The way in which he ‘prepared’ the
hare, was by slitting it up, and ‘ plucking off none of the fur, but [leav-
ing it] just as it was;’ then he inserted his letter, and ‘sewed it up
again.’ We should expect after οὐδὲν ἀποτίλας [ἀποτίλλω], to find
another participle like ἐάσας δὲ ὥσπερ εἶχε.

STORY OF CYRUS. 111. §§ 5-- 83

1. 7. ἅτε θηρευτῇ, ‘as though to a huntsman.’

l. 9. Join ἀπὸ γλώσσης with ἐπειπεῖν, ‘to bid Cyrus by word of
mouth,’ Κῦρον is the subject to διελεῖν, μηδένα to παρεῖναι.

1. 13. ἐπελέγετο, ‘ read it over,’ lit. pondered its meaning; cp. II. § 3.
1:22.

1. 14. σὲ γὰρ θεοί. This sentence really gives the reason for the
imperative ticat, the force of yap here being, ‘ “‘ inasmuch” as the Gods
regard thee, ‘‘ therefore ” avenge thyself upon,’ etc.

1. 17. κατὰ μὲν γὰρ, ‘for, as far as his intention went, thou art a dead
man. The full form of the sentence would be τὸ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν
τούτου προθυμίην... τὸ δὲ κατὰ θεοὺς, ‘for on the one hand .. . but on the
other, thanks to the gods and me, thou livest.’ But τὸ μὲν is not expressed.

1, 18. καὶ πάλαι, ‘long, long ago,’

πάντα is here subdivided into ‘ both what you suffered and what I
suffered.’

1, 22. τῆσπερ, ‘ cuius terrae dominus est Astyages, huius tu eris dominus.’

1, 26. ἤν τε... Μήδων, ‘or if any one else of the notable Medes’ be
chosen general,

1. 27. πρὸς σέο γενόμενοι, ‘ taking your side.’ So πρός τινος εἶναι. See
Curt. § 467.

l, 29. τοῦ ye ἐνθάδε, ‘matters here being all ready.’

§ 7.

1. 2. Τύνδῃ. Gyndes is probably the modern Diydlah for Cyrus was
on the march from Ecbatana. Otherwise the Gangir, which is actually
divided at Mendalli into a multitude of petty streams, might seem to
have a better claim.

1, 3. ἐκδιδοῖ, ‘empties.’

1, 4. τοῦτον δή. The original construction of the paragraph beginning
with ἐπεί τε is forgotten after the parenthetical description of the Gyndes,
and is taken up again in an altered form by ὧς διαβαίνειν ἐπειρᾶτο, the
apodosis to which is introduced by ἐνθαῦτα.

1. 6. ἱρῶν ἵππων. These horses were dedicated to the sun (Mithras),
and drew the sacred chariot of Zeus (Ormuzd).

ὕβριος, ‘ petulantia,’ ‘skittishness.’

1, 8. συμψήσας, (Yaw), ‘having swept him away,’ carried him off
under its waters, φέρων μιν ὑποβρύχιον.

1. 9. τοῦτο ὑβρίσαντι, See Curt. § 401.

-l. το, τοῦ λοιποῦ. See Curt. § 426.

1.11, Kat γυναῖκας, ‘that even women should cross it.’

1. 12. μετεὶς, (μεθίη μι), ‘having abandoned.’

1, 14. karérewe .. . διώρυχας, ‘he marked out and drew 180 channels
by the straight line.’ It seems simpler thus to take ὑποδέξας as merely
meaning, ‘ designans ducendas, sc. fossas;’ others make σχοινοτενέαβ a

G 2 ᾿

84 NOTES.

predicate both with xarérewe and ὑποδέξας. This use of a cord to trace
a straight line is found in Homer, though under different circumstances,
where Odysseus squares his balks of timber καὶ ἐπὶ σταθμὴν ἴθυνεν.

Ι, τό. πάντα τρόπον, ‘in every direction.’ As there were 180 channels
branching from either bank of the river, the total number was 360.

1. 17. οἷα, like dre, =‘ quippe,’ ‘utpote,’ is often used with participles
and genitives absolute. See Curt. § 587. 6.

1. 18. ἤνετο, from ἄνειν, Ionic form of ἀνύειν. Cp. Hom. Od. 5. 243
θοῶς δέ of ἤνυτο ἔργον.

τὴν θερείην, sc. ὥρην, so τὴν χειμερίνην, Hdt. 1. 202.

Ἰ. το. αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ. lit. ‘there in that place’=‘in that same place.’

So often in Homer, αὐτοῦ τῷδ᾽ evi χώρῳ.

§ 8.

1. 3. ὑπέλαμπε, properly used of the break of day; here applied to
spring, as the dawn of the year, In Hdt. 8. 130, we have éapos
ἐπιλάμψαντος.

1, 6. ἑσσωθέντες, from ἑσσόω, a dialectical form of the ordinary ἡσσάω,

l. 9. προ-εσ-άξαντο, Ionic 1 aor. from προεσάγομαι, ‘ brought before-
hand into the city.’ '

1. το. λόγον οὐδένα. See above, ὃ 3.1. 36.

1,12. ἀνωτέρω... προκοπτομένων, ‘and since his affairs were ad-
vancing not one whit the farther.’ The metaphor in προκόπτειν is from
pioneers cutting and clearing away in front of an advancing army.

1. 14. τὸ ποιητέον οἱ ἦν =‘ quid sibi erat faciendum,

1, 16. ἐξ ἐμβολῆς, ‘just off the inlet,’ where the river flows into
the city.

1, 17. ὄπισθε, as we say ‘ below;’ the city is regarded as facing up the
stream. The combination of ἅπασαν with érépovs seems inaccurate;
the difficulty may be avoided by supplying ἑτέρους before the words ἐξ
ἐμβολῆς, ‘he posted all his serviceable troops, some at the inlet, others at
the outfall.’

1. 24. λίμνην ἐοῦσαν ἕλος. This was a lake or reservoir which had
been dug by the Babylonian queen Nitocris, as part of her engineering
works on the channel of the Euphrates. This reservoir was now
a marsh,

1, 25. ὑπονοστήσαντος, ‘having sunk down.’

1. 28. Join ὡς with μάλιστά «yn, to which it adds a general or
indefinite force =‘ as near as may be to a man’s mid-thigh.’

κατὰ τοῦτο resumes κατὰ τὸ ῥέεθρον, after the parenthesis ὕπονενο-
στηκότος... kn, ‘along it, I repeat.’

1, 31. οὐδ᾽ ἂν.. διέφθειραν, ‘ the Babylonians, having not so much as
suffered the Persians to enter the city, would have destroyed them
utterly.” This literal translation shows that the whole sentence is an

STORY OF CYRUS, ΠΙ. §§ 8, 9. 85

affirmative one, and that the negative οὐδὲ belongs only to περιϊδόντες.
The position of the ἂν may be accounted for, because it belongs to
mepuddévres as well as to διέφθειραν, the sentence really consisting of two
clauses (though blended into one by the use of the participle), οὐδ᾽ ἂν
περιεῖδον... κάκιστα ἂν διέφθειραν. In the next sentence we have κατα-
κληίσαντες Gv... ἔλαβον ἄν σφεας. Here the first ἂν serves as a signal
to show that the form of the sentence is conditional, and the particle is
repeated, when, after the long parenthesis, the principal verb occurs.

1, 33. τὰς πυλίδας és τὸν ποταμὸν ἐχούσας, the participle used with
intransitive sense, as we say, ‘giving on the river.’ The river flowed
through the city, dividing it into two main sections. Along each bank
of the river ran a low brick wall (aipacin). The city intersected by
streets at right angles to each other; some of them parallel to the
river, the others leading directly down to it, and ending in a wicket
(πυλίς).

1. 36. νῦν δὲ, the antithesis to εἰ μέν νυν, above, line 32.

παρέστησάν ot, ‘were upon them.’
1, 38. οἰκημένων, equivalent in sense to the more usual οἰκεόντων.
τῶν... ἑαλωκότων, ‘ after that the parts about the outskirts of the
city had been taken.’ There is nothing surprising in the story that the
inhabitants of the central part of the city knew nothing of this, when we
consider the dimensions that Herodotus gives us of the city of Babylon;
describing it as a square, each side of which was 120 stadia, or 480
stadia in all, representing a circuit of about 55 English miles.

1. 39. μανθάνειν, the infinitive is made to depend upon the verb in the
parenthetical sentence, ὧς λέγεται ὑπὸ τῶν ταύτῃ οἰκημένων. So in Hat.
1. 65 ws δὲ αὐτοὶ λέγουσι Λυκοῦργον ἐκ Κρήτης ἀγάγεσθαι ταῦτα, where
the infinitive stands as if λέγουσι and not ws λέγουσι had preceded.

1. 42. kat τὸ κάρτα, lit. ‘found it out very much indeed,’ 'that is,
learned it in terrible earnest.

1. 43. τότε πρῶτον. Babylon was taken a second and a third time
by Darius Hystaspes.

ἀραίρητο, Ionic form of the pluperf. pass. of aipéw. In Attic the
perf. and pluperf. are ypnya: and ἡρήμην respectively.

§ 9.

1.1. Μασσαγετέων. The Massagetae lived eastward of the Caspian,
probably on the most southern portion of the Steppe region, the deserts
of Kharesm, Kizilkhoum, etc.

1, 3. τῷ λόγῳ, ‘in pretence.’ He was not wooing her for herself, but
for her kingdom.

1. 4. μιν = Κῦρον, not to be joined with αὐτήν,

1, 5. ἀπείπατο, ‘forbade him,’

86 NOTES.

1, 6. προεχώρεε, used impersonally, ‘seeing that he got no advantage

by guile,’ lit. that it did not advance for him.

᾿ΑράξηΞ. Probably we must understand by the Araxes, in this
passage, the Jaxartes (Sir), and not the historical Araxes or Aras; or
else the Oxus (Amoo). Possibly the name Aras or λα was given by the
natives to all streams, which would account for Herodotus’ perplexity.

1. 8, διάβασιν, in predicative apposition to γεφύρας, ‘to afford a
passage.’ The ‘towers’ built upon the boats that ‘ served to ferry them
across,’ were to prevent the bridge being attacked and broken up by the
enemy.

1.12. Μήδων. In the time of Herodotus the distinction between
Median and Persian was hardly recognized.

παῦσαι... σπεύδεις, ‘stop busying yourself with your present
business.’ This form of sentence is like χρῆν δή σε ποιέειν τὰ ποιέεις,
‘ facere quae facis.’

1, 13. ἐς καιρὸν, ‘to thine advantage.’

1.15. tpéas avéxev Spéwv, ‘ endure seeing * (that is, ‘endure to
see’) ‘us.’

1. τό. οὐκ ὦν. In Attic prose we should expect the sentence to run,
ἐπεὶ οὐις ἐθελήσεις, ‘since thou wilt not choose’... σὺ δὲ, φέρε, μόχθον
ἄφες, ‘ therefore give up the toil.’ But here, instead of the one part of the
sentence being made dependent on the other, the meaning is given
in two separate clauses, ‘thou certainly wilt not choose;’ ‘do thou
then,’ etc.

1.17. GAAd... εἶναι, ‘ but anything rather than keep quiet.’

du’ ἡσυχίης is like δι᾿ ὀργῆς, διὰ φόβου εἶναι. See Curt. § 458 6.

1. 25. συμβουλενόμενος ... oven, ‘consulting with them which of
the two he shall do.’ ποιέῃ, deliberative conjunctive.

1. 26. συνεξέπιπτον, ‘the opinions of them all coincided together.’
The metaphor in συν-εκ-πίπτειν is from the Ψῆφοι or voting pebbles
being emptied out of the urn. Here it is easily applied to γνῶμαι, that
word being equivalent to ψῆφοι in its general sense.

§ 10.

l. 3. εἶπον... ὅτι... ἀποστρέψειν. Sometimes in Greek, though
the dependent sentence begins with ὅτι, the infinitive mood follows
instead of a finite tense. It is more common when a long parenthesis
comes in between, during which the force of ὅτι has been, it may be
said, forgotten. Here there is no such reason, and the construction
must be accounted for on the ground that ὅτι serves only as a mark to
show where the quoted words begin. What Croesus had said πρότερον
to Cyrus was, ἐπεί τέ pe θεοὶ ἔδωκαν δοῦλόν σοι, δικαιῶ, εἴ τι ἐνορέω
πλέον, σημαίνειν σοι, Hdt. 1. 89.

1. 5. παθήματα---μαθήματα. Appearing in Aeschylus in the shorter

STORY OF CYRUS, III. §§ 10, 11. 87

form πάθος, μάθος, In English, ‘pain’ and ‘gain’ would give some-
thing of the intentional jingle.
«1.7. τοιαύτηβ, ie. ἀθανάτου.

1. 8, οὐδὲν πρῆγμα, ‘no good.’

1. 10, κύκλος. The same idea as in the Wheel of Fortune.

1. 12, ἤδη ὦν, ‘without more ado then.’ “Ἤδη introduces the
application of these remarks to the present case. Its use implies that
the opinion of Croesus which follows is the immediate consequence of
the views stated above.” Woods, note ad loc,

1,13. τὰ ἔμπαλιν ἢ, ‘the very contrary to.’. Adverbial accusative
with γνώμην ἔχω. :

1, 15. προσαπολλύεις, ‘ thou losest therewith.’

1. 17. ἐπ᾽ ἀρχὰς, the plural expressing ‘ provinces, or perhaps ‘satra-
pies.’ ;

1, 18. ἐλῶσι, fut. contracted from ἐλαύνω. So below ἐλᾷς.

1, 19. νικῶν Μασσαγέτας comes in awkwardly here. It is a sort of
echo of νικῶν δὲ at the beginning of the sentence, and it serves to limit
the vagueness of νικᾶν to the special hypothesis of ‘supposing you to
conquer the Massagetae.’ But, after all, the clause is superfluous.

1. 20. τὠυτὸ γὰρ, ‘for against that notion I will set this (as an alter-
native).? τὠυτὸ is explained by the words ὅτι... Topipios. In ἐκείνῳ
he refers to his previous words νικῶντες Μασσαγέται οὐ τὸ ὀπίσω φεύ-
ἔονται, ἀλλ᾽ én’ ἀρχὰς Tas ods ἐλῶσι.

]. ar. Tis dpxiis, genit. after ἰθύ.

Laz. ἀπηγημένου, from a deponent verb, but with a passive force, as
elsewhere in Hat. μεμιμημένον, κατεργασμένον.

1, 24. διαβάντας is the accusative because it forms the subject to infin.
προελθεῖν, ‘that we having crossed the river, advance over as much
[ground] as they pass through [in their retreat before us].’

l. 25. τάδε ποιεῦντας, ‘acting as follows.’ τάδε is explained by the.
paragraph beginning τούτοισι ὧν τοῖσι ἀνδράσι.

1. 29. προθεῖναι is in the same construction as the infinitives προελθεῖν
and πειρᾶσθαι above, namely, after δοκέει. ‘My view is that we having

with lavish hand killed many of our sheep, should set before these men
a feast.’

1. 32. τὸ bAavpdtatov=that part of his army which is called above
τὸ ἀχρήιον τοῦ στρατοῦ.

1, 36. ἀπόδεξις. So Hdt. 1. 59 ἔργα ἀποδεξάμενοι (ἀποδείκνυμι)
μεγάλα.

§ 11.

. συνέστασαν, * were at variance,’ ‘ clashed together.’
. κατὰ -- καθ᾽ ἃ, ‘ prout.’
. ἐδίδου. Notice the force of the tense, ‘was giving;’ 1, 6. pee

Np "

88 NOTES,

posed to give. This custom of the Persian king, to name a successor
before he took the field, is mentioned by Herodotus, 7. 2 δεῖ μιν (Δαρεῖον)
ἀποδέξαντα βασιλέα κατὰ τὸν Περσέων νόμον οὕτω στρατεύεσθαι.

1. Σ 2, καθαροῦ, ᾿ fable-bodied:’ lit. ‘clean’ or ‘clear,’ without the
hindrance of τὸ ἀχρήιον.

1, 16. ἀλεξομένους, from pres. ἀλέξομοι, ‘though defending them-
selves,’ 1.6. notwithstanding their resistance.

1. 17. ἰδόντες, agreeing by a constructio ad sensum with the noun of
multitude τριτημορὶς, Curt. ὃ 362.

§ 12.

1. 3. μηδὲν ἐπαρθῇς ... εἰ... ἐκράτησας, ‘Be not elated ... that

. you have overmastered.’ The words τοιούτῳ φαρμάκῳ resume and
explain ἀμπελίνῳ κάρπῳ.

1. 6. ἐπαναπλώειν, ‘come bubbling up to the lips.’

1. 8. κατὰ τὸ καρτερὸν is the antithesis to δολώσαξ.

1. 9. ὑπόλαβε τὸν λόγον, ‘accept my proposal.’

1. 11. katuBploas τριτημορίδι. For this unusual construction with
dative cp. ἀγάλματι καταγελᾶν, Hdt. 3. 37.

1. 14. ἐπέων ἀνενειχθέντων, ‘verborum quae renuntiabantur, from
ἀναφέρειν. :

1. 16. ἀνῆκε, ‘set him free,’ i.e. by its effects passing off. ἀνιέναι is ἃ
picturesque word, analogous to the expression δήσας φρένας οἴνῳ.

ἵνα Hv κακοῦ. See Curt. ὃ 638. 1.
1. 17. ἔτυχε, sc. τοῦ λυθῆναι, " obtained [his freedom].’
1, 18. τῶν χειρῶν ἐκράτησε, ‘got the use of his hands.’

§ 13.

1. 3. ὅσαι, Sc. ταύτην THY μάχην [πασέων ὅσαι.

1. 5. οὕτω τοῦτο γενόμενον, “ that the affair took place as follows.’

1, 8. συνέχεσθαι, ‘they closed.’

1,11, αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ. See above § 7 ad fin.

1, 12. τὰ πάντα, ‘in all,’ sc. from B.c. 558-5209.

1, 14. ἐδίζητο. The verb δί-ζειν is really a reduplication of the same
root that appears in ζη-τεῖν ((n=8jn). In the middle voice the forms
δίζεσθαι and δίζησθαι are both used by Herodotus.

1. 17. ἐπέλεγε, ‘uttered them over (ἐπὶ) the body.’

IV. CAMBYSES IN EGYPT.
81,

1, 1. Πηλουσίῳ. The Pelusiac mouth of the Nile was the most
easterly of the seven branches. It was so called from the city of
Pelusium on its right bank.

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. IV. 88 1, 2. 89

1. 3. τὴν ἄνυδρον, sc. γῆν.

1, 6. πλήθεϊ πολλῶν. So we find Hdt. 1. 51 μέγαθεϊ μεγάλους.

1. 9. κατειληθέντων, (κατειλέειν), ‘cooped up.’

1, το. ἀνὰ ποταμὸν, ‘up the river,’ sc. the Nile. The fleet of Cam-
byses contained Phoenician, Cyprian, and Ionian ships, as well as ships
from Lesbos, the chief city of which is Mytilene.

1. 13. ἁλέες, (from ἁλῆὴς), ‘all together, ‘en masse” The same root
appears in the word ἁλίζειν, but ἁλὴς does not occur in Attic writers,
who use ἀθρόος instead.

1, 16. παρέστησαν, ‘in deditionem venerunt.”

προσεχέεξ, ‘adjoining the Egyptians.’ This includes the various
communities of Libyans settled between the Egyptians in the East and
Cyrene and Barca in the West. See Hdt. 4. 168-172.

1. 19. ἐτάξαντο. Notice the force of the middle voice, = ‘éributum
sibi ipsis imposuerunt.’

1. 20. ὁμοίως καὶ, as in Lat. ‘aegue ac.

ἕτερα τοιαῦτα takes up the words above, from παρέδοσαν to
ἔπεμπον.
§ 2. ἢ

1.1, τεῖχος, ‘the citadel,’ or ‘fort.2 So the forts in Scythia are
spoken of as ὄκτω τείχεα μεγάλα, Hdt. 4. 124.

l. 2. κατίσας ἐπὶ λύμῃ, ‘having made him sit there, by way of
degradation.’ So in Soph. Aj. émi λώβᾳ.

1, 5. διεπειρᾶτο τῆς Ψυχῆς, ‘put his courage to the test.’

_ στείλας goes with ἐσθῆτι, ‘having equipped.’

1. 6. ἐπ᾽ ὕδωρ, as we say, ‘ for water.’

1. 8. ἀπολέξας must not be taken directly with ἀνδρῶν, but zap-
ϑένους is to be supplied again, in the sense of ‘virgin daughters,’ or
else ἀπολέξας may stand as a parenthetical sentence, ‘having selected
them.’ |

l. 9. παρήισαν, (παριέναι), ‘ passed by.’

1, 11. ἀντέκλαιον, ‘ wept responsive to their daughters’ tears.’

1.12. ἔκυψε. This means that his head was bowed so that his
features were not seen, as the procession passed.

1, 13. δεύτερα, adverbial, =‘ next.’

1. 15. SeSepévous. The participle agrees, by a constructio ad sensum,
with τὸν παῖδα per’ ἄλλων, because these words are really equivalent to
a plural, i.e. τὸν παῖδα καὶ ἄλλους.

1. 17. Μυτιληναίων is genit. after τοῖσι ἀπολομένοισι.

1, 23. δεινὰ ποιεύντων, ‘sore distrest at it,’ lit. making a terrible
thing of it.

τὠυτὸ... θυγατρὶ, ‘he only did the same that he had done at his
daughter[’s passing].’

1, 24. συνήνεικε, ‘it fell out,’ ‘happened. ὥστε follows with infini-

go NOTES.

tive, as in Hat. 1. 74 συνήνεικε ὥστε τῆς μάχης ovveorewons τὴν ἡμέρην
éfanivws νύκτα γενέσθαι.
τῶν συμποτέων οἱ ἄνδρα, ‘a man of his boon companions.’ For
this use of οἱ, the ethical dative, see Curt. § 432 foll.
1, 25. ἀφῆλιξ! is properly one who has passed the prime or ἡλικία, =
ws ἀπὸ THs ἡλικία5 ὧν
ἐκπεπτωκότα ἐκ ΕΣ ἐόντων, ‘qui ex bonis exciderat,’ ‘who had
been deprived of his property,’ lit. of what was [his] ; ?. the expression
ἡ οὐσία.
1, 26. ὅσα πτωχὸς, sc. ἔχει, to be supplied out of ἔχοντα.
προσαιτέοντα, ‘begging an alms of the army.’
1. 30. ἐπλήξατο. Notice the middle voice, as expressing an action
done upon one’s self.
1,21. φύλακοι. See on II. § 1.1.8.
1. 32. ἐξ ἐκείνου, so τὸ ἐκ Κύρου προσταχθέν.
én’ ἑκάστῃ é£65m=‘each time the procession passed,’ lit. at each
going forth.
1, 38. προσήκοντα, ‘related.’
1, 40. ἀνακλαίειν, supply ἐμὲ as subject.
1, 43. ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ, the same words in Il. 24. 486.
καὶ ταῦτα... Κροῖσον. In this sentence, both δοκέειν and δακρύειν
depend really, though not grammatically, on λέγεται. ‘It is said that
these things pleased him; it is said that Croesus wept;’ but this con- ~
struction is confused by the insertion of ws before λέγεται. See for
same construction III. § 8.1. 39. Then there is a difficulty about ws
ἀπενειχθέντα. On the analogy of similar sentences in Herodotus, we .
might supply ἤκουσε, ‘when [he heard] these things reported by the
messenger, [it is said] that they seemed to him to have been well said.’
Or perhaps, ‘ [it is said] that these things, as reported by the messenger,
seemed,’ etc.
1. 46. ἐπισπόμενος, from ἐπισπέσθαι, in its simplest sense, ‘ following,’
‘accompanying.’
1. 47. ἐσελθεῖν, ‘stole into his heart.’
1, 48. τόν τέ of παῖδα, like τῶν συμποτέων οἱ ἄνδρα sup.
οἱ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων. The present tense keeps its full force; ‘ those
who were in the way of death;’ or actually ‘being slain,’ for the
massacre had begun.
lL. 49. ἀναστήσανταξ, agreeing with τινὰς, the subject to ἄγειν, under-
stood. :
1, 51. of μετιόντες, ‘those who went for him.’ Cp. the common use
of μετέρχεσθαι.
1. 53. ἔνθα, i.e, παρὰ Καμβύσῃ. τοῦ λοιποῦ. See Curt. § 426.
ἔχων οὐδὲν βίαιον, ‘enduring no severities.’
1. 54, πολυπρηγμονέειν, ‘to be over-busy.’ This is a sort of euphe-

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. ΙΓ. 88 2, 3. gI

mism for ‘promoting revolt,’ like the familiar phrases, νεωτερίζειν,
‘novas res struere,’

ἀπέβαλε ἂν, ‘would have got back: \ ἀπολαμβάνειν, of taking
again what is your own. There was once a dispute, in the time of
Demosthenes, between Philip and the Athenians, turning on the point
whether he should be said δοῦναι or ἀποδοῦναι, in the case of certain
possessions to which they laid claim and which he was willing to cede;
but here Psammenitus would only have been a satrap, for he was not
said βασιλεύειν but ἐπιτροπεύειν.

1. 56. τῶν, (--ὧν βασιλέων), depends upon τοῖσί ye παισὶ, but the
relative was forgotten after the parenthesis, and so the demonstrative
αὐτῶν is introduced.

1, 59. ἀπιστὰς ἥλω, ‘was caught disaffecting.’

§ 3.

1, 6. ὃ Αἰθίοψ, ‘the Ethiopian king.’ So we find, in a corresponding
sense, 6 Λυδὸς, 6 Μῆδος.

1, 7. κατόπται, predicate, ‘as spies.’

1. 9, πολλοῦ προτιμέων, “ valuing very highly:’ lit. preferring beyond
much; the genitive is used because of the comparative force in the
verb. See on I. 8 3 τὸν ἂν πᾶσι τυράννοισι προετίμησα μεγάλων χρη-
μάτων ἐς λόγους ἐλθεῖν.

1, τό. οὕτω εὐπετέως, ‘as easily as this. Here we must suppose the
Ethiopian king draws the bow with scarcely an effort. |

1,17. πλήθεϊ ὑπερβαλλόμενον, sc. τοὺς Aidioras. So πάντας ὕπερ-
βαλλόμενος τῷ ὕψει, Hdt. 2. 175.

1. 19. ἐπὶ νόον τράπειν τινὶ is used by Herodotus in the sense of “ἐπ
animum inducere alicui,’ ‘to put it into any one’s mind,’ So ποιέειν ἐπὶ
νόον, Hdt. 1. 27.

1. 20. προσκτᾶσθαι τῇ ἑωυτῶν, ‘to acquire in addition to their own.’

1. 21. τοῖσι ἥκουσι, sc. the messengers who had come, and who were
then in his presence. :

1, 25. εἰπάντων. Notice the 1st aor. forms εἶπα, εἰπάμην, as well as
the 2nd aor. commonly in use, εἶπον, εἰπόμην.

1. 24. δολεροὺς, δολερὰ, =‘ unreal,’ ‘sham ;’ the garment had not its
natural colour. Cp. the Latin use of ‘fucatus,’

1, 26. τὸν χρυσοῦν στρεπτὸν εἰρώτα, [sc. αὐτοὺς], ‘he asked them
about the necklace.’ Double accusative is used with verbs of asking,
Curt. § 402.

1. 28. τὸν κόσμον seems to mean here, ‘the way of wearing them.’

1. 34: ἐπείρετο, from ἐπείρεσθαι, used for the more common word
ἐπερωτᾶν.

1. 35. μακρότατον, a predicative addition,=‘at the longest,’ Cp.
ὁτέοισι τῶν ἐθνέων ἀλκίμοισι ἐνετύγχανε, Hdt. 2. 102.

92 NOTES.

1. 36. πυρῶν. We should gather from this that the Ethiopians were
unacquainted with the cultivation of corn. They lived on κρέα ἑφθὰ καὶ
πόμα γάλα.

1. 39. Κόπρον. They must have explained to the king about the
manuring of crops.

1. 41. ἀνέφερον, quite literally, ‘ picked [themselves] up.’

τοῦτο ἑσσοῦσθαι, ‘ were beaten in this point.’ τοῦτο is equivalent
to the ‘internal object,’ sc. τήνδε ἧσσαν éoo. See Curt. § 400 foll.

§ 4.

1, 3. λόγον ἑωυτῷ δοὺς, =‘ having considered,’ lit. rendered account to
himself.

1. 5. ota. Curt. § 587. 6.

1. 6. Ἑλλήνων, who formed, as was stated above, his marine. ~

1, 9. ἀπέκρινε, ‘separated,’ ‘ drafted off,’

l. 10. ἐξανδραποδισαμένουςΞ. The case, of the participle does not
follow that of the object of ἐνετέλλετο, but is attracted into the case of
the subject to ἐμπρῆσαι.

1. 11. χρηστήριον, The famous temple of Jupiter Ammon was built
in the Libyan desert, in the Oasis of Sywah, as it is now called.

1. 14. σιτίων ἐχόμενα differs very little from σίτια, τε" everything in
the way of food,’ ‘connected with food.’ So τὰ ὀνειράτων ἐχόμενα, Hdt.
1.120, Here ἐπιλείπειν is joined with a personal accusative, as ὕδωρ
μιν ἀπέλιπε, Hdt. 7. 21. ‘All that they had in the way of food had
failed them.’

1.15. καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, ‘even the beasts of burden failed.’

1, 16. γνωσιμαχέειν, =‘ priori suae sententiae repugnare. ‘The transla-
tion, ‘changed his mind,’ gives the general sense, but it loses the
graphic een that implies the struggle with the previous opinion.

1. 17, ἐπὶ, ‘after.’

1. 21. Ψάμμον, =the sands of the Libyan desert.

1. 22. ἐκ δεκάδος, ‘from every ten.’

1. 29. Ὄασιν πόλιν. The word Οασις is probably nothing more than
an attempt to express in Greek letters the Egyptian word ‘Wah,’ a
‘dwelling’ or ‘inhabited spot.’ The city and its surrounding scenery
probably lay near the modern ΕἸ Kharjeh in the larger and more
southerly of the two Oases, in the desert of Sahara.

1. 30. ὅτι μὴ =‘ nisi.’ See Curt. § 633 b.

1. 33. λέγεται... ἐπειδὴ... ἰέναι. In oratio obliqua it is not un-
usual for temporal conjunctions to be followed by an infinitive, instead
of by a finite verb. |

1. 35. μεταξύ κου μάλιστα, ‘had got pretty nearly between,’

1, 36. ἄριστον, ‘ breakfast.’

CAMBYSES IN EGYPT. IV. §§ 4-6. 93

§ 5.

1. 2. “Ams, the sacred calf at Memphis, was peculiarly consecrated to
‘Phthah, the Egyptian God of Light, and was worshipped in a splendid
court of his own. The appearance of the sacred calf, which was recog-
nised by certain marks or distinguishing features, was the signal for a
festival of great rejoicing. The calf was supposed to enshrine the soul
of Osiris, which, when one calf died, migrated into the body of another.
We may suppose that there had been a long period during which no
sacred calf had been found to satisfy the requirements of the priests,
and now the citizens of Memphis were just celebrating his appearance.

1. 5. Join πάγχυ with καταδόξας, ‘ being strongly of opinion,’

1.6. χαρμόσυνα, ‘were making these demonstrations of joy because
of his ill-success.’

1. 7. 6 v,=‘ why.’

1. 9. τότε δὲ, ‘ but were doing so then.’

1. 11. διὰ χρόνου. See Cyrt. § 458 c.

1, 16. οὐ λήσειν, ‘it should not escape his notice,’ that is, ‘he would
soon see, whether a tame god had come among the Egyptians.’ The
Persians, who neither built temples nor erected statues of their gods,
would have little sympathy with so gross a form of animal-worship as
this.

1. 22. γελάσας, ‘with a burst of laughter.’ See Curt. § 496, obs. for
the force of the aorist participle.

1, 23. τοιοῦτοι, predicative. “θεοὶ is the subject of the verb.

. 24. €matovres, =here αἰσθανόμενοι, “ feeling.’
25. γέλωτα, ‘a laughing-stock.’
. τοῖσι ταῦτα πρήσσουσι, ‘those whose business is to do this,’
29. ἐδικαιεῦντο, ‘ were punished,’ lit. got their deserts.
32. λάθρη Καμβύσεω. See Curt. § 415 ad fin.

dS
OV

§ 6.

1, 2. τὸν ἐτίμα... καί of. Cp. Hat. 3. 31 ἀδελφεὴ, τῇ καὶ συνοίκεε
kat ἣν οἱ ἀπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων ἀδελφεή. When to a relatival sentence a second
clause is appended which requires a different case of the relative, the
construction sometimes changes from the relatival altogether to the
demonstratival, See Curt. § 605 c. obs.

1, 9. πλεόνως προσκέεσθαι, ‘art over and above devoted,’
τὸν μὲν, = Prexaspes; τὸν δὲ, = Cambyses.

14. ot συνέδρων ἐόντων, ‘ ipsi adsidentium.’

15. πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ‘in comparison with his father.’

17. ἐκείνου, i.e. all his father’s possessions.

. 18. τὴν θάλασσαν must mean the 5. E. portion of the Mediter-

a μ.ω
- ΓῚ .

94 NOTES.

ranean; and the reference is to the successes of Cambyses on the
Syrian and Phoenician coasts, and in the island of Cyprus,

1. 29. φάναι, imperatival infinitive, ‘ Say.’

1, 33. ὡς δὲ... ἐνευρεθῆναι. See sup. § 4. 1. 33.

1. 38. ἐπίσκοπα, ‘truly,’ ‘accurate, lit. on the mark.

1. 40, τὸν θεὸν, perhaps Apollo, god of archery.

V. THE STORY OF POLYCRATES.

§ 1.

1. 2, βεβωμένα. So καὶ οὕτω ᾿Αλκμαιωνίδαι ἐβώσθησαν ἀνὰ τὴν “EX-
λάδα. Similar to this is the use in Attic οἵ περιβόητος.

1. 3. ἰθύσειε, =‘ pergeret.’ Cp. Hom. 1]. 6. 2 ἔθυσε μάχη.

1, 5. ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε. In this common phrase, expressive of the
various ways of ‘annexing’ the property or persons of enemies, it will
be seen that ἄγειν belongs strictly to animals that are driven off; φέρειν
to inanimate things.

1. 6. διακρίνων; unalone no distinction with regard to,’ and so ‘ex-
empting.’

τῷ γὰρ φίλῳ, ‘for he said that he should gratify his friend all the
more by giving back to him what he had taken, than by not having -
taken anything at all.’ So οὐκ ἀρχὴν, in the same sense, Hadt. 1. 16.

1. 8. ἀραιρήκεε, the corresponding form in the passive in Ionic is
ἀραίρημαι for ἥρημαι.

1. g. ἐν δὲ, ‘and besides,” =‘ atque in his etiam.’ Frequent in Sophocles,
as O. T. 27 ἐν δ᾽ 6 πυρφόρος θεὸς σκήψας ἐλαύνει.

1.11. δεδεμένοι. They worked, as prisoners, ‘in chains.’

καί kws, ‘and somehow or other the great prosperity of Polycrates
was not unnoticed by Amasis, but it was’a matter of anxiety to him,’
lit. Polycrates prospering did not escape the notice of Amasis. Curt.
§ 590. :

1. 18, φθονερόν. See the remark of Solon, I. 8 4.1]. 5, on the jealousy

with which the gods regarded excessive power or prosperity.

καί κως βούλομαι, ‘and indeed I would prefer for myself (as well
as for those for whom I care) to have a measure of success (εὐτυχέειν,
Tt), in part of my fortunes, but in another part to meet with failure, and
in such wise to live out my days, with alternations of luck rather than
with uniform prosperity.’ Notice in this sentence τὸ μὲν and τὸ δὲ a
accusatives of reference with εὐτυχέειν, and the use of ἢ after βούλομαι
as implying a preference; so in Homer 1], 1. 117 βούλομ᾽ ἐγὼ λαὸν σῶν
ἔμμεναι ἢ ἀπολέσθαι. The words καὶ τῶν ἂν κήδωμαι are added quite
parenthetically without affecting the construction, as we see by the use
of πρήσσων in the next clause, which can only refer to αὐτός.

THE STORY OF POLYCRATES. V. ξξ τ, 2. 95

1, 22. λόγῳ, ‘by report,’ ‘in story.’
οἶδα ἀκούσας. Curt. § 5091.

1. 25. φροντίσας τὸ ἂν, ‘having considered whatever you may find to
be most precious in your eyes [τοι], and over the loss of which you will
be most sorry at heart.’ In the mood of éAyqoets the idea is expressed
that the selection has been made and the loss accepted.

1. 27. ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει. Curt. § 500.

]. 28. τὠπὸ τούτου, ‘henceforward,’ a further explanation of ἤδη.

1. 29.. τρόπῳ τῷ, ‘in the way suggested by me, apply some remedy.’
He talks as if the εὐτυχίη was excessive, or plethoric, and actually re-
quired ‘ curing.’

§ 2.

1, 3. ἀσηθείη, from dodw, (don =‘ loathing’).

1.5. λίθους Curt. § 408. 3.

1, 8. ἀναγαγεῖν, ‘ bid them launch out [sc. νέα] into the open sea.’

1. 9. περιελόμενος, ‘having taken off;* properly of removing some-
thing that envelopes. Thus the gold that was removable from the
Phidian statue of Zeus is called by Thucydides περιαίρετον,

1, 12. συμφορῇ ἐχρῆτο, ‘treated it as a calamity.’

1. 16. χωρήσαντός οἱ τούτου, (more commonly χωρεῖν edrvyéws),
‘when this had succeeded for him,’ sc. the granting of his request.

1. 22. διπλέη, is an irregular feminine from διπλόος.

1. 28. τὸν δὲ ὡς ἐσῆλθε, ‘ but when it came into his mind.’

1. 30. τὰ ποιήσαντά piv ota καταλελαβήκεε. A double relative sen-
tence =‘ quae facienti qualia sibi accidissent;’ in English idiom, ‘ what he
had done and what had befallen him.’ Cp. Soph. Elect. 751 of” ἔργα
δράσας οἷα λαγχάνει κακά. Notice the form λελαβήκεε as distinct from
the Attic εἴληφα.

1. 31. és Αἴγυπτον ἐπέθηκε, ‘put it into [the messenger’s hand] for
Egypt,’ i.e. to go to Egypt. So Hdt. 5. 95 ᾿Αλκαῖος ἐν μέλεϊ ποιήσας
ἐπιτιθεῖ ἐς Μυτιλήνην.

1. 33. ἐκκομίσαι, =‘ eripere,’ ‘to rescue.’ Cp. Ps. 40. 7 ‘No man may
redeem his brother, nor give to God a ransom for him,

1. 36. καὶ τὰ ἀποβάλλει, =‘ etiam quae proiicit.

1, 37. διαλύεσθαι ξεινίην. Like rats leaving a sinking ship, Amasis
begs to break off friendship with a doomed man. This selfishness was
exhibited by Greek gods as well; for we read how a protecting power
would withdraw his aid from a chieftain in the field when he knew the
day was going against him. The apology made for Amasis will hardly
Carry conviction with it, Grote (vol. iv) suspects that the truth of the
story is that Polycrates, with characteristic faithlessness, broke off his.
friendship with Amasis, finding it suitable to his policy to court the
alliance of Cambyses.

96 | NOTES.

§ 3.

1, 1, ὕπαρχος, equivalent to ‘satrap.’

1, 3. μάταιον, means properly ‘random,’ ‘ pet eG * and thus
stands, by a sort of euphemism, for ‘abusive.’

1. 8, MurpoBarea, is the accusative in apposition with otvopa, “ whose
name was “ Mitrobates,’’’”

vopos, (notice the. accent), is the technical term for a satrapy.
Dascyleion is on the Phrygian coast of the Propontis, In Hdt. 3. 90
this satrapy is called νομὸς δεύτερος.

1, 9, τούτους resumes again the two accusations Opoirny and Πέρσην.
This construction is called ἐπανάληψις, ‘resumption.’

ἐκ λόγων, ‘the quarrel arose from their talk,’
κρινομένων, gen. absol., ‘as they disputed.’

1. Io. προφέροντα, ‘ challenging him,’

l. 11, σὺ γάρ. See Curt. § 626. 6. ‘What! art thou in the
number of brave men?’

λόγος = the * reckoning’ or tale.’

1, 13. τῶν τιβ ἐπιχωρίων. See note on II. § 1.1.11, and elsewhere.
The insurgent is of coursé Polycrates.

1. 16. τῇ ὑπὲρ Μαιάνδρου, sc. in Caria: to distinguish it from the
Magnesia in Phrygia, on Mount Sipylus.

1, 18. νόος, His design is told in the following words.

1. 20, Μίνωος. With regard to Minos of Crete, (Cnossus or Gnossus
being a famous and ancient city in that island), Thucydides says, (i. 4),
‘Minos was the earliest known possessor of a navy; and he made him-
self complete master of the sea about Greece; and had control of the
Cyclades, and was the first colonist of most of them.’

1. 22. ἀνθρωπηίηξ yevefis serves to mark off the mythic age, to which
Minos belonged, from the ‘historical times’ of Polycrates. Minos
passed as a demi-god’ at any rate he claimed Zeus for his father.

1. 27. κατὰ, ‘on a par with.’

1. 30. éxkoptoas, ‘having got me and my treasures safely away, keep
some of them thyself, and some of them suffer me to keep.’

1, 32. εἵνεκεν χρημάτων. Like the common phrase τούτου γ᾽ ἕνεκα, τε
‘as far as money is concerned,’

§ 4,

1, 2. καί κως. See sup. § 1. ll. 11, 18.

1. 5. ἐόντα προσδόκιμον, ‘was expected.’

1. 6. πλὴν κάρτα βραχέος, from neuter βραχὺ, used as a substantive,
‘except a very shallow [piece] just round the extreme edges.’

1, 8. καταδήσας. Before the invention of locks for boxes, they were
usually corded and secured with a knot. Odysseus (Od. 8. 447) is said

THE STORY OF POLYCRATES. V. 88 3, 4. 97

to have fastened his treasure-chest with a knot which Circe taught him
how to make.

1. το. πολλὰ, adverbial, ‘though the prophets, and his friends too,
vehemently dissuaded him.’

1. 11, αὐτὸς ἀπιέναι, his own journey is thus distinguished from the
mission of Maeandrius.

πρὸς δὲ, ‘ and, what is more, (Ἢ praeterea ms He did so i aithones
his daughter had seen a vision.’

1.15. παντοίη ἐγίνετο, lit. ‘became of every sort:’ like ἘΣ
turning himself into various shapes to effect his purpose. A graphic
phrase to express ‘tried every means,’ ‘nihil non tentavit.” We might
render it by a metaphor, equally graphic, though of very different
origin: ‘left no stone unturned.’ The sense of the phrase thus being
equivalent to, ‘she tried,’ or, ‘she entreated,’ the infinitive μὴ ἀποδη-
μῆσαν follows naturally.

1, 17. ἐπεφημίζετο, ‘uttered her boding words after him.’ φήμη, ‘a
voice,’ has also the meaning of the omen connected with any utter-
ance, whether bad or good. The adjectives εὔφημος and δύσφημος —
illustrate this.

1, 19. ἐπιτελέα ταῦτα, viz. his safe return, although it implied her »
enforced maidenhood. |

Join βούλεσθαι... ἢ ἐστερῆσθαι, the clause introduced by ἢ follows
directly upon βούλεσθαι in the sense of ‘ malle, and not upon πλέω. We
should rather expect πολλὸν than πλέω, as there is no real comparison
between two different periods of time: but πλέω here takes its colouring
from the general tone of the sentence, which is the comparison between
virginity and orphanhood, with a prererenice for the former.

1, 23. ἐν δὲ δὴ, like πρὸς δὲ, sup. “ atque in his etiam.

], 25. τῶν κατ᾽ ἑωυτὸν, “ of his contemporaries.’ See Curt. ὃ 459. B. b.

1. 27. ὅτι μὴ --΄ nisi.’ Curt. § 633b. The Sicilian despots alluded to
are the brothers Gelo and Hiero.

1. 29. μεγαλοπρέπειαν, accusative of reference, Curt. § 404.

1. 30. οὐκ ἀξίως ἀπηγήσιοϑ, ‘in a way not fit (1.6. too horrible) to
recount.’

1. 33. ἐόντας ἐχευδέρονε. The participle gives the reason, ‘ that they
were free.’

1. 34. ποιεύμενος εἶχε. One might say, ἐν ἀνδραπόδων λόγῳ ἐποιέετο,
or εἶχε. But here εἶχε gives rather the sense of ‘continuing to do it:’
as, above, εἶχε ἑτοίμαξ.

1. 37. ἀνιεὶς αὐτὸς, ‘as he himself exhaled moisture from his body.’
The drops which the sun drew from the surface of the exposed body
served as a sort of anointing (χρίεσθαι), and thus the warning of the
dream came true.

98 _ NOTES.

VI. THE STORY OF ZOPYRUS.
§ 1.

1, 2. περὶ πολλοῦ ποιέεται, ‘sets great store on,’ lit. places above
much, Curt. § 466 B b.

1. 3. πολλοῦ τιμῷτο, genitive of price.

1. 5. és τὸ πρόσω, lit. ‘are honoured up to an advance of greatness ;’
this is really equivalent to two ideas; sc. ‘honorantur, et ad insignem
magnitudinis gradum evehuntur? —

1. 7. εἰ δ᾽ ἑωυτὸν, ‘unless he should go over to them as a deserter,
having disfigured himself.’ This may serve for a translation, but gram-
matically εἰ δ᾽ introduces a fresh protasis, the apodosis of which is not
expressed. ‘He did not think he could gain the city in any other
way; but if he should desert to them [he thought he might succeed].

1, 8. ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιησάμενος, ‘making light,’ sc. of the self-sacrifice
and pain.

1. 9. λωβᾶται λώβην. See Curt. ὃ 400.a. This particular use of the
verb with accusative of identical form is called by grammarians ‘ figura
etymologica.’

1.11. μαστιγῶσας. We might expect μαστιγωσάμενος, as the action
was performed on himself; but the participle is assimilated in voice to
ἀποταμὼν and περικείραξ.

1.15. ὅ τι ποιῆσαντα, as we should say, ‘ For what deed?’ lit. having
done what? ‘The accusative is governed by λωβήσαιτο, to be supplied
from ὁ λωβησάμενος.

οὐκ ἔστι οὗτος ἀνὴρ, ‘such a man exists not, save thee.’ Cf. Hom.
Od. 6. 201 οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνὴρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται, οὐδὲ γένηται, For this force
of ὅτι μὴ see above, V. 8 4.1. 27.

1, 16. ὧδε διαθεῖναι, ‘so to treat,’ lit. to put in such a condition.

1, 18. αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἐμεωυτὸν, sc. τάδε ἔργασμαι.

1, 19. καταγελᾶν, not uncommonly used in Herodotus with the dative.
Elsewhere it is found with the genitive.

1. 23. παραστήσονται, ‘surrender themselves,’ lit. come over to
our side.

1. 24. ἐξέπλωσας, lit. ‘sailed away from.” We may translate, ‘taken
leave of your senses.’ | :

1. 26. περιεῖδες, sc. ποιήσαντα, ‘ wouldest not have suffered me to do
it.’ περιορᾶν gets this notion from the idea of looking round or beyond
something, instead of looking straight at it: so ‘to be careless about,’
‘make light of,’ ‘ overlook.’

ἔπ᾽ ἐμεωυτοῦ βαλόμενος. This phrase is supposed by some to mean,
-*having taken it upon myself,’ i.e. on my own individual responsibility.
It is more likely an extension of the expression és θυμόν τι βάλλεσθαι,

STORY OF ZOPYRUS.. VI. §§ 1, 2. 99

common in Herodotus, and resembling the Homeric ἐν φρεσὶ βάλλεο
σῇσι, Il. 1. 297. Translate then, ‘having pondered it with myself alone.’
Schweighiuser renders, ‘ Secum solo deliberare. Rem in animo suo uliro
citrogue iactare.’

1. 27. ἢν μὴ τῶν σῶν δεήσῃ, ‘unless there be a want of thy (co-
operation).’ ‘Nisi ea quae sunt tuarum partium mihi defuerint’ ‘The
same construction is seen in the common phrase πολλοῦ δεῖ,

aipéopev, he speaks as if the taking of Babylon were already
beginning.

1, 28. ὡς ἔχω, ‘just as I am.’

1, 31. ἀπὸ tavTys és δεκάτην, ‘ on the tenth day from this,’

1, 32. THs ἀπολλυμένης, lit. ‘of which perishing there will be no
account,’ i.e. that part of the army which can best be spared, ‘ the loss
of which is of no importance.’

1, 37. ἔπειτεν, the Ionic form for ἔπειτα. Cp. ἕνεκεν and ἕνεκα.

κάτισον. FElerodotus uses κατίζεινν both transitively and in-
transitively.

1, 39. ἐχόντων, imperative, =‘ gerant.’

τῶν ἀμυνούντων (ὅπλων), ‘defensive weapons,’ Fut. particip. act.
from ἀμύνω.

1, 40, τοῦτο, sc. τὸ ἐγχειρίδιον. ἐᾶν has the force of an imperative,
Curt. § 577. So κελεύειν below.

1, 47. βαλανάγρη is a key which catches (dype?) the pin (Baravos),
that passes through the door bolt (woxAds). When the pin is lifted the
bolt can be moved backwards or forwards.

§ 2.

ES trvorspedbuevos, 3 i.e. turning round, like a man who fears that he
is being watched or pursued.

1, 3. κατὰ τοῦτο, ‘at that spot,’ sc. τῶν πύργων.

1.5. τίς εἴη... ὅτευ δεόμενος. This combination of direct and
indirect interrogative pronouns is common in Homer. Cp. Od. 1. 171
τίς πόθεν εἰς ἀνδρῶν, πόθι σοι πόλις ἠδὲ τοκῆες | ὅπποίηβ δ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸς
ἐλήλυθας:

1.7. πὰ κοινὰ, ‘the general assembly. Cp. τὰ τέλη, meaning ‘ the
magistrates.’

1. 8. κατοικτίξετο, ‘made his complaint.

1. το. διότι συμβουλεῦσαι. The infinitive follows διότι because the
sentence is in oratio obliqua. Cp. Hdt. 3. 55 τιμᾶν Σαμίους ἔφη διότι
ταφῆναί οἱ τὸν πάππον δημοσίῃ ὑπὸ Σαμίων.

1,11. ἐπεί te. Notice the Epic use of τε, which is here not copula-
tive, but only emphatic. Cp. οἷός τε in Attic.

1, 12. ἥκω μέγιστον ἀγαθόν. Cp. for a similar expression, Hom. Od.
3. 306 τῷ δέ οἱ ὀγδοάτῳ κακὸν ἤλυθε δῖος ᾿Ορέστης =‘ came as a curse.’

Η 2

100 NOTES.

1. 15. διεξόδους, ‘ins and outs.’ The whole of the sun’s track is called
ἡ ἡλίου διέξοδος, Hdt. 4. 140. So here διέξοδοι βουλευμάτων mean ‘Viae
et rationes consiliorum,’

1, 20. τῶν ἐδέετο σφέων, ‘what he asked of them.’ δέεσθαι is used
with genitive of person and thing. Cp. καί σευ δέομαι μὴ δέεσθαι ἀνόμων,
Hdt. 1. 8.

1, 24. τοὺς χιλίους, those thousand men that Darius was to post on
the tenth day at the gate of Semiramis.

1. 26. παρεχόμενον, ‘making his deeds as good as his words.’

1, 29. ἐπιλεξάμενος, ‘having picked out’ some of the Babylonians;
partitive genitive, Curt. § 412.

1, 32. ἐν στόμασι εἶχον, ‘had his name ever on their lips.’ aivéovres
is a necessary addition, for the phrase ἐν στόμασι ἔχειν may be used
where the subject of conversation is in disfavour: as, e.g. Miltiades, Hdt.
6. 136 ᾿Αθηναῖοι δὲ ἐκς Πάρου Μιλτιάδην ἀπονοστήσαντα εἶχον ἐν στόμασι.

1. 35. πάντα ἦν Ζώπυρος, as we say, ‘ ogy was everything’ or ‘all
in all,’

1, 37. ἀπεδέδεκτο, “ constitutus erat,’ (ἀποδεικνύναι).

3.
1. 6. ἐσῆκε, from ἐσίημι. :

1. 8. Ζεὺς Βῆλος. Bel (Baal) was the name of the Sun-god worshipped
by the Babylonians. Herodotus gives a description of his temple in B.
I, 181.

1, το. ἔμαθον προδεδομένοι, ‘ learned that they had been betrayed.’

1, 11. τὸ δεύτερον, B.c. 519. The first capture by Cyrus (B.c. 538) is
described above, III. § 8.

1.12. τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δὲ, see note on I. § 2.

1, 13. περιεῖλε, “ diruit,’ lit. ‘ cireumcirca sustulit,

VII. DARIUS AND THE SCYTHIANS.

§ 1.

1. 3. ἐξόν rou... ποιέειν, ‘ when it is τη thy power to do the opposite
of this.’ τῶνδε is equivalent to τοῦ αἰεὶ φεύγειν. ἐξὸν, absol. accus., see
Curt. § 586.

1. 5. od δὲ... μάχεσθαι, apodosis to εἰ μὲν γάρ. So below εἰ δὲ
συγγιγνώσκεαι.. .. σὺ δὲ ἐλθέ. μάχεσθαι has the force of the imperative.

1. 8. γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ. To bring presents of earth and water was
equivalent to making complete submission, symbolising the surrender of
every possession.

1. 12. νεώτερόν τί εἶμι ποιῆσαϑ. ‘have I done anything more
unusual,’ .

DARIUS AND THE SCYTHIANS. VII. ξξ 1,2. ΟῚ

ἢ, 13. 8 τι δὲ, ‘but the reason why I do not at once give battle.’

1. 15. ἁλῴη. (ἁλίσκομαι), refers to ἄστεα, and καρῇ, (κείρω), to γῆ
πεφυτευμένη. ‘In fear for which, lest they be taken or ravaged, we might
lose no time in joining battle with you.’ ταχύτερον (in Attic θᾶσσον)
means ‘sooner’ than we otherwise should.

1, 16. és τοῦτο, i. 6. to battle.

1. 20. εἴτε καὶ οὐ, and not μὴ, because οὐ is closely bound up with the
single word μαχησόμεθα. So εἰ δὲ ταῦτα οὐ ποιήσουσι, Hdt. 7. 9.

ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λόγος atpéy, ‘ nisi nobis ratio suaserit. Similar formulas
in Herodotus are ws ἐμὴ γνώμη αἱρέει, and οὐδὲ λόγος αἱρέει followed by
accusative and infinitive. afpén =lit. ‘ catch,’ or, ‘ convince.’

1. 23. Ἱστίη, (Ἑστία, Vesta), possibly in the cult of this goddess the
Scythians show themselves as fire-worshippers in some shape or other.

1. 26. ἀντὶ δὲ rod, ‘and in return for thy saying that thou wast my
master, I bid thee “go hang.” κλαίειν λέγω is like χαίρειν λέγω. Cp.
Horace, Sat. 1. 10. gt ‘iubeo plorare,

§ 2.

nM AL τέλος, used ἃ adverbially like ἀρχὴν, “ at last.’

1. 5. τὸν νόον, ‘ the import.’

1. 8. τὸ ἐθέλει, ‘ what the gifts intend to tell.” Cp. Hdt. 6. 37 τί θέλει
τὸ ἔπος εἶναι ; “ Quid sibi vult hoc verbum?’

1, 11. εἰκάζων. This participle can agree neither with Aapetov nor
γνώμη, but it follows a constructio ad sensum, as though the words had
run Δαρεῖος ἔγνω.

τὸν αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, Curt. § 436 b.
1. 13. οἶκε, Ionic form for ἔοικε, (εἴκω).
τοὺς δὲ ὀϊστοὺς, ‘and the arrows they surrender, as (representing)
their own means of defence.’

1. 14. Δαρείῳ, ‘by Darius.’ More usually, ὑπὸ Δαρείου.

1, 15. συνεστήκεε, ‘clashed.’ See III. § 11 ad init.

1, 16. τῶν τὸν Μάγον κατελόντων. See Introd. to Chap. VI. (Story
of Zopyrus).

1, 23. τεταγμένοισι, not to be confounded with the gen. absolute. It
is the so-called dativus commodi. ‘A hare ran right through into the
midst for the Scythians ;’ or, as we should say in familiar language,
‘the Scythians had a hare run down the middle of their lines.’ The
same dative is used even of inanimate things in Homer. Cp. Od. 9.
149 κελσάσῃσι δὲ νηυσὶ καθείλομεν ἱστία πάντα.

1. 24. διήιξε, from διαΐσσω.

1. 25. βοῇ Χρεωμένων = Ξ- βοώντων. A favourite periphrasis in Herodotus,
50 κώμῳ χρῆσθαι and ἁρπαγῇ χρῆσθαι.

1. 28. πρὸς τούσπερ, sc. his nearest attendants, with whom he com-
monly conversed.

ΙΟΖ ι NOTES.

1. 30. ὡς ὧν οὕτως, ‘since then these things do now seem so to be in
my judgment also.’ With δοκεόντων supply τούτων.

1. 34. λόγῳ ἠπιστάμην, ‘knew by report.’

ἀπορίην τῶν ἀνδρῶν. Not, as it would ordinarily mean, ‘the

difficulties these men are in,’ but ‘the impracticable nature of’ or
‘difficulty of dealing with.’ So Hdt. 4. 46 Σκύθαι ἄμαχοί τε καὶ ἄποροι
προσμίσγειν.

1. 37.. ἐκκαύσαντας, ‘having lighted up.’

1, 38. τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους és, ‘ feeblest for enduring.’

l. 39. ἐξαπατήσανταΞ. The full meaning of the word must be,
‘leaving them behind-under some false pretence.’

1. 42. τὸ ἡμέας οἷόν τε ἔσται ἐξεργάσασθαι --’ quod nos possit perdere.’

§ 3.

1. 3. τῶν ἦν... λόγος. Almost the same phrase as in VI. § I
στρατιῆς τῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ὥρη ἀπολλυμένης, where see note.

‘Ll. 8, προφάσιος, still in the government of εἵνεκεν.

l. 9. τῷ καθαρῷ τοῦ στρατοῦ, ‘ the effective part of the army.’

1, 14. οὕτω δὴ... φωνῆς, ‘raised. a far louder noise.’ τῆς φωνῆς
seems to be a partitive genitive; and the construction must be dis-
tinguished from the ordinary ἱέναι φωνήν.

1, 15. κατὰ χώρην, ‘in the same place,’ ‘on the [original] ground.’

1. 19. τὰ κατήκοντα, ‘suitable words,’ of explanation and entreaty.

VIII. STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE.
ve

1.1. τῶν παράλων. The men of the coast, consisting mainly of
merchants and sailors, were led by the Alcmaeonid Megacles, son-in-
law of the Sicyonian tyrant Cleisthenes; Lycurgus was the leader of
the men of the plain, the occupiers of land on the banks of the Cephisus ;
Peisistratus espoused the cause of the men of the mountains, who were
for the most part tillers of the soil, vinedressers, or shepherds,

1. 4. καταφρονήσας has not here its usual force of ‘despising,’ but
stands simply asa stronger form of φρονέειν, as καταδοκέειν (in Herodotus)
of δοκέειν. Translate, ‘pondering over,’ and so ‘ forming designs upon.’

1. 6. τῷ λόγῳ, ‘avowedly.’ He pretended to be the champion of the
mountaineers ; he really was aiming at the sovereignty.

l. 9. δῆθεν, like Lat. “ setlicet,’ has an ironical force = ‘ forsooth.’

1. 11. Meyapéas. The Megareans had possessed themselves of
Salamis, and the expedition here alluded to was undertaken for its
recovery. Nisaea was the harbour of Megara.

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE. VIII. §§ 1-3. 103

1. 19. τιμὰς, ‘ offices,’ ‘ magistracies.’
1, 20. ἐπὶ τοῖσι κατεστεῶσι, ‘maintaining the existing institutions.’

§ 2. Ny =

1.1. τὠντὸ φρονήσαντες, sm oreey * thaving made agreement
together.’

1. 3. οὕτω μὲν ἔσχε, ‘ this is the way he got possession of ;᾿ referring
to his first success.

1. 6. ἐκ ὕέης, =‘ denuo.’? So we have ἐξ ὑστέρης, ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου.

iy, περιελαυνόμενος, ‘hard driven,’ ‘ agitatus.’

1. 8. ot τὴν θυγατέρα. * his daughter.? The enclitic is drawn out of its
natural place by the influence of the verb.

ἔχειν γυναῖκα, ‘to have to wife.’

ἐπὶ τῇ τυραννίδι, ‘on the condition of [holding] the sovereignty.’
1. το. ἐπὶ τῇ κατόδῳ, ‘ with a view to his return,’ sc. from banish-
ment. So οἱ κατιόντες.

1. 11. Παιανιέζ. The hamlet Paeania belonged to the Pandionid
tribe ; it was situated on the eastern side of Mount Hymettus.

]. 12. μέγαθος, ‘in height wanting only three spans from four cubits,’
lit. leaving short three spans.

1. 14. mpodégavres . . . ἔχουσα, ‘having shown her, i.e. taught her
how to assume a carriage, such as she was sure to look most attractive
with.’

1. 15. οἷόν τι is governed directly by ἔχουσα, and εὐπρεπέστατον is
an adverb qualifying φανέεσθαι.

1, 22. δήμους, the outlying hamlets, in contradistinction to of ἐν τῷ
ἄστεϊ.

§ 9.

1. 2. περιεῖπε, ‘treated.’ So τρηχέως περιέσποντο.

1. 4. ἀπαλλάσσετο. This took place 549 Β.σ. The first exile belongs
to the year 555 B.c., the return to 550 8.6.

1. 9. of ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεος. We might expect of ἐν τῷ ἄστεϊ, but the
word ἀπίκοντο is to follow, and the writer wishes to speak about the
Athenians in the city, coming owt of the city, which would be expressed
in full, of ἐν τῷ ἄστεϊ éx τοῦ ἄστεος ἀπίκοντο. But the Greek idiom is
able to make a sort of concentrated form of these two statements, by
shifting a clause that should naturally go with the verb into close
connection with the article. As a result of which we get oi ἐκ τοῦ
ἄστεος στασιῶται. Cp. Hdt. 7. 37 6 ἥλιος ἐκλιπὼν τὴν éx τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
ἕδρην ἀφανὴς ἦν.

l. 10. πρὸ ἐλευθερίηβ, where we should expect the conjunction 4.
See Curt. § 454 Ο.

1. 17. κατιόντας, ‘the returning exiles,’ Cp. sup. ἐπὶ τῇ κατόδῳ. So
κατέρχομαι, in Arist. Ran. 1165.

104 NOTES.

1, 18. ἐς τὠυτὸ συνιόντες, ‘eundem in locum congressi, (se. cum hoste),’
‘meeting them.’

1. 19. Παλληνίδος, ‘of Pallene;’ this was one of the hamlets in the
neighbourhood of Athens, near Acharnae, between Pentelicus and the
northerly spur of Hymettus.

1. 20. ἔθεντο ὅπλα, ‘ piled arms ;’ equivalent to ‘took up a position.’

1. 23. βόλοξ, ‘ the cast of the net’ has been made.

1, 24. οἰμήσουσι, ‘will sweep in.’ οἰμᾶν is used for the swoop of a
hawk upon a dove in Il. 22. 140. ;

1.26. συλλαβὼν, exactly corresponding to the Latin equivalent,
‘having comprehended.’

1, 28. ἄριστον. The mention of dice-playing and the siesta (jmvos)
makes it probable that ἄριστον is here not the early Homeric breakfast,
but the mid-day lunch, which became the practice in later times, The
early breakfast was called ἀκρατισμόν;

1, 29. μετεξέτεροι, ‘some of them ;’ this is further divided into of μὲν
and οἱ δέ.

1. 32. pare... τε, equivalent in meaning to ‘zon solum non... sed
etiam.’ With this use of the conjunctions cp. Hdt. 5. 49 οὔτε γὰρ of
βάρβαροι ἀλκιμοί εἶσι, ὑμεῖς τε ἐς TA μέγιστα ἀνήκετε ἀρετῆς. Here, the
design of Peisistratus is not only that the Athenians should never rally
again, but, more than that, that they should be dispersed. The optative
which follows ἐπιτεχνᾶται must be explained from the fact that ἐπιτεχ-
vara. is really the Aistoric present.

1. 34. τοὺς παῖδας, three in number.

1. 40. τῶν μὲν αὐτόθεν, sc. from the silver mines at Laurium; the
revenues that came in ἀπὸ Στρυμόνος must be the proceeds of the gold
mines in Thrace.

1. 43. ᾿Αλκμαιωνίδεω, sc. Megacles. The Athenians who had fallen
were, of course, from the number of the οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεοξ.

ὃ 4.

1.. 2. ἐναργεστάτην, ‘most vivid,’ used in Homer, Od. 4. 841, of
visions that were clear and unmistakably real.

1. 4. τέσσερα, sc. B.c. 514-510. Herodotus evidently does not adopt
the popular view, celebrated by the Greek lyrists, that Harmodius and
Aristogeiton were really the deliverers of Athens. He would rather
credit the Alemaeonidae with that work.

1. 6. προτέρῃ governs the genitive Παναθηναίων, ‘in the night before
the Panathenaea.’

1. 7. Παναθηναίων, The greater Panathenaea, celebrated every four
years, was the grandest of the Attic festivals, and was held in honour
of Athena Polias. It was said to have been instituted by Erichthonius,
and remodelled by Theseus, on the occasion of his uniting the scattered

STORY OF THE PEISISTRATIDAE, VIII. §§ 4,5. 105

commonalty of Athens. The feast lasted four days, ‘and the most
splendid feature in it was the grand procession on the last day.
ot ἐπιστάντα, ‘standing over him.’

1. 9. τλῆθι. Notice the intentional jingle in the first line, which has

thus been rendered in Latin, ‘Fortiter haec leo fer, quamvis /fera,
~ quando ferendum est.’

1. 11. φανερὸς ἣν ὑπερτιθέμενος, ‘he openly submitted it.’

1.12. ἀπειπάμενος, ‘having sought to avert,’ lit. having refused, or
said No! to, viz. by performing expiatory sacrifices. ‘The details of the
whole story are given in Thuc. 6. 54-58. The time of the Panathenaea
was chosen, because then the citizens might carry weapons,

§ 5.

1. 3. hevyovres. See § 3 ad fin.

1, 4. Join πειρωμένοισι κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν, ‘though trying with might
and main.’

1. 5. προσέπταιον, ‘met with sore disaster.’

1. 7. Λευψύδριον was an insignificant place, on one of the spurs of
Moant Parnes, that separates Attica from Boeotia, and near the hamlet
of Paeania. It was, no doubt, an ἐπιτειχισμὸς, like that of Agis at
‘Decelea. .

1. 9. ᾿Αμφικτυόνων. This word is probably the same as ἀμφικτίονες,
or the ‘dwellers round about.’ These associations of neighbouring
tribes, to promote mutual intercourse and to protect a common temple,
were of very early origin. The most famous of these associations was
the Amphictyonic League, that had its meetings near Thermopylae in
the autumn, and at Delphi in the spring, at which meetings representa-
tives from various states, called Pylagorae and Hieromnemones, attended.
Besides pledging themselves to certain acts of international comity, the
representatives undertook to protect and preserve the temple at Delphi. ᾿
This temple had been burned down in B.c. 549, and the Alcmaeonidae
τὸν νηὸν μισθοῦνται ἐξοικοδομῆσαι, ‘contract for the building of the
temple:’ “ templum conducunt aedificandum.

1. 11. χρημάτων εὖ ἥκοντες. See on I. 8 2.1.17.

1. 13. παράδειγμα is the ‘specification,’ which the contractors had to
carry out.

τά τε ἄλλα, kal... ἐξεποίησαν, lit. ‘both in other respects... and
also they built its front,’ etc. This is a short way of saying, ‘they.
exceeded the specification in many points and also in this that they
built,’ etc. It is worth while comparing with the form of sentence, Hdt.
. 6. 21 ᾿Αθηναῖοι ὑπεραχθεσθέντες τῇ Μιλήτου ἁλώσει, TH τε ἄλλῃ πολλαχῇ,
καὶ δὴ καὶ ποιήσαντι Φρυνίχῳ δρᾶμα Μιλήτου ἅλωσιν... ἐζημίωσάν μιν.

συγκείμενόν σφι, ‘when it had been agreed on between them,’
accus, absol., Curt. § 586.

106 NOTES.

1. 14. πώρινος λίθος seems to have been a common kind of marble,
greatly inferior to the Parian.

§ 6.

1. 3. ὅκως ἔλθοιεν =‘ quoties advenirent. ὅκως being equivalent here to
ὁκότε.

l. 4. Χχρησόμενοι. The middle voice means ‘ oraculum consulere,’ ‘ to
get an oracle uttered for oneself;’ the active χρᾶν is ‘ oraculum edere ;’
- of which the direct passive is used. Cp. μαντεύματα ἃ τοῦδ᾽ ἐχρήσθη
σώματος.

προφέρειν = ‘ obiicere.’

1. 5. πρόφαντον is used here as a noun, in the sense of the more
ordinary λόγιον or θεοπρόπιον.

1. 9. πρεσβύτερα, ‘more important.’ Similar is the use of the verb
πρεσβεύεσθαι, and with it may be compared the Latin ‘ antiquius.’

ἀπέβησε, transitive aorist, ‘disembarked.’ ‘ Phalerum is the most
ancient, as well as it is the most natural, harbour of Athens. It is nearer
than Piraeus to the city, and the Cephisus and Ilissus, between which
Athens is placed, lead into it. The Piraeus seems not to have been used
as a port till the time of Pericles.” Rawlinson.

1, 14. αὐτοὺς is equivalent to Θεσσαλοὺς, suggested by Θεσσαλίης.

1. 15. κοινῇ γνώμῃ, ‘a public vote.’

ἵππος, fem., in the collective sense = ‘ cavalry.’

1.17. ἐμηχανέατο, so Herodotus gives ἐβουλέατο for ἐβούλοντο and
ἀπικέατο, ἔγινέατο, etc. |

1, 22, κατέρξαν és, ‘cooped them up into,’ 1.6. drove them back
upon.

1.23. ἀπήλλαξε, ‘so fared,’ lit. came off.

1. 24. ταφαὶ, in the plural, is sometimes used for the burial place
‘of one person: so “Apaais ἐτάφη ἐν τῇσι ταφῇσι, Hdt. 3. το. Cp. Soph.
Aj. 1090 és ταφάς.

᾿Αλωπεκαὶ, one of the hamlets of Athens, on the N.E. of the city.

1. 35. ὡς εἶχον -- “6 vestigio, ‘at once.’

Πελασγικῷ, i.e. the Acropolis, which the Pelasgi were said to have
fortified for the Athenians.

§ 7.

1. 1. καὶ... ἐξεῖλον =‘ neutiquam eiecissent Pisistratidas Lacedaemonii.’

12 inflow Attic épédpa, =‘ obsidio.’

1. 4. Join ἂν ἀπαλλάσσοντο, ‘after a few days’ siege Hey would have
departed, had not an event occurred.’ This would be the most natural -
way, viz. εἰ μὴ συντυχίη ἐπεγένετο, instead of which a new sentence is
begun, νῦν δὲ συντυχίη κ. τ. AL.

1, 6. ὑπεκτιθέμενοι, ‘in the act of being removed.’

BATTLE OF MARATHON, ΙΧ. §. 1. 107

1. 9. ἐπὶ μισθῷ τοῖσι τέκνοισι. The construction seems very uncer-
iain: apparently ἐπὶ governs τέκνοισι, and μισθῷ is in predicative appo-
sition; the whole clause meaning, ‘they surrendered themselves on
condition of [recovering] the children as their pay, on those terms
which the Athenians liked, viz. that they should quit.’ Cp. ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αταρνέι
μισθῷ, Hdt. 1. 1603; ἐπὶ μισθῷ τριήκοντα ταλάντοισι, ib. 8. 4. )

ἐπ᾽ οἷσι is neuter, and does not agree in any way with τέκνοισι.

11 3. τριήκοντα. Peisistratus seized the sovereignty B.c. 560, and died
B.O. 527, having reigned nearly seventeen years out of the thirty-three. :
Hippias reigned fourteen years before the death of Hipparchus (8.c. 514),
and four afterwards. He was expelled B.c. 510,

Ix. THE BATTLE OF MARATHON.
6.1.

1,1, Καύστριον. The Cayster rises in Mount Tmolus, and, passing
through the fertile plain between Tmolus and Messogis, empties itself
into the sea by Ephesus.

1. 2. ἀπίκοντο, sc. at Sardis.

1. 6, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι, The subject to the sentence is τόδε, ‘this
prevented their sacking the city after having taken it.’

ἔσχε has the force of " cohibuit.’

1.7. καλάμιναι. ‘In Eastern capitals the houses are still rarely of
brick or stone. Reeds and wood constitute the chief building materials.
Hence the terrible conflagrations which from time to time devastate
them.’ Rawlinson.

l. το. ἐπενέμετο, ‘spread over.’ In Aesch. Ag. 485, used of ‘ growing
encroachment.’ In Hdt. 3. 133, of ‘a spreading and devouring ulcer.’

1.12. dtoAap0evtes. The Ionic forms from λαμβάνω retain the μ
in several instances, instead of changing to 7, as λάμψομαι, λέλαμμαι,
ἐλάμφθην. Translate here, ‘ cut off on all sides.’

1,13. For ὥστε with participle (as here ὥστε νεμομένου), see Curt.
§ 558. There is a similar use with ws and ὥσπερ.

1.15. Πακτωλόν. The gold-dust of Pactolus was celebrated at an
early period; cp. Soph. Philoct. 393 ὀρεστέρα Τὰ, ἃ τὸν μέγαν Πακτωλὸν
εὔχρυσον νέμεις. By the time of Augustus it appears to have been
exhausted. ᾿

1. 17. ὃ δὲ, sc. Ἕρμος, ‘ empties into the sea.’

1, 23. ὑπὸ νύκτα, = ‘sub noctem.’

Ἰ. 25. Κυβήβη. This ‘great’ or ‘sacred’ mother of the gods was
worshipped in various places and under different forms. She was the
representative of the generative powers of nature, and the orgies that
accompanied her worship were notorious for licence and excess. In

108 NOTES.

Phrygia she was known as Ma. In the times of Hannibal she found her
way to Rome under the title of Magna Mater.

τὸ σκηπτόμενοι, ‘making a pretext of which.’ So Hdt. 5. 30
σκῆψιν ποιεύμενος, Herodotus probably misinterprets the motives of
the Persians here. No doubt the destruction of Greek temples was
dictated by the true iconoclastic spirit of the Persian religion.

§ 2. -

1, 3. συλλογὴ, “ coalition ;’ properly, ‘ collecting of troops.’

1, 4. λέγεται, impers. ‘it is said.’

1, 6. καταπροΐξεσθαι, from mpolé, ‘a free gift ;’ προῖκα, ‘ freely,’ i.e.
with nothing to pay. ‘Knowing that the Ionians would not get scot-
free,’ ‘ would pay dear.’

1. 7. pera δὲ takes up πρῶτα μέν. ‘And next, when he had learned
it.’

1, 8, ἀπεῖναι, ‘shot,’ (ἀφίημι). The idea was that the arrow carried a
message up to heaven. By Ζεὺς Herodotus means the Persian Ormuzd.
‘The Greeks identify the supreme god of each nation with their own
Zeus. Cp. Hdt. 1. 131; 2. 55, etc.’ Rawlinson.

1. 9. ἐκγενέσθαι por, ‘ miki contingat.” The Greek idiom sometimes
employed a sort of exclamatory infinitive in an optatival sense. Cp. Hom.
Od. 17. 354 Ζεῦ ava, Τηλέμαχόν μοι ἐν ἀνδράσιν ὄλβιον etvar, | καί οἱ
πάντα γένοιθ᾽ ὅσσα φρεσὶν foe μενοινᾷ, Aesch. 5, c. T. 253 θεοὶ πολῖται,
μή με δουλείας τυχεῖν.

1, 12. μέμνεο: A form of the imperative implying a present, not in
use, μέμνομαι. Cp. μεμνώμεθα, Hdt. 7. 47, Hom. Od. 14. 168,

§ 3.

1. 1. ἐν σοί ἐστι, ‘it lies with thee.’

Ἰ, 2. λιπέσθαι, middle voice, ‘ to leave a memorial for thyself.’

1, 4. λείπουσι, the present tense, because the effect is still lasting of
what they left behind them.

ἐξ οὗ =‘ ex quo,’ ‘from the time when.’

1. 6. δέδοκται, ‘it has been decided,’ sc. by the Persians.

1. 7. οἵη τέ ἐστι, ‘it is able;’ lit. it is just the sort [of city] as to, etc.

l. 9. és σέ τι, ‘to thee in a way,’ ‘to thee more or less.’

1. Io. πρηγμάτων is genitive after κῦρος, which is the object to ἔχειν.

1, 14. ἔλπομαι, “1 expect,’ used of fear as well as of hope.

1. 15. ἢν δὲ συμβάλωμεν, ‘ but should we engage before any unsound-
ness finds its way among some of the Athenians, if the gods give us fair
play, we are able to be victors in the engagement.’

l. 19. προσθῇ, ‘give your adhesion.’ Cp. Hdt. 2. 120 τῷ λόγῳ To
λεχθέντι προστίθεμαι.

1. 21. ἀποσπευδόντων, Re ἄδυ».} τὴν τῶν ἀποσπευδόντων, 50.

γνώμην.

BATTLE OF MARATHON. IX. §§ 2-4. 10g

. 22, τῶν ἐγὼ κατέλεξα ἀγαθῶν. Curt. § 598. 2.
. 24. ἐκεκύρωτο, ‘it was settled.’
. 25. ἣ γνώμη ἔφερε, “ sententia ferebat,’ ‘eo tendebat.’

1, 26. πρυτανηίη τῆς ἡμέρης, ‘the presidency of the day,’ sc. ‘ dies guo
quis praesidet concilio. ‘The command in chief devolved each day upon
a different general.

1. 27. Sexdpevos, concessive, ‘though he accepted it.’

μ-ὦ μαώ pee

§ 4.

1, 1. περιῆλθε, ‘it came round,’ in rotation.

], 2. δεξιόν. The right wing was the special post of honour; the
danger of the position consisted particularly in the defenceless condition of
the right side, the shield being carried on the left arm. The Polemarch
took the post as representative of the King, whose place it had been in
ancient times.

1. 5. ἐξεδέκοντο at φυλαὶ, ‘ the tribes came in succession as they were
numbered, keeping close to one another.’ ὡς ἀριθμέοντο, refers to the
order assigned every year by ballot to the tribes, according to which
they were to furnish the prytanies for the year. It was the prytany of
the tribe Aeantis on that day, so that they occupied the right wing.
‘The democratical arrangements of the Cleisthenic constitution pre-
vailed in the camp no less than in the city itself. Not only was the
army marshalled by tribes, but the tribes stood in their political order.’
Rawlinson.

1.7. ἀπὸ tatrns γάρ. The meaning implied by γὰρ is something
like this, ‘the Plataeans must have rendered signal service in this battle,
FoR from that day forth,’ etc. The enclitic σφυ, which is thus put early
in the sentence, belongs grammatically to κατεύχεται.

1. 9. πεντετηρίσι. The allusion is probably to the great Panathenaic
festival. ‘The use of ἀνάγειν in the sense of ‘ celebrating’ seems to come
from the ‘leading up’ of processions, etc., to the temples, which were
commonly built on ‘ high places.’

1, 11. γίνεσθαι, depends upon κατεύχεται.

1. 13. τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐξισούμενον. The word τὸ στρατόπεδον repre-
‘sents here the whole, of which τὸ μέν μέσον and τὸ δὲ κέρας are the sub-
divisions. Accordingly, instead of using the genitive absolute τοῦ
στρατοπέδου ἐξισουμένου, the writer, by an anticipative apposition, at-
tracts the main subject into the same case as the two subdivisions,
which are the subjects to éyivero and éppwro respectively. For a similar
apposition cp. Hdt. 3. 95 τὸ δὲ χρυσίον τρισκαιδεκαστάσιον λογιζόμενον
τὸ ψῆγμα εὑρίσκεται ἐὸν x.r.A. Translate, ‘The Athenian army being
made equal in length with the Persian, the centre of it was but few ranks
deep; and here the army was weakest: but each wing was strengthened
with a depth of many ranks.’ That is to say, the Athenians and

IIo pms NOTES.

Plataeans, with only 11,000 men, had to present a front all along the
Persian line; and as the principle of all Athenian tactics was to throw
their main strength upon the flanks, it followed of necessity that the
centre of the army was very shallow. ‘They seem to have entertained
the English notion of meeting the enemy with ‘the thin red line,’

§ 5.

1. 1. ὧς διετέτακτο, ‘when [the battle] was set in array. An im-
personal passive.

1, 2. ἀπείθησαν, ‘emissi sunt,’ (ἀφίημι.

1. 3. ἦσαν. The verb is attracted here into the number of the pre-
dicate στάδιοι, instead of being in direct concord with the subject, τὸ
μεταίχμιον.

1. 6. ἐπέφερον, “ charged them with,’ ‘ attributed to them.’

1, 7. The use of καὶ before πάγχυ is not copulative, but merely
emphasises: πάγχυ, as elsewhere in Herodotus καὶ κάρτα, or frequently
in Attic καὶ πάνυ. Cp. Hom. Od. 1. 318 καὶ μάλα καλὸν ἑλών.

It has often been doubted whether it was possible for troops to run
for a mile before engaging; and we may doubtless regard it as a
singular piece of perilous daring. But it must not be forgotten that,
owing to the constant practice of gymnastic exercises, the Greeks may
be said to have been always ‘in training.’ Miltiades saw that the
quicker his troops got over the intervening ground, the less they would
be likely to suffer from the rain of arrows poured upon them by the
Persian archers. ?

1.15. Μήδων. Herodotus uses this word often as convertible with
‘Persian.’ With the sentiment here expressed cp. Aesch. Pers. 23 ταγοὶ
Περσῶν ... φοβεροὶ μὲν ἰδεῖν, ib. 48 φοβερὰν ὄψιν προσιδέσθαι. But the
statement of Herodotus is a plain exaggeration.

1, 18, Σάκαι. The system of the Persians seems to have been to mass
their strongest troops in the centre.. The Sacae, inhabitants of the N.E.
of Bactriana, were famous horsemen and archers.

1, 22. ἔων, from ἐάω. They joined their two wings, their centre hav-
ing been, as it were, cut out and driven inland, and with these combined
troops they fell upon the centre of the Persian army.

1. 25. πῦρ αἴτεον. So Hector cries to the Trojans, Il. 15. 718 οἴσετε
πῦρ, ἅμα δ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἀολλέες ὄρνυτ᾽ dirHy. | viv ἡμῖν πάντων Ζεὺς ἄξιον ἦμαρ
ἔδωκε | γῆας ἑλεῖν.

1, 28. ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔθανε, tmesis for ἀπέθανε δέ.

1,31. The ἄφλαστον, (‘ aplustre’), was the sweeping curve with
which the wood-work of the stern ended. This curve rose considerably
above the vessel's level, and was generally richly decorated.

τὴν χεῖρα ἀποκοπείς. Curt. § 404. Cynaegirus was a brother of
Aeschylus the tragedian.

THERMOPYLAE. X. § τ. 111

1. 35. ἐξανακρουσάμενοι, ‘having pushed off from land.’ The verb
cannot have its more usual meaning here of ‘ backing water,’ as Cynae-
girus would have been unable to seize the ἄφλαστον of a ship, unless
the stern had been pointing landwards.

1, 36. φθῆναι, ‘to get the start of.’ Sunium is the south promontory
of Attica.

αἰτίη ἔσχε, ‘the charge was maintained ;’ ἔσχε, ‘held good,’ Lat.
‘ obtinuit.’ 4

1. 37. ᾿Αλκμαιωνιδέων. This partisanship would be due to the con-
nection of the Alemaeonidae with Hippias.

1. 38. αὐτοὺς ἐπινοηθῆναι, ‘that they, sc. the Persians, hit upon this
device.” The method of signalling with the surface of a polished
shield was the same as the modern practice of sending a flash from a
mirror to a distance.

1. 41. ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον, ‘quantum pedibus valebant.’ Cp. Hdt. 8. 107
ws τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος.

1. 43. ἐξ Ἡρακληίου, Their camp at Marathon had been pitched in
a precinct of Heracles; and again, after marching the twenty-six miles
between Marathon and Athens, they encamp in another precinct sacred
to the same hero, in Cynosarges, a grassy spot on the south-east side of
the city towards the Ilissus.

1.45. ὑπεραιωρηθέντες Φαλήρου, ‘lying to off Phalerum.’ A graphic
word for ships out at sea; lit. ‘ floating above.’

1. 47. ἀνακωχεύειν, (sc. τὰς vfjas), seems to mean lit. ‘ having checked
the course of their ships out at sea.’ We may render, ‘hove to.’

THERMOPYLAE,

§ 1,

1, 1. Δημάρητε. Demaratus, king of Sparta, had been banished
through the intrigues of his colleague Cleomenes, and welcomed by
Darius with a friendliness that was not altogether disinterested. He-
rodotus represents him as sincerely attached to the Persian cause; but,
according to Justin, his patriotism made him but a false friend to his
patron; inasmuch as he kept the state of Lacedaemon informed of the
projects of the Persian king. Justin calls him ‘amicior patriae post
Sugam quam regi post beneficia.’

1, 5. With tropevéovor supply pe. .

1, 6. οὐ γὰρ... οὐδὲ... οὐκ, Notice the repetition of negatives
with an accumulative force. Ὁ

τὸν πρὸς ,ἑσπέρηΞ. Curt. § 467 Β b.

1, 9. μὴ ἐόντες ἄρθμιοι, -- “1 they be not agreed,’ ‘nisi fuerint inter se
concordes.”

112 NOTES,

τὸ ἀπὸ σεῦ, ‘the [opinion] coming from you,’ i.e. your view.
1. 12, ἡδονῇ is used by a sort of zeugma with χρήσομαι. We should
rather expect πρὸς ἡδονὴν λέγειν, or some such phrase.
1. 13. οὐδέν ot ἀηδέστερον, meaning, ‘he should experience no loss of
favour.’

§ 2.

1. 2. ἐπειδὴ ἀληθηίῃ, ‘since thou biddest me keep wholly to the truth,
speaking in such a way as that one may not hereafter be detected by thee
of lying.’

1, 3. τὰ is the accusative of ‘internal object,’ Curt. § 401, equivalent
to ἃ ψεύδεα ψευδόμενος. The use of μὴ, instead of the simple negative
ov, may be accounted for by the fact that the passage has somewhat the
character of a final sentence ; as though the words had run οὕτω λέγοντα
ὥστε μὴ ψευδόμενόν τινα ἁλώσεσθαι.

1, 8. τοὺς Δωρικοὺς χώρουβ. He means those regions of the Pelo-
ponnese where the Dorian race preponderated.

1. 9. ἔρχομαι λέξων, so ἔρχομαι φράσων, Hdt. 3. 102. Cp. the French
‘je vais dire.’

1, 11, οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως, ‘it is Hot possible that.’

1.132. kal Hv... ppovéwor, ‘even though all the rest of the Greeks
join thy side” Cp. Hdt. 9. 99 of Σάμιοι τὰ Ἑλλήνων ἐφρόνεον.

1.15. ἤν τε γὰρ τύχωσι, ‘for should they happen to take the field,
only a thousand in number.’ .

§ 3.

1, 1. παρεξῆκε, ‘let pass.’

1. 2, ἀποδρήσεσθαι, from ἀποδιδράσκω.

1. 7. ἔπιπτον, ἐπεσήισαν, ἀπήλαυνον. The force of these tenses is to
suggest repeated attacks and defeats. But the Medes ‘were unable to dis-
lodge them, though they suffered terrible losses.’ This means that not even
the most reckless expenditure of life enabled them to take the position.

1, 10. ἄνθρωπον... dvipes. Cp. Livy 27. 13 ‘Ita concio dimissa
fatentium sese increpitos, neque illo die virum quemquam in acie Romana
fuisse praeter unum ducem.’ |

1. 11. δι᾿ ἡμέρηϑ, ‘right through the day.’

1, 12. τρηχέως περιείποντο, ‘ were roughly handled.’

1,14. ἀθανάτου. The ‘Immortals’ were 10,000 picked Persian
troops; so called, because their number was always kept up exactly to
that sum ; and if one man died, his place was instantly filled.

1. 15. κατεργασόμενοι, ‘sure to make short work of them.’

1. 16. οὐδὲν πλέον ἐφέροντο, ‘gained no more success than,’ ete.

1. 19. πλήθεϊ χρήσασθαι, ‘to gain any advantage from their numbers.’

l. 21. ἄλλα te ἀποδεικνύμενοι καὶ φεύγεσκον, ie. ‘among other

exhibitions ... they pretended to take to flight.” We should rather

7 [eee - vy ἢ
ee aK AN mas ip ‘er kd
| ZB, Ξ Silke >. Py ee 7 m . 7. al ay Af a et ee
se Ge A i> a ‘i \s K i, by, 1 AYA)
Vee FZ 47) χνΣ N Hist εἰ Za OY My
ON Get tn ee
NM SGN κὰ Wy FEW WWE ὦ MW SS A NAN A 14,
ing Ἐξ ΞΞ “son ig, ι τ᾿ Cy AV. . Ay
Ew => WISE 7 Wr SY ἧι δ Za \\
IS ΞΞ Se ee Voor Sy ih ἤ ἜΝ Ἐὺ = ΜΉΝ A My Wy EK il
Be 72, Ξὲ 3, a Ce, δ κἱ Zi ΠΟ τὸ τ Ε ον 7 All 4 MA Wy δὴ
eS aD 2» aa Wey We GEA iP Sore 3A i ΟΝ . ἢ] ish: C2 ἥ ὴ ;
A ὋΝ é “1 mS ae : J μ᾿ "» of} WAlil
a -
i
AN WS

12 SIHOVUL Hl

a ἘΝ

2
ἤ Win
i ὶ Ne.

Bere =
ΖΞ, ἤν», wis
ΖΞ : πιὰ
wees Chics
| | ἤιε
EK
: 259 τ
Ξ: ye =
Ἴ, p<" Ν

Zs A αὶ

THERMOPYLAE, Χ. 8 2-5. {13

expect the parallel to be given by two participles or two finite verbs,
than by a combination like this. δῆθεν gives the sense of ‘ pretence.’

1. 22. ὅκως, with the independent optative, has the meaning of
indefinite frequency.

1, 23. καταλαμβανόμενοι, ‘just as they were being caught.’

1. 24. ὑπέστρεφον dv. See Curt. § 494, obs. 1.

1. 27. Join οὐδὲν παραλαβεῖν, ‘to secure nothing ;’ so that ris ἐσόδου
is left dependent on πειρεώμενοι.

1. 28. κατὰ τέλεα, ‘ by divisions.’

1, 29. προσόδοισι, “ assaults.’

1. 33. ἐόντων refers to Ἑλλήνων, as does also σφεας, but ἐλπίσαντες
to the Persians.

1. 37. ἐν μέρεϊ, ‘in turn,’ =‘ sua quisque vice.’

§ 4.

1. 1. ὅ τι χρήσεται, ‘how he shall deal with.’

]. 9. περὶ λύχνων adds. Before the ‘invention of clocks, the times of
day or night were named by various phrases like this. So in Homer,
‘dinner-time,’ for midday; ‘ ox-loosing time, for evening, and below
§ 6 és ἀγορῆς πληθώρην.

1. 10. ἀτραπός. The localities may be best seen by reference to
accompanying sketch map, and the course of the path Anopaea traced
from the Asopus to the town of Alpenus, ‘the first Locrian town on the
side of the Malians.’

1. 13. Anopaea (ἄνω) means only ‘high-pass.’ The change of coast
line, and the altered course of the rivers must be taken into account if
. we are to understand how Thermopylae was a narrow pass.

l. 20. ἐφύλασσον. See § 3 ad fin.

1, 23. ἣ κάτω ἐσβολὴ is the pass by the shore.

ὑπὸ τῶν εἴρηται, ‘ by those by whom it was said [to be guarded].’
1, 25. ὑποδεξάμενοι, ‘having pledged themselves,’ or, ‘ promised to
Leonidas.’
σφεας, sc. the Persians. Join ἔμαθον ὧδε.
1. 29. ἀνά τε ἔδραμον, tmesis, ‘started ‘up.
1, a8, κόρυμβος, ‘crest,’ ‘rounded top.’
ἐπιστάμενοι, in a sense frequent in Herodotus, ‘believing that the
_attack was directed principally (ἀρχὴν = originally) against them.’

1. 43. ot δὲ, i.e. the Persians, took no further notice of the Phocians,

but passed by them and began the descent.

§ δ.
. τὰ ἱρὰ, more commonly τὰ σφάγια, ‘ the victims.’
. ἐπὶ δὲ, ‘and besides,’ or, ‘and next;’ taking up πρῶτον μέν.
. ἔτι νυκτὸς, ‘ brought the news while it was still night.’
ae ἐ

me
tt bv

114 | NOTES.

1. 5. τρίτοι δὲ, τρίτος generally introduces a climax =‘ third and last.’

1. 8. οὐκ ἔων, ‘ were not for permitting.’

1. Io. διακριθέντες, ‘having separated’ =‘ soluto coneilio.

1. 15. οὐκ. εὐπρεπέως ἔχειν. This construction follows from some
participle like νομίζων, easily supplied from κηδόμενος. ‘Thinking that
it was not seemly for him and his Spartans,’ etc.

1. 16. ἀρχὴν, adverbial; as above, ὃ 4. 1. 43.

1, 18. Θηβαῖοι. The Thebans had been the first to offer earth and
water to Xerxes, and they were probably unwilling combatants at
Thermopylae, and thus they are described as beiny detained as hostages.
Perhaps the eager readiness of the Thespians was not unconnected with
their jealousy of the Thebans, in whose possible disgrace they may have
seen their own chance of heading the Boeotian confederacy.

§ 6.

1. 1. σπονδάς. Xerxes is described, B. 7. 54, as pouring these
‘libations ' from a golden cup to greet the rising sun.

1. 2. πληθώρην. See note on λύχνων ἁφαὶ, § 4 ad init.

1. το. ἔρυμα. ‘This wall was at the eastern end of the defile. The
Phocians had built it to resist any encroachment from the Thessalians.

1, 12. συμμίσγοντες is in exact parallelism with imefidvres, but
having been assimilated to it in case it causes a violent anacoluthon,
for it refers only to the Ἕλληνες and not at all to the πολλοὶ τῶν Bap-
βάρων. <A genitive absolute would have removed the difficulty.

1. 18. λόγος τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, ‘reckoning of the lost.’

With ἐπιστάμενοι the Greeks become once more the subject of
the sentence.

1, 21. mapaxpempevor, sc. τοῖσι σώμασιν, ‘recklessly sacrificing them-
selves in their desperation.’

With ἀτέοντες (ἀτέω, Attict drdw) cp. Hom. 1]. 20. 332 Αἰνεία, τίς
σ᾽ ὧδε θεῶν ἀτέοντα κελεύει | ἀντία ᾿Πηλειῶνος ὑπερθύμοιο μάχεσθαι ;

1. 24. ἐπυθόμην. These names were all inscribed on a pillar at
Sparta, which was still standing, 600 years after the event, in the time
of Pausanias.

1. 32. συνεστήκεε, ‘ was still being waged τ᾿ ‘ committebatur,

1. 39. τοῖσι... περιεοῦσαι, ‘those of them who still had them (sc.
ai μάχαιραι) remaining.’

1, 41. ἐξ ἐ ἐναντίη ἐπισπόμενοι -- “ex adverso invadentes.”

1. 51. ἐν ἀλογίῃ ποιεύμενον, ‘making ‘of no account.’

1. 56. αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ τῇπερ, ‘just on the very spot where.’

1.57. πρότερον ἢ, ‘who had fallen before those who were dismissed
by Leonidas had gone.’

OXFORD! HORACE HART, PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

Clarendon Press Serics,

—_++— ᾿

Greek Educational Works.

GRAMMARS, LEXICONS, &c.
Chandler. Zhe Elements of Greek Accentuation (for Schools). By

H. W. CHANDLER, M.A. Second Edition. . ‘ [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. δά.
Fox and Bromley. Jodels and Exercises tn Unseen Translation.
By H. F. Fox, M.A., and T. M. Bromtrey, M.A. . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s. 6d.

[A Key to Passages quoted in the above: for Teachers only, price 6d.)
Jerram. Gyvracce Reddenda. By C.S. JERRAM,M.A. [ ,, 25. 6d.

— feddenda Minora. . ᾿ ‘ ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, Is. 6d.
— Anglice Reddenda, First Series. . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
— Second Series. ; . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Liddell and Scott. 4 Greek- Bughivh ἘΣΎ ΌΣ ‘ : [4to, 36s.
— An Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon. [Small 4to, 125. 6d.
— A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged. [Square 12mo, 7s. 6d.
Sargent. Passages ee Translation into φὼς Prose. By J. YOUNG
Sarcent, M.A. ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Exemplaria Graeca ; a ‘a partial Key to ‘the above. . we SS

Models and Materials for Greek Lambic Verse. i [4s. 6d.
—--— A Primer of Greek Prose Composition. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d:
*,* A Key shortly, for the use of Teachers only.
Wordsworth. 4 Greek Primer. By the Right Rev. CHARLES

WorpsworTH, D.C.L. Seventh Edition. . 3 [Extra fcap. 8vo, 1s. 6d.
— Graecae Grammaticae Rudimenta tn usum Scholarum. Auctore
Caroco Worpswortn, D.C.L. Nineteenth Edition. . : ᾽ [z2mo, 4s.

King and Cookson. Ax /ntroduction to the Comparative Grammar of
Greek and Latin. By J. E. Kine, M.A., and C. Cookson, M.A.
[Crown 8vo, 5s. 64.
Papillon. Ἶ shpat 9 eet Sobu sate ventas Fee de L. PAPILLON,
M.A. :

[Crown 8vo, be

A COURSE OF GREEK READERS.

Easy Greek Reader. By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

First Greek Reader. By W. G.RUSHBROOKE, M.L. Second Edition.
{Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d,

Second Greek Reader. By A.M. BELL, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.

2 CLARENDON PRESS SERIES.

Specimens of Greek Dialects; being a Fourth Greek Reader. With
Introductions and Notes. By W. W. Merry, D.D. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.

Selections from Homer and the Greek Dramatists; being a /z/th

Greck Reader. By Evetyn Apsott, M.A. . ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Wright. Zhe Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry. By ΚΝ. 5.
Wricut, M.A. Second Edition, Revised. 2 . [Extra fcap. 8vo, ros. 6d.

Wright and Shadwell. 4 Golden Treasury of Greek Prose. By
R. 5. Wricut, M.A., and J. E. L. SHapwett, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.

THE GREEK TESTAMENT.
A Greek Testament Primer. By E. MILLER, M.A. : Sa

Evangelia Sacra Graece. . : : [Fcap. 8vo, /zmp, Is. 6d.
Novum Testamentum Graece juxta Exemplar Millianum. [25. 6d.
Novum Testamentum Graece. esas pele S. Scripturae
loca, &c. Edidit CaroLus Lioyp, S.T.P.R Ὰ [181η0, 35.
Appendices ad Novum Seutamesinm Moviasiovis. curante
Gutmo. Sanpay, A.M. . “ [z8mo, 3s. 6d.
The Greek Testament, with the Readings adopted by the Revisers of
the Authorised Version. . : . [Fcap. 8vo, 45. 6d.

Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the New Testament.
By Ὁ. E. Hammonp, M.A. fifth Edition. . = : [Crown 8vo, 45. 6d.

-----

GREEK CLASSICS FOR SCHOOLS.

Aeschylus. <Avamemnon. With Introduction and Notes, by ARTHUR
Sipewick, M.A. Third Edition. . Ἢ ὃ - ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

— Choephorotz. By the same Editor. . . . Extra feap. 8vo, 35.

—— LEumenides. By the same Editor. 272 one or two Parts.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

Prometheus Bound. With Introduction and Notes, by A. O.

PrickarD, M.A. Second Edition. 5 P [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Aristophanes. Zhe Acharnians. With Introduction and Notes,
by W. W. Merry, D.D. Third Edition. . Fete [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

—— The Birds. Bythesame Editor. . . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.

— The Clouds. Bythesame Editor. Third Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

—— The Frogs. By the same Editor. ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
— The Knights. By the same Editor. : [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

Cebes. Zabula. With Introductionand Notes, by Ὁ. 5. JERRAM, M.A.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

πο ese

GREEK EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 3

‘Demosthenes. Ovations against Philip. With Introduction and Notes.

By Evetyn Assott, M.A., and P. ἘΣ. Matueson, M.A,
Vol. I. Philippic I and OlynthiacsI—III. . . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Vol. 11. De Pace, Philippic Il, De Chersoneso, Philippic lil. . [4s. 6d,

Euripides. <Alcestis. By C.S.JERRAM, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
— Hecuba. By Ὁ. Ἡ. RussE..L, M.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d,
— Helena. By C.S. JERRAM, M.A. . . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.
Heracleidae. By the same Editor. . . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.

— Iphigenia in Tauris. By the same Editor. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
— Medea. With Introduction, Notes, τὴς Appendices. By (Ὁ. B.

HEBERDEN, M.A. J one or two Parts. ; . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25.
Cyclops. By W.E.LoNnG, M.A. . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
Herodotus. Book IX. Edited, vee Psa by EVELYN ABBOTT,

M.A. Ju one ortwo Parts. . é ° [Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.
— Selections. Edited, abit Introduction, Notes, and a Map, by
W. W. Merry, D.D. 2 ‘ [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Homer. //iad, Books ΧΙ. With an Tirdidaction. a brief Homeric
Grammar, and Notes. By D. B. Monro, M.A. Second Edition. ' (6s.

— Iliad, Books XIII-XXIV. By the same Editor. ; ey ἢ τὴν
Iliad, Book I. By the same Editor. . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25.
— liad, Hook ott yrs acc! &c. By HERBERT HAILSTONE

M.A. " ὰ [Extra fcap. 8vo, 15. 6d.
— liad, Book ΠῚ. ΒΥ Μ. ‘ip Tread. M.A. . [Lmamediately.
Odyssey, Books I-XII. a W. W. MERRY,D.D. New Edition.

In one or two Parts. ὼ . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s.

—— Odyssey, Books I and IL. By the same Editor. . [Each 1s. 6d.
— Odyssey, Books VII-XII. By the same Editor, [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

— Odyssey, Pavks sea aie hs ny — same Editor. Second
Edition. . | : [Extra fcap. 8vo, 55.

Lucian. Vera Historia. By C. S. Takin M.A. Second Edition.
[Extra fcap. 8vo, 1s. 6d.

Lysias. Lpitaphios. Edited by F.J.SNELL, B.A. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Plato. Zhe Afology. With ΒΟΌΣ ΠΗ Notes. By St. GEORGE

Stock, M.A. Second Edition. ‘ ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
— Meno. Bythesame Editor. . . [Extra feap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
— Crito. Bythesame Editor. . . . _ [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

— Selections. With Introductions and Notes. By JOHN PURVEs,
M.A., and Preface by B. Jowerr, M.A. Second Edition. [Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s.

4 CLARENDON PRESS SERIES,

Sophocles. Edited, with Introductions and English Notes, by Lewis
CAMPBELL, M.A., and Evetyn ΑΒΒΟΤΎ, M.A. New Edition. 2 Vols. τος. 6d.
[or, Vol. I. Text, 4s. 6d. ; Vol. II. Notes, 6s.
tes Also in single Plays. Extra fcap. 8vo, limp :—
Oedipus Tyrannus, Philoctetes, Ajax, Electva, Trachiniae, 2s. each.
Oedipus Coloneus, Antigone. 1s. 9d. each.

Oedipus Rex: Dindorf’s Text, with Notes by W. BASIL JONEs,
D.D., Lord Bishop of St. David’s. . Ἢ [Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, 1s. 6d.

Theocritus. Edited, with ates as H. KyNnaston, D.D. (late
Snow). Fourth Edition. ; ; ᾿ [Extra fap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.

Xenophon. Lasy Selections. By Je S: ἘΝΒΣΦΟΤΊΡ Β. Οὐ and C.S.
JerramM, M.A. Third Edition. . «δας:

— Selections (for Schools). . With ah cng and Maps. By jc. 5,
' Puittpotts, B.C.L. Fourth Edition. ; [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.

—— Anabasis, Book I. With , Introduction Notes, and Map. By
J. MarsHatt, M.A. . : . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

— ΣΥΚΗ͂Ν, Beek se vee iki mae Mae: By C. S. JERRAM,

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 25,

_— Anabasis, Book III. With saa eta te Analysis, Notes, &c.
By J. Marsuatt, M.A. : ; . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Vocabulary to the Anabasts. By J. ice M.A. 3 > [iseed.
— ees, oor 1; hisses sd hutch and Notes. By C. Bice,
D.D . :

[Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

{

Cyropaedia, ape IV, V. oe gia and Notes. By the
same Editor. . ; . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

— Hellenica, Books I, Il. With Introduction and Notes. By G.
E. UNDERHILL, M.A. . . [Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

Memorabilia. Edited for the use of Schools, with Introduction
and Notes, &c., by J. MARSHALL, M.A. ᾿ Σ [Extra fcap. 8vo, 45. 6d.

Honvon; HENRY FROWDE,
OxFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER.
Gvuinburgh: 12 FREDERICK STREET. 3
@xfortv: CLARENDON PRESS DEFPposiToRY,
116 HIGH STREET.

a4 ν᾽ δ χῈ es oe ms
ἐν ECEe ἔ Ἢ hemes ἐν > ee a ees"

ee ΝΣ DAY USE
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED

LOAN DEPT.

This book is due on the last date stamped below, or
on the date to,which renewed.
Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.

|
gt τὶ
Ἂν; a"
Fa i ΤῊΣ
Rote ye
of el 7
A ΩΝ Ὁ
νος ;
rs +A , oO ;
a
At Be
ee ij
“ , -.
ὙΦ Fie bas
see 7
Rie μἡ )
7 ‘ae “%
ΕΖ ὁ ἕ
ete,
, aw |
$ - ee | ‘a
a ΘΟ oY a
Ὕ Ξ
σι we
fe eee

“ae
- Te
ee
.
- ᾽»
=
a 7 x
é a ὡς
=

a General Library _
ΤΡ Pere apres University of California

Berkeley

eS ee ae πεσε. ἢ λον νος Pee

ἡ»

ΟἿΒ 0747

ἊΣ BERKELEY LIBRARIES =

aes |
" ‘
τ ἣν 3
’ Ὄ
Ἂν.
. ‘4 a ‘

CO4b172355

᾿
ae
ὧν :
τὰ
. +
ἃ ΕΣ
’ Ὁ ᾿ -
Hf, δὲ
᾿ *
aad
tes
ἵ y -
τυ
a5
re
$i,
1a
ξ 5
Dey
5
Ἵ
“
>
5 Foi)
f Ἃ

: :
= |

+" !
4 1

ΣῈ

3 ;

,
a

ἶ ᾿ ad

AAs

i ὌΝ

͵ 3

; ,
᾿ ᾿ |
+

ἐς

4 4 & ry
ὡς 4
4
"4
ὡς
Ἶέ (
Py
yy
+44 & 4 4
; yy)
a4 »
i 4
‘4 iy «
ὡς
ἈΝ:
) 4 ,
») }
<4
“4 >
τῷ
4
“ᾧ
4.6
ri ad
»
ἮΝ
νι
Ὁ»
a
>
4 4
4

Ἶ
ὃν
4

“4
OO

>
AY
i
ἢ ὌΝ
‘i i
᾿ my 2
ὡς δ
ἣν 3 ee
: ee
‘ ‘ ᾿ ae ete
: wD ᾿ς
ὡς Ν : >
¢ Ὁ ἣν rs ἮΝ ie
ἣν .. id > ‘
a νι ἮΝ :
; :
.
| Νὴ ., ἤδη y
β | ae a τ ἊΝ
> xp > " .
Ὁ if . Ἣν as
᾿ | ᾿ς
᾿ 4 : |
| - : ἣν
ἢ ᾿, Ὶ
: 5 £ 4 x 4
a é - ἣν ᾿"
ae Ἦν Ἦν 4 4
a « ») a ee a ἐς Ν ae :
Ν᾿ δὰ ἣν Ἦν 4 ὡς ye i
“i “a 4 ‘<i 4 Ἢ ἫΝ ᾿
: ᾿ νι Ae > Νὴ +8 4"
Ὶ «i «i ei ry 4 ry “4 ats er
: | : a ἢ ny
- at > 4 δὶ ὡς κα ἢ
| | | 3 3 ‘ a εἰς ον «
¢ i ἮΝ ν᾿ ᾿ :
: ὡς a Ἂ ν᾿ ei
. < ei as ay κι 3 >
| ἐ ἊΝ εἰ ἣν» ἢ aN
- aie os
_ ὡς yh . ἢ 7
- ¢ ἮΝ φ » Se a ah
; αὶ 4 < 4 ¢ >
4 ξ ᾿ς é δὴν aS “4 ᾿ ὡς Ἢ oe Ἦν e |
. ἣν a Sy oe ἮΝ Τὴν | |
. ae ᾿ ὡς δὰ « ᾿ ᾿ |
> ἮΝ ᾿" δὰ 4 - : |
| 48 _ 4 > ἐς ἢ ;
ἮΝ Ἂ < 7 . : ; é ry < 4 a Ἢ " ny a :
| _ « Ἦν οι ᾿ς 5 ἮΝ "Ἢ
} , Ἦν δὴ ., . ue ‘
: | β _ δὰ ᾿ ‘i it o δὴν μὴν
» ee Ἦν < ( ι δὰ es τὰ 4; a4 . ἮΝ
ἑ β β | ἮΝ 1 ᾿ : ᾿ς Che ΦῪ
β . ἣν ᾿, ‘ ‘ ft Ἂς ων ΡΞ
«ὡς * τς , wi "Ν᾿ “ ay .
ὡς ἫΝ > ἣν ae “ ., .. : .
ἣν é <4 - : |
2 | | | Ν᾿ ., ᾿, Νὴ Ὁ
ἮΝ ἃς & ἐς os mn ey . | |
δὴν δὰ ἫΝ 4 ᾿ ¢ yy *. > ‘ ἐ Ἂς ν ὸ
" ᾿, aa - ἣν ἣν «ναι εἶ ‘ - RR ~~
᾿ | : Ἢ ἮΝ ἢ me < > ᾿ ᾿, δὴ Ἢ
| ᾿ ae ry 7 ὡς : ᾿ i isi ἀκ ᾿ 4 . ἣν ,
ἣν ἐ {, 4 » ἣ ai εἴ J . < « 4 ry ' 4 : An Py »Ὦ
4 ἐξ ᾿ς _ at , Re ὸ 7
“ὡς ἣ a < δ | : | ;
ἣν 4 os 4’ ei ¢ by y _ :
β ‘ aes < iy a ἵ J ὡς i a ae ὡς ) ᾿ .. δὴν
: Ὁ n> ry ᾿ .. ἣν 4 ue » » ὡς n> ik a “Ss
Ἦν ἣ ᾿. 4 é ᾽ν ᾿ yy Ἀ ‘ : |
< δ ai ¢ 4 n> 4 i Ἢ ᾿ , |
é * 4 ἮΝ ἮΝ fi <: Ι ᾿ < ae é «( a ii :
Ἶ Τὴν ἮΝ ἣν “ ἢ _ ἣν ἢ β :
- i ἐς ἢ ¢ ye 4 ἣν δὰ .. ..
.. ἮΝ δὰ ι _ ᾿ς ᾿
᾿ , δ xi si | ᾿ me "“
᾿ ᾿ « ἐς εἶ a ἫΝ « a - _ AM “4
_ ἣν 4 νν . ᾿ς _ _ Ae
7 a _ a ΤῊΣ
ὡς _ aS sas ἐκ 7 ᾿ ᾿ | ᾿ |
ἣν _ ἮΝ ἢ ae “a ᾿ _
: | : ᾿ . 4 < 4 ae vee αν
. es < ( _ KS < 4 a δὰ
| ᾿ ae se ἣν Ry “ῷ A ( Ἑ q sie ς < ? : νὴ , é ξ " ἢ ἵ ν a4
ἐς - ᾿ ν δὰ ἣν ἣν ἐς { oy 8 Bs « < ἢ .. ᾿ | | |
Ἢ ᾿, it - 4 ‘i οι 4 : . & _ εξ ι ἫΝ ζῶ ς Af
| | ‘ is ἐς .. é my ᾿ ᾿ς ἮΝ aii . § . ny eh <i |
: | : , ; δὲ s ‘ : ἧς ᾿ i ‘ a / τῷ ἮΝ δὴν "ν᾽
a a é - é ‘ a ἮΝ
_ _ 44 4 ἣν ἫΝ _ ἀκ 4 Ἀ ν᾿ Ἢ a ν
es μὰ .. ᾿ ᾿ 4 δὲ 4 Pa 4 ie < _ “4 as a Ὁ" < Ἦν ἮΝ ἮΝ
| < ‘ εἰ > . - ἢ & ν᾿ oe
δὰ my . . “ y > oe a (ς “ὃ é ἦν ᾿ er
/ ; : ie ἣν _ 4 6 4 ᾿ ἀκ ὡς .. if _ “a ἣν 4 ἐ ‘ ἮΝ oe
: - γὴν “ _ ἮΝ 7 Νὴ ah as Ks me ngs
: ᾿ _ > νὴ ἐς ἐ ἮΝ ek
a . ‘ ι .. ‘ fs « « ᾿ ὲ KAS fo
᾿ς « ᾿ _ “8 ἫΝ a Ἣν Ν᾿ ἢ ν᾿ Xe
a ἣν my < ὴ _ ' . ἣν . . ( μὰ > "ἢ
᾿ς ; .. é ) a of 4s ae yy é “i x Ἧ
| | . Ἦν ᾿ yy ce « νι a 4 - by >
7 | : : ᾿ a ᾿ ἣν 4 4 4 δὰ a - ς
: | | < _ εἰ .. . τ
β ᾿ 2 os ν " .. 4 ᾿. “ ᾿
| : 7 ᾿ a yy < 4 - _ ‘
| : ὃ Ἰἢ , - Ἢ 4 < 4 εἶ δὰ «
᾿ ᾿ . ‘« x _ - ἢ ‘, (
| : - i ἢ ἣν» a } .. a ν᾿ >
Ἂς » ᾿ς ἣν ἐς ᾿ > oS ἣν a . _ é < ἢ 4 δὰ oo ὧν Ν
_ ae ( _ 7 & >» . «ζ 4 y ᾿ς is es 5;
| _ a ὡς ᾿ é ἣν
x δὶ ᾿ "ἢ ᾿ “ - « : ax
2 os . yy δὰ / < 4 « oh δ “
| : | ᾿ ᾿ : i: ν᾿ 4 ὡς δὴν Ke ; . ce (ᾷ Ν
i δ ey ak 5 ἧς x Ἦν “ ἣ ᾿ ae é xe ἐδ ‘ <j " ᾿ς |
: : : 3 ; 7 y Sg 4,4 δὲ « > ἣν |
: ; : oe ᾿ .. εἷς ¢ . 4 ae %. < “i 4 a "ἐ 4 . a
yy) ») ae ἐᾷ ὡς ἐς (ἧς J - a : Pi é a ¢ < “4 yy < ry ᾿ » us y 4
ἧς y ἐς ‘4 τῷ ᾿. ἣν . ( ; ‘ 4 ἣν ν ‘ « : ις ᾿, “ Pi 4 ‘ y
5 . ry) ἐ a ae τς ., ae ἐν ., om A eat ἣν Ἶ ἐς ., ;
| | : at a4 δὰ ; ‘4 a ik ᾽ν ᾿, ν᾽ ᾿. ἊΣ
Ἂς - . δ Py ᾿ δ Ν᾿ .. a ᾿ς
te aS » Be iii ἮΝ ., ἮΝ is ¢ » . | :
Ἢ ἐὸν ᾿, ἣ ν δὰ .. 4 4 > . 3 : | : :
a na Ἂς ry ν ‘ i ἐς < « » ¢ yy | : |
4 : 5 ε “( ri ᾿ς ἐν « ν ig δ: :
_ 4 an 7
: - ἢ - ἢ ᾿Ν a ‘ ; Ν᾽ « _
a i ἫΝ δὰ ; Ἢ: Ἦν δ
β | ᾿ ; .. . ¢ > ‘ ν᾿ (ἀν é -
᾿ ᾿ . ᾿ς ἣν 4 Ἢ aa op Νὴ .. =
Ὁ ᾿, oy 4 - ce ‘4 < < υ ee 4 “ - « ; 4
sh . os - ἐ ae 4 “ .
ry . y Ἢ .. ; i ¢ é 4 « ᾿ , .. ς
᾿ς < τι δ .. ν > ἣν | |
. _ ) é Ἢ τ 4 € q “a ν᾽» ἐς
"ἢ yy ve Δα τῷ Py) < 4 ay , ; :
. a ἮΝ os ἣν ἣν a4 She 7
7 . ὡ or aN ἫΝ ἢ x δὴ 4 ss
- x ἣν τὰ ἰξ af ἣν > at ‘ :
ae ᾿ ¢ ae ἮΝ ᾿ νὰ « ‘
᾿ _ . i 7 ᾿ς : :
| = 4 ἣν διὰ νὴ yy “ δὲ 1
: Ἐ Ἦν ; ; ie < t ‘ ᾿ ) 4
; ἫΝ ¢ 4 4 ᾿ ᾿ . 4 ( a Ps Py! < a i, .
. ᾿ ae ae , ἮΝ af m) ae ‘
_ 4 ᾿ β β
v ᾿ ᾿ 44 “i ia κι Ξ ;
7 “i Ν᾿ ¢ “4 4 4
7 ἣν : cK .
ἐς χὰ “i 4 «' ..
»" as mr » ve fe 4 ‘4 μ᾿ ..
᾿ς » a , ν᾿ ἢ a me ,
ae Ἢ ἐς 4 . Σ
7 |
a ἫΝ :
| ᾿ ι a ὡς ἐ 4
ἢ ΠΗ Ἦν ᾿ ἣν <
_ ;
ae ie :
sh ne
: « δὰ sit Ase
τὰ ἮΝ ΝΣ |
: : ry a
4 4 A :
᾿ς
a , ᾿ :
if 4 os
«μας
Ἢ ἼὩ: νὴ
ae iit ‘
:
; oS :
- €
ne ἫΝ
., a ᾿
ἊΝ ; Ἢ δ 2
ey
es i :
‘ ὧν
Ἣν Be :
: ᾿, ᾿
᾿ἢ “ ie ὡς
Ἢ; ; f :
| “ ie 7
ny | |
AA : |
τῷ
͵ é
SA |
ὦ |
. ἣν :
‘es |
a |
a |
<
4

ey
τς
yy)
ry
*
, ais
>
Py)
»)
ἫΝ
Ἂν
my
nit
ἧς
τὸ
yo
"
as
a
x
ἡ

Ὁ

χ
ay a

4 44 {
P\
A
m
tid
4
Μ᾿
d
("4
<4
<
έ
Ἦν 3
ἀν
Ko 4
‘

é
<
<4
ς
44
«
Aye

“

Ps?

44
vy
‘A
tf
vr
if
πῇ
4
ra
“é
x er
‘4
‘g*d
Mr .
d
ν΄ ἡ
é <
a
‘<
“A
4
4

te
K 4

ἣν
»
br
ἣν
ἣν"
A404
Pr
᾿ “
‘is
<4
"

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Selections from Herodotus"

See other formats